GUIDANCE
ON
CERTIFICATION
“Technical Integrity Management”
European Issue
Document No: UKCS-TI-019
!
Guidance On Certification
http://houston.bpweb.bp.com/gocmancon/
GOC
© BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
BP EXPLORATION OPERATING COMPANY
GUIDANCE
ON
CERTIFICATION
SECTIONS 1 TO 10
This guidance document has been requested by BP Assets to provide a collective Asset statement
of shared good practice on the minimum acceptable level of documentation required to
demonstrate that Technical Integrity has been acceptably achieved, and/or reinstated following the
completion of project and/or maintenance activities.
The document has been assembled by seeking the collective knowledge and experience of BP
Engineers having responsibility for Technical Integrity.
The compilation of this Asset knowledge has been compiled, organised and managed by UTG and
any revision to this document should, in the first instance, be directed to James Douglas, GOC© /
MANCON© Co-ordinator, Operations Excellence & Operations Integrity (Aberdeen).
A.J.Dean
Operations Development Consultant
Operations Excellence (Aberdeen)
Upstream Technology Group (UTG)
T. Pendlington
Team Leader
Operations Excellence (Aberdeen)
Upstream Technology Group (UTG)
Document Number: UKCS-TI-019
Issue Date: Rev 3 April 2001
GOC©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
DISTRIBUTION
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
UKCS-TI-019
To Be Finalised
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
BP EXPLORATION OPERATING COMPANY LIMITED
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CONTENTS - SECTIONS 1 to SECTION 10
CONTENTS
REVISION: 3
PAGE: i
CONTENTS
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
1.0
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
1
1.1
INTRODUCTION
3
1.2
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
5
1.2.1 Purpose
5
1.2.2 Objective
1.2.3 Execution
5
6
1.2.4 Certification Management Database
6
1.2.5 Definitions
7
SYSTEM MECHANICS
8
1.3.1 General
1.3.2 Scope
1.3.3 Philosophy
8
8
8
1.3.4 System Schematics
1.3.5 Generic Examples
1.3.6 Specific Examples
1.3.7 Isolations
1.3.8 Controls & Cables
11
17
18
26
27
SYSTEM MECHANICS
1.4.1 Limits of System Handover
34
34
1.4.2 Data Input Sheets
1.4.3 Inspection and Test Plan
1.4.4 Handover Certification Packs
1.4.5 System Safe Certificate (SS1)
1.4.6 Mechaical Completion Certificate (MC1)
1.4.7 PUWER Compliance Certificate (PC1)
1.4.8 System Handover Certificate (SH1)
1.4.9 Plant Perfomance Certificate
4.1.10 Punch List
35
36
36
37
38
39
40
42
42
1.3
1.4
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
PAGE
Euro Revision 03
BP EXPLORATION OPERATING COMPANY LIMITED
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CONTENTS - SECTIONS 1 to SECTION 10
CONTENTS
REVISION: 3
PAGE: ii
CONTENTS (cont.)
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
1.0
1.5
1.6
1.7
PAGE
KEY PERSONNEL
45
1.5.1 Nomination of Authorities
45
1.5.2 Design/Maintenance Planning Authority
45
1.5.3 Construction/Maintenance Authority
1.5.4 Commissioning Authority
46
46
1.5.5 Certification Administrator / Management
46
1.5.6 Operating Authority
46
CHANGE CONTROL
1.6.1 Requirement for Change
47
47
1.6.2 Handover Change Request
1.6.3 MANCON Change
47
47
SYSTEM FLOW
1.7.1 Sequence of Events
48
48
1.7.2 Flowcharts
1.7.3 Handover Sequence of Events (Off Site)
1.7.4 Handover Sequence of Events (On Site)
1.7.5 Handover Change Request
51
52
53
54
EXHIBIT
1.
List Of Standard Forms
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
55
Euro Revision 03
BP EXPLORATION OPERATING COMPANY LIMITED
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CONTENTS - SECTIONS 1 to SECTION 10
CONTENTS
REVISION: 3
PAGE: iii
CONTENTS (cont.)
PAGE
APPENDIX 1
1.0
Examples of an Operations System Mnemonics Matrices.
i
1.1
Examples of System Limits.
ii
1.2
G.O.C. "Carrier" Certificate Example.
iii
Technical Integrity Assurance Flowcharts
Functional Certification Flowchart
1.3
Example Basis of Design Contents.
iv
1.4
Asset Nomination of Authorities.
v
1.5
Glossary of Terms
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
vi
Euro Revision 03
BP EXPLORATION OPERATING COMPANY LIMITED
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CONTENTS - SECTIONS 1 to SECTION 10
CONTENTS
REVISION: 3
PAGE: iv
CONTENTS (cont.)
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
2.0
WELDING AND NDE
1
2.1
2
ACTIONS
2.2
WELD INSPECTION
2.2.1 General
2.2.2 Use of Forms
PAGE
3
3
7
FLOWCHART
1.
Welding Flowchart
12
List Of Standard Forms
13
EXHIBIT
1.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
BP EXPLORATION OPERATING COMPANY LIMITED
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CONTENTS - SECTIONS 1 to SECTION 10
CONTENTS
REVISION: 3
PAGE: v
CONTENTS (cont.)
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
PAGE
3.0
PIPE TESTING
1
3.1
ACTIONS
3.1.1 General
2
2
3.1.2 Use of Forms
3
3.1.3 Calibration
8
INSTALLATION
8
Pressure Test Procedure 3.1
3.1.1 – Joint Integrity Installation
10
11
3.1.2 - Piping Pre-test Inspection
3.1.3 - Hydrotest Cleaning & Flushing
3.1.4 - Hydrostatic Testing
15
18
20
3.1.5 - Pneumatic Testing
3.1.6 - Piping Completion
3.1.7 - Piping Completion (F&G)
24
26
28
OPERABILITY
30
Leak Test Procedure 3.2
3.2.1 - System Flushing Procedure
3.2.2 - Leak Test Procedure
3.2.3 - Witness Joint Procedure
3.2.4 - Service Test Procedure
30
30
32
38
39
PROCEDURES
FLOWCHART
1.
Pipe Testing Certification Flowchart
42
EXHIBIT
1.
43
List of Standard Forms
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
BP EXPLORATION OPERATING COMPANY LIMITED
REVISION: 3
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CONTENTS
CONTENTS - SECTIONS 1 to SECTION 10
PAGE: vi
CONTENTS (cont.)
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
4.0
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
1
4.1
ACTIONS
4.1.2 Pumps and Compressors
4.1.3 Skid Mounted Units
4.1.4 Vessels and Tanks
4.1.5 Mechanical Handling
4.1.6 Use of Forms
2
2
2
3
3
7
INSTALLATION & OPERABILITY
9
Machinery
4.1 - Pump/Compressor/Skid Mounted Unit Inst.
4.2 - Machinery Alignment
10
13
PROCEDURES
PAGE
Vessels
4.3 - General Requirements
4.4 - Vessel & Tanks Fabricated (Off Site)
16
18
4.5 - Vessel & Tanks Modified
20
(On Site)
Mechanical Handling
4.6 - Cranes
4.7 - Hoists, Trolleys and Gantarys
4.8 - Runway Beams and Pad Eyes
4.9 - Lifeboat Davits and Lifeboat
26
29
31
34
FLOWCHARTS
1. Certification Flowchart 1 - Mechanical Equipment
2. Certification Flowchart 2 - Vessels And Tanks
3. Certification Flowchart 3 - Mechanical Handling
37
38
39
EXHIBIT
1. List of Standard Forms
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
40
Euro Revision 03
BP EXPLORATION OPERATING COMPANY LIMITED
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CONTENTS - SECTIONS 1 to SECTION 10
CONTENTS
REVISION: 3
PAGE: vii
CONTENTS (cont.)
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
PAGE
5.0
STRUCTURAL
1
5.1
ACTIONS
5.1.1 General
5.1.2 Use of Forms
2
2
3
Structural Certification Flowchart
5
List Of Standard Forms
6
FLOWCHART
1.
EXHIBIT
1.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
BP EXPLORATION OPERATING COMPANY LIMITED
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CONTENTS - SECTIONS 1 to SECTION 10
CONTENTS
REVISION: 3
PAGE: viii
CONTENTS (cont.)
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
6.0
HVAC
6.1
PROCEDURES
PAGE
1
ACTIONS
6.1.1 General
6.1.2 Use of Forms
6.1.3 Calibration
2
2
3
6
INSTALLATION & OPERABILITY
7
6.1 - General Requirements
6.2 - Dampers
6.3 - Filtration
6.4 - Heating and Cooling Coils
6.5 - Centrifugal Fans and Drivers
6.6 - Humidifiers
6.7 - Terminal Unit, Grills & Diffusers
6.8 - Air Conditioning Units
6.9 - Air Handling Unit
6.10 - Ductwork
6.11 - Sound Attenuators
6.12 - Cooling Towers
6.13 - Areas Receiving HVAC Supply
8
10
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
30
32
34
FLOWCHART
1.
HVAC Certification Flowchart
36
List Of Standard Forms
37
EXHIBIT
1.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
BP EXPLORATION OPERATING COMPANY LIMITED
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CONTENTS - SECTIONS 1 to SECTION 10
CONTENTS
REVISION: 3
PAGE: ix
CONTENTS (cont.)
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
PAGE
7.0
ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES
1
7.1
ACTIONS
7.1.1 General
7.1.2 Use of Forms
2
2
2
Architectural Services Flowchart
3
List of Standard Forms
4
FLOWCHART
1.
EXHIBIT
1
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
BP EXPLORATION OPERATING COMPANY LIMITED
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CONTENTS - SECTIONS 1 to SECTION 10
CONTENTS
REVISION: 3
PAGE: x
CONTENTS (cont.)
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
8.0
CONTROL
1
8.1
ACTIONS
8.1.1 General
8.1.2 Use of Forms
2
2
4
INSTALLATION & OPERABILITY
6
8.1 - Impulse line Pressure Testing
7
8.2 - Control Cable Testing
10
8.3 - General/Calibration/Installation
and Cold Loop Checking
14
8.4 - Powered Up Loop and
Function Testing
28
8.5 - System Control (Function) Testing
35
8.6 - System Performance "HIPS" Tests
35
8.7 - Programmable Logic Controller (PLCP)
40
PROCEDURES
PAGE
FLOWCHART
1.
Control Certification Flowchart
44
List of Standard Forms
45
EXHIBIT
1.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
BP EXPLORATION OPERATING COMPANY LIMITED
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CONTENTS - SECTIONS 1 to SECTION 10
CONTENTS
REVISION: 3
PAGE: xi
CONTENTS (cont.)
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
9.0
ELECTRICAL
1
9.1
2
2
3
4
6
7
8
PROCEDURES
PAGE
ACTIONS
9.1.1 General
9.1.2 Installation
9.1.3 Pre-Acceptance Procedure
9.1.4 Energisation and Commissioning
9.1.5 Permit to Work Procedures
9.1.6 Safety Precautions
INSTALLATION & OPERABILITY
9.1 - Power and Control Cables.
9.2 - Switchboards and Busbars.
9.3 - Circuit Breakers.
9.4 - Contactor Starters.
9.5 - Fuse Switches.
9.6 - Power Transformers.
9.7 - Motors.
9.8 - Batteries and Battery Chargers.
9.9 - U.P.S.
9.10 - Lighting and Small Power Distribution System.
9.11 - Navigation Aids (Navaids).
9.12 - Neutral Earthing Resistors.
9.13 - Trace Heating Tapes and Circuits.
9.14 - Earthing/Bonding.
9.15 - Apparatus for use in Hazardous Areas.
9.16 - Oil Insulation Tests.
9.17 - Drying of Electrical Rotating Machinery.
9.18 - Current Transformer Magnetising Curves.
9.19 - Junction Box Inspection.
9.20 - Testing of Protection and Meter Circuitry.
10
15
20
23
27
29
33
38
42
44
47
50
52
54
56
61
62
65
68
74
FLOWCHART
1.
Electrical Certification Flowchart
75
List of Standard Forms
77
EXHIBIT
1.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
BP EXPLORATION OPERATING COMPANY LIMITED
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CONTENTS - SECTIONS 1 to SECTION 10
CONTENTS
REVISION: 3
PAGE: xii
CONTENTS (cont.)
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
PAGE
10.0
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
1
10.1
ACTIONS
10.1.1 General
2
2
10.2
CIVIL WORK
10.2.1 Scope
10.2.2 General
10.2.3 Soils and Earthworks
10.2.4 Piling Operations
10.2.5 Concrete
2
2
3
4
5
5
10.3 STEEL CONSTRUCTION
10.3.1 General
7
7
10.4 PIPING
10.4.1 General
7
7
10.5 USE OF FORMS
8
10.6 BUILDINGS, FITTINGS AND FURNISHINGS
10.6.1 General
10.6.2 Inspection Requirements
10.6.3 Surface Finish
10.6.4 Windows and Doors
10.6.5 Fittings
10.6.6 Safety Items
10.6.7 Soft Furnishings
10.6.8 Buildings, Fittings and Furnishings Certificate
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
15
15
FLOWCHART
1.
2.
Civil Construction Flowchart
Buildings, Fittings and Furnishings Flowchart
16
17
List of Standard Forms
18
EXHIBIT
1
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
PAGE: 1
SECTION 1.0
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 2
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
REVISION RECORD
NOTE:
Revisions are denoted in one of two ways:
i.
By a line in the right hand margin for narrative sections with
the revision number on the right.
ii. By the symbol 4 with the revision number denoted within.
Rev
0
0
1
1
1
2
3
GOC Issues to date
BPX © 1989 to 2001
©
BPX © February
Guidelines for Offshore Certification (G.O.C. ) Draft
©
©
Guidelines for Offshore Certification (G.O.C. ) Comment BPX March
©
BPX © June
Guidelines for Offshore Certification (G.O.C. )
©
©
BPX April
Guidelines for Operational Certification (G.O.C. )
©
©
Guidance On Certification (G.O.C. ) 4 Discipline Volumes BPX December
©
©
Guidance On Certification (G.O.C. ) 1 Multi-Disciplined Vol. BPX March
©
©
Guidance On Certification (G.O.C. ) 1 Multi-Disciplined Vol. BPA January
Rev
Guidance On Certification (GOC) European Edition
1 First Issue update & issue 4 Discipline Volumes
2 Second Issue update & issue 1 Multi-Disciplined Volume
3 Third Issue update & issue as 1 Multi-Disciplined Volume
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
1989
1989
1989
1991
1994
1997
2001
Date Issued
December 1994
March
1997
January
2001
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
1.1
PAGE: 3
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
INTRODUCTION
The BP Exploration Operating Company Limited (BPX), Guidance On
Certification © (G.O.C. © ) has been developed and updated, with
input from the users, over a considerable period, improving the
efficiency of the Certification process by reducing certificates to a
minimum level that achieves the demonstrability of Operational
Technical Integrity.
BPX has attempted to keep the text to a minimum by use of flow
charts/examples where possible, and provide a "user-friendly"
document.
The Certificates and associated procedures provide the basis for
Inspection and Test (I&T) requirements, and can be applied to all
new project, existing operational/maintenance activities and third
party fabrication (Vendor) works on and offsite/onsite. Use of the
principles embodied in the G.O.C.
©
enables Assets to demonstrably
achieve compliance with Getting HSE Right.
©
The G.O.C.
has been developed together with an associated
computerised certification management database (MANCON), which
provides an electronic means to record, track and manage the I&T
activities. It should be noted that Assets can choose the certificates
and associated procedures contained in the G.O.C. © without the
MANCON database by substituting their own relational database, on
the extranet, for recording, tracking and managing I&T activities. In
this case, Assets should demonstrate compliance to the above
Performance Standards in the manner described in their Safety
Case.
BP are the custodians of the G.O.C.
©
©
and MANCON . Procedures
will be developed to enable individual assets to propose changes and
maintain the continuous improvement process that has been
©
©
embodied in the current form of the G.O.C. ./ MANCON
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
The G.O.C.
©
PAGE: 4
is sub-divided to assist easy access to the relevant
information.
Section 01:
System Principles.
Section 02:
Welding and NDE.
Section 03:
Section 04:
Piping.
Mechanical.
Section 05:
Structural.
Section 06:
Section 07:
HVAC.
Architectural.
Section 08:
Control.
Section 09:
Section 10:
Electrical.
Civil
Within the individual discipline sections are contained the specific
procedures relevant to that discipline, plus the associated certificate
pro-forma's.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
1.2
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.2.1
Purpose
PAGE: 5
The intent of this document is to provide guidance on a management
control system for inspection and test (I&T) activities associated with
fabrication, construction, pre-commissioning, commissioning and
maintenance of systems being worked upon and handed over for
operation. Given the different character of individual assets and the
correspondingly different management structures in operation, it is
intended that this document merely forms the basis from which
detailed, step by step, individual asset based management
procedures would be developed.
1.2.2
Objective
To provide a system that, for a given new project, maintenance
routine or modification change, fulfils the following:(a) Identification of the limits of the system
maintained/modified and then handed over for operation.
to
be
(b) For the identified limits, identifies the minimum inspection and
test (I&T) requirements for the given maintenance or modification
activity.
(c)
Identification of I&T authorities.
(d) Standard methods of measurement for both the performance of
I&T activities and recording of requisite data.
(e)
Establishes those I&T requirements satisfactorily achieved.
(f) Identification of the key personnel involved in the preparation
and acceptance of handover documentation, in readiness for the next
stage of activities.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
(g)
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
PAGE: 6
Definition of the mechanisms for handover of the system
identified above, from the design/maintenance planning stage,
through the principal authorities, and finally to the operational stage.
(h)
Monitoring of the ongoing status of I&T activities.
(i)
A recording and tracking mechanism for works outstanding after
handover.
1.2.3
Execution
The following sections detail the fundamental components of the
system:Section 1.3 - explains limit Identification philosophy for functional
system breaks
Section 1.4 describes the principal elements employed in the
execution of the system.
Section 1.5 details the key personnel (and their roles and
responsibilities).
Section 1.6 details the change control procedures to be
followed where changes are required to either the original systems
limits or associated I&T requirements.
Section 1.7 describes the sequence of events.
1.2.4
Certification Management System
A number of the certification recording/tracking objectives, can be
met by the BPX PC-based, Certification Management Database,
known as MANCON. Individual discipline I&T requirements, once
identified, can be input into the system database and the system
enables an I&T plan (per discipline) to be generated. The database
is available, for updating as EQ's are raised, original requirements redefined, I&T activities are completed, handover(s) and "as-built"
requirements are achieved, thereby allowing the status to be
continually assessed (as required).
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 7
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
At the handover stage, outstanding works (punch lists and "as-built"
requirements etc.) can also be recorded. The database may then be
accessed for the control, storage and retrieval of I&T records.
This document makes many references to MANCON
©
, a typical
certification management relational database available, and in use,
within BP. This is used where certification and the control of it, are
interlinked.
Individual assets may have their own alternative
relational database, in which case their system name/procedures
©
should replace the word "MANCON ".
Detailed operational data for MANCON
©
is contained within a
©
MANCON user manual.
1.2.5
Definitions
Inspection and Test Summary (ITS)
The Inspection and Test Summary is a document that details the
minimum Inspection and Test Requirements for specified activities.
Delegated Authority
Resource Organisation appointed by BP to carry out
Engineering and/or Construction activities on their behalf, for
example via a Partnering or Alliance Contract.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
1.3
FUNCTIONAL SYSTEMISATION
1.3.1
General
PAGE: 8
Within the Whole Life Cycle context the maintenance of a consistent
and coherent philosophy for functional system limits is fundamentally
important.
This allows information to be developed, transferred,
modified etc. throughout the asset life, since it is based on identifying
functional system limits that are relevant during both the project and
operational phases.
1.3.2
Scope
This section details the philosophy to be applied when defining
functional system limits, in order that this may be linked to, and
consistent with, the document numbering system and the content of
critical operational drawings, in particular P & ID’s and E & ID’s.
Examples are included for clarification.
1.3.3
Philosophy
It is recognised that the approach currently used during the project
phase to develop P.F.D’s and P & ID’s is largely done by using
“design orientated” experience, and this section attempts to describe
a process to achieve a consistent approach, during all the phases of
the asset.
A functional approach is different in that emphasis is placed upon
what the system does, not what the system is. As a result system
limits are not constructed from equipment packages, but rather from
a strict analysis of how the various functions needed of a facility are
provided.
Also, as the facility design is developed, some decisions about
equipment selection may be undecided, this approach centres upon
the intended function of the facility equipment rather than the
equipment units themselves.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
PAGE: 9
This function is top down, with a single function at the apex,
describing at the highest level why the installation exists. All other
functions are arranged as sub-functions, supporting the main
function(s), at various levels.
The level of a function does not represent a measure of its
importance or criticality, merely that the function cannot be
adequately described without decomposing it into a number of subfunctions.
The primary principle should be that all valves, equipment, control
rooms/panels and/or cabling etc. that can be uniquely identified as
supporting a single function should be categorised within that system.
A secondary principle, is that for each uniquely quantifiable functional
component, the actual functional system boundary, in the absence of
an alternative operational need, shall “normally” exist, at the
upstream connection point of the first unique isolating device on the
feed side and the downstream connection point of the final unique
isolating device on the outlet side, as defined by the forward flow
direction.
The BP Andrew Functional Relationships are included to illustrate
these points.
Each P & ID should, ideally, contain a single principle system, which,
by definition, contains a function by its boundaries. This then allows
each P & ID to be numbered in a way that reflects the system it
represents, as detailed in the Document Numbering System
document (ETAP-PCM-EN-902).
The BP Andrew Potable Water Utility P & ID is included to illustrate
this and how this relates to Functional Block A326 in the BP Andrew
Functional Relationships. Drawing number (ADP-PR-PID-0569-001)
illustrates how the P & ID boundary, functional system boundary and
function relate at the Accommodation Interface.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
PAGE: 10
In practice, to aid comprehension and avoid the potential for errors
occurring, the size of a system may need more than one drawing to
fully describe its functionality. In this case, the individual drawing
numbers should be so structured to have consistency with each of
the drawings describing the total functional system.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
1.3.4
PAGE: 11
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
System Schematics
The guide to viewing the attached figures is summarised as follows: -
Figure 1:
Typical North Sea platform PFD (Andrew)
Figure 2:
Primary System
breakdown
i.e
Wells
(100
series), Oil
Processing (200 series), Gas Processing (300 series) and
Flares (500 series).
Figure 3:
Breakdown of Oil Processing (200 series) into sub-systems.
Figure 4:
Breakdown of Gas Processing (300 series) into sub-systems.
Figure 5:
Figures 3 and 4 combined.
Figure 6:
Actual systems used on Andrew, with each colour representing
a different system - note anomalies such as suction scrubber on
2nd stage of HP compressor in different system to
compressor itself.
Figure 7:
Figures 5 and 6 combined.
Figure 8:
Typical use of integration of Tagging Philosophy with Functional
Systemisation to improve clarity
commissioning, operations etc.
Figure 9:
for everyone;
projects,
Example of application throughout the facility - mainly to show
E&I.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 12
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
HP
FLARE
GAS
LIFT
GAS
EXPORT
ASC
ASC
GAS
INJ.
TEG
PLANT
HP
FLARE
ASC
HP
FLARE
LP
FLARE
LIQUID
EXPORT
TEST
SEPARATOR
Figure 1: Typical North Sea platform PFD (Andrew)
HP
FLARE
GAS
LIFT
GAS
EXPORT
ASC
ASC
GAS
INJ.
TEG
PLANT
HP
FLARE
ASC
HP
FLARE
LP
FLARE
LIQUID
EXPORT
TEST
SEPARATOR
Figure 2: Primary System breakdown i.e Wells (100 series), Oil Processing (200
series), Gas Processing (300 series) and Flares (500 series).
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 13
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
HP
FLARE
GAS
LIFT
GAS
EXPORT
ASC
ASC
GAS
INJ.
TEG
PLANT
HP
FLARE
ASC
[200]
HP
FLARE
[510]
[1xx]
[210]
LP [520]
FLARE
LIQUID
EXPORT
[220]
TEST
SEPARATOR
[260]
[240]
[230]
[250]
Figure 3: Breakdown of Oil Processing (200 series) into sub-systems.
HP
[510] FLARE
[350]
[340]
GAS
LIFT
[1xx]
[360]
GAS
EXPORT
[370]
ASC
[380]
[330]
[320]
ASC
GAS
INJ.
[1xx]
TEG
PLANT
HP
FLARE
[510]
ASC
[310]
HP
FLARE
LP
FLARE
LIQUID
EXPORT
TEST
SEPARATOR
Figure 4: Breakdown of Gas Processing (300 series) into sub-systems.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 14
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
HP
FLARE
[350]
[340]
GAS
LIFT
[1xx]
[360]
GAS
EXPORT
[370]
ASC
[380]
[330]
[320]
ASC
GAS
INJ.
TEG
PLANT
HP
FLARE
[510]
ASC
[310]
HP
[200]
FLARE
[510]
[1xx]
[210]
LP [520]
FLARE
[260]
Figure 5:
LIQUID
EXPORT
[220]
TEST
SEPARATOR
[230]
[240]
[250]
Figures 3 and 4 combined.
HP
FLARE
GAS
LIFT
GAS
EXPORT
ASC
ASC
GAS
INJ.
TEG
PLANT
HP
FLARE
ASC
HP
FLARE
LP
FLARE
LIQUID
EXPORT
TEST
SEPARATOR
Figure 6: Actual systems used on Andrew, with each colour representing a
different system - note anomalies such as suction scrubber on 2nd
stage of HP compressor in different system to compressor itself?
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 15
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
HP
FLARE
GAS
LIFT
GAS
EXPORT
ASC
ASC
GAS
INJ.
TEG
PLANT
HP
FLARE
ASC
HP
FLARE
LP
FLARE
LIQUID
EXPORT
TEST
SEPARATOR
Figure 7:
Figures 5 and 6 combined.
HP
FLARE
[510]
[330]
[320]
PCV-33001
ASCV-32001
PIC-33001
ASC-32001
[340]
ASC
V-33001
V-32001
X-32001
TEG
PLANT
X-33001
LCV-33001
Z-33001
K-32001
[211]
[211]
[310]
[210]
Figure 8: Typical use of integration of Tagging Philosophy with Functional
Systemisation to improve clarity for projects, commissioning, operations etc.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PACKAGE 1
ECP3003
U.P.S.
SUITE
A.C. DIST
SECTION
PAGE: 16
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
11 KV SUPPLY
CB 4
EMERGENCY
STOP
PB 1
PACKAGE IX
RED
SHUTDOWN
SYSTEM
V.S.D.
TRANSFORMER
T 3008
EMERGENCY
STOP
PB 2
V.S.D.
CUBICLES
K 3000 VSD - CP
REMOTE EMERGENCY
STOP
HEAT
EXCHANGE
FAN
K 3000 & K 3001
INTERPOSING
RELAY PANEL
COMPRESSOR
CONTROL PANEL
AUX. MCC 12
NGL CONTROL ROOM
SOUTH WEST CANTILEVER
MB-AL-E-006
TRACE HEATING
PANEL ‘D’
TO GAS LIFT
MANIFOLD
COMPRESSOR SKID
MOTOR
PROCESS SKID
FROM SOURCE
GAS SUPPLY
PACKAGE LIMITS
SYSTEM LIMITS
Figure 9: Example of application throughout the facility - mainly to show E&I.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
1.3.5
PAGE: 17
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
Generic Examples
Traditionally, some P & ID’s have contained more than one system e.g.
the production manifold and test manifold are commonly shown on the
same drawing. Using the philosophy described over; as they clearly
have different functions and hence are in different systems they should
be represented on different drawings.
Some items have to be shown in a line that is part of a function that the
item is not supporting directly.
L
System “C”
System “A”
L
S
F
System “B”
B
A B
Distributed systems are sometimes difficult i.e. where the generation
and distribution are traditionally in one system. However, from the
primary isolation point providing a supply into another function should
be shown on that system. See cooling water supply example illustrated
over.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
1.3.6
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
PAGE: 18
Specific Examples
Utility headers and connection to equipment e.g. Cooling water.
The system break will be upstream of the inlet block valve and
downstream of the outlet block valve.
System “B”
System “A”
System “B”
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 19
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
1.3.6.1 Relief valves and connection to vent header.
System “B”
System “A”
1.3.6.2 Tank on level control.
System “B”
System “A”
GOC ©
System “C”
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 20
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
1.3.6.3 Wells and Manifolds.
WELL
System “D”
System “A”
System “B”
System “F”
System “C”
System “E”
1.3.6.4 Chemical Injection.
System “A”
GOC ©
DU
System “B”
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 21
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
1.3.6.5 System Total Bypass.
System “B”
System “A”
1.3.6.6 Pig Receiver
System “B”
System “A”
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 22
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
1.3.6.7 Metering (Test and Allocation).
P
F
L
L
F
SEPARATION
METERING
SYSTEM “A”
F
ALLOCATION
METERING
SYSTEM “C”
System “A”
P
F
L
L
F
SEPARATION
METERING
SYSTEM “B”
F
System “B”
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 23
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
1.3.6.8 Double Barrier Isolation.
System “A”
PI
System “B”
1.3.6.9 Cascaded Instrumentation.
F
System “A”
L
F
GOC ©
P
L
F
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 24
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
1.3.6.10 Power and Control Connections
System “A”
11 KV
System “E”
LOGIC
System “D”
3.3 KV
P
System “C”
T
C
C
System “B”
GOC ©
415 V
A
OCR
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 25
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
1.3.6.11 Control Interconnections.
PIC
PT
System “A”
FQI
TT
FT
WV
UMV
System “B”
LMV
LMV
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
1.3.7
PAGE: 26
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
Isolations
An understanding of where and why the equipment is isolated, will aid
where the boundaries are and which side of valves they occur.
As
detailed in section 1.3.3, the actual functional system boundary shall
“normally” exist at the upstream and downstream connections of the
initial and final unique isolating devices, as defined by the forward flow
direction.
1.3.7.1 On-line Maintenance.
Where a specific system may be isolated for maintenance without
affecting the capability to achieve the primary functionality of that
section of plant, then the level of isolation and acceptable leakage
criteria is extremely important.
System “A”
PI
PI
System “B”
In the illustration above, the pressure and flow in the main line (system
“A”) are fully operational while system “B” is isolated for maintenance.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
PAGE: 27
1.3.7.2 Off-line Maintenance.
When a specific system, necessary to support achievement of the
primary functionality of that section of plant, such as the HP separator
in a single train operation i.e. no sparing, is de-commissioned for
maintenance, it is normal practice to depressurise adjacent systems. In
this case the level of isolation and the leakage criteria are less severe.
These isolations and understanding which side of the valve would
require to be hydrocarbon free should be the system boundaries.
1.3.8 Controls and Cables
General
Each process primary system contains a sub-system for control panels
(96), and multicore cables (97), associated with that primary system.
Systemisation of these configurations is straightforward, provided all
cables and equipment associated with that configuration resides in just
one primary system. The examples shown in section 1.3.8.1
demonstrate systemisation of such configurations.
The introduction of Integrated Process Control Systems into our
industry changes our approach to systemisation of control panels and
their multicore cables. These high technology panels perform complete
process control, ESD and in some cases fire and gas monitoring and
detection, and cannot be categorised into any one of the process
primary systems. Therefore, these ICS panels and their associated
multicore cables have been allocated their own secondary number in
primary system 6 (Safety). The examples shown in section 1.3.8.3
demonstrate systemisation of such configurations.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 28
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
1.3.8.1 Local Control Panel Systemisation
The following examples show a variety of different hook ups to control
panels, which serve only one primary system. It is important to
remember that all cables and equipment must reside in that primary
system.
In the majority of cases stand alone control panels, their multicore
cables, junction boxes and field devices, naturally fall into only one
primary system, due to the location of field junction boxes and field
devices. The systemisation of this equipment and their cables are
straightforward, in that they are all part of the same system. A local
control panel serving system A would be systematised as follows.
Local
Control
Panel
JB
Multicore
Cable 1
Cable 2
Cable 3
System A96…
FT..
PT..
TT..
System AXY…
All three field devices (FT, PT, TT) are in primary system ‘A’, and
secondary system ‘XY’. Therefore cables 1,2 and 3 become part of the
same primary and secondary system, as does the multicore cable. The
control panel only serves primary system A .
The system limits for the above example would be: Control panel and its power supplies
A96
Multicore cable, JB, Cables 1,2 &3 and Field equipment AXY (where XY
is the secondary number)
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 29
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
1.3.8.2 In this example. The control panel serves more than one subsystem of
primary system A.
System AXY…
Control
Panel
JB1
Multicores
Cable 1
Cable 2
Cable 3
JB2
JB3
Cable 4
Cable 5
FT
PT
TT
LT
PT
System A96…
JB4
Cable 6
ZS
System A97…
System AXZ…
In the case where there are multiple multicore cables leaving the control
panel each to a different main junction box in the same primary system,
then systemisation would be as follows :Control panel and its power supplies
A96
Multicore cables and JBs
A97
Field devices and their cables would come under their respective
secondary system number, in this case AXY and AXZ
In this instance, the multicores have been separated from their respective
secondary system and given a separate number (A97). This is to ensure
that all multicores are installed and tested before any system is
commissioned, and furthermore to reduce to amount of cable work such
as glanding and terminating that has to be carried out when the panel is
‘live’ and partly operational.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 30
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
1.3.8.3 Integrated Control Panel Systemisation
Integrated Control Systems and their multicores are covered in the
safety primary system number (6).
System AXY…
ICS
Panel
JB1
Cable 1
Cable 2
Multicores
Cable 3
Cable 4
JB2
JB3
Cable 5
FT
PT
TT
LT
PT
System 690…
JB4
Cable 6
System 697…
ZS
System BXZ…
1.3.8.4 Typical Integrated system field hook-up
The example above, shows field equipment located in two primary
systems AXY… and BXZ… Because the multicores between the control
panel and its JBs cover two primary systems, systemisation would be as
shown.
As an integrated control network, the control panel and its multicore
cables would reside in the safety primary system No 6.
The multicores and JBs have a separate secondary number for the
same reason as described in example 1.3.8.2. Which is to ensure that
all multicores are installed and tested before any system is
commissioned, and furthermore to reduce to amount of cable work such
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 31
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
as glanding and terminating that has to be carried out inside a ‘live’
panel.
1.3.8.5 The following example shows two subsystems of primary system A
entering a single junction box JB1, and a single multicore cable to ICS
panel.
System AXY…
ICS
Panel
JB1
Multicores
Cable 1
Cable 2
Cable 3
FT
PT
TT
System AZZ…
JB2
Cable 4
JB3
Cable 5
LT
PT
System 690…
JB4
Cable 6
ZS
System 697…
System BXZ…
The system limits for this type of configuration would be as shown in the above
example, but additional handover information would be required to show the
relationship between the common multicore and the two subsystem loops. This
additional information would be an electrical schematic drawing of the junction
box JB1, systematised as shown in 1.3.8.6
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
PAGE: 32
1.3.8.6 Junction Box Details
Junction Box 1
TB1
1
2
System AXY..
Cable 1
3
4
5
Cable 2
6
Multicore
7
8
9
10
System AZZ..
Cable 3
11
12
13
System 697…
A schematic of JB1 would be highlighted to show the cable core and
termination details for each of the subsystems involved. The installation
and testing of the multicore can only be carried out under one
subsystem. Where a multicore cable is shared between more than one
subsystem, references to multicore cable number and its cores are
made in each of the applicable subsystems.
For completeness, a suitably marked up drawing of the control panel
terminations of the multicore could also be included to show
demarcation between subsystems involved.
With this data recorded and logged in a database future tracability of
control equipment and their loops is accessible.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 33
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
1.3.8.7 A typical Integrated System Network
System 690
System 692…
Radio
Tx/Rx
Operator
Display
Station
Operator
Display
Station
Server
Data Highway
System 691
PLC A
PLC B
PLC C
System 690…
Primary system 6 has a sub system number 90 which is allocated to these types
of integrated controls. Other applicable sub systems within 6 are:Integrated Controls 90
Networks
91
Communications
92
The above simplified integrated control system, shows how the network would
be systematised.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 34
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
1.4
SYSTEM MECHANICS
1.4.1
Limits of System Handover (L.O.S.H.)
When the design or maintenance process has reached a "high" level of
definition, limits of system handover (L.O.S.H.) can be established by the
Construction/Maintenance
Authority,
in
conjunction
with
the
Commissioning Authority. Unique handover identifying number(s), issued
by the Commissioning Authority, using the asset system mnemonics
matrix, should then be allocated, covering the workscope to the agreed
limit(s).
An example of one of the system mnemonics matrix, used within BPX, is
shown at the end of this section in appendix 1.0.
System limit definition is achieved by dividing the workscope into "standalone functional systems" e.g. Oil Stabilisation, Gas Conditioning, Sea
water Supply, Diesel Supply, Closed Drains etc., that perform specific,
quantifiable duties, and identifying the associated interfaces, pipework
specification changes and isolation boundaries between these systems
and other connected systems.
These stand-alone systems may be further sub-divided into smaller
defined scopes of work (system handover limits), which may have single or
multiple-discipline content, to aid constructability, maintainability,
commissionability and transfer of plant/equipment to the operator.
For compilation of system handover limits, the most current P&ID drawings
should be marked up to identify the full handover limit boundaries and
discipline content. The Handover Authority may further sub-divide the
handover limit to detail Pre-Shutdown scope, Shutdown Scope and PostShutdown scope as appropriate, appendix 1.0 details an example of a
LOSH Legend. Other discipline drawings may be added to define detail.
There are exceptions when P&ID drawings are not applicable, e.g. HVAC
(part), structural, architectural etc.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
PAGE: 35
The term "black-box" is used with respect to system limit boundary
compilation. That is to say, an outlined stand-alone scope, defining the
interfaces and isolations/termination points with other systems.
For an example see appendix 1.1.
1.4.2
Data Input Sheets (D.I.S's)
Data input sheets (D.I.S's), detail the minimum inspection and test (I&T)
requirements for each system handover limit, usually stipulated according
to discipline by the Construction/Maintenance Authority and accepted by
the Commissioning Authority. The D.I.S.'s should be developed using the
work schedule, together with an assessment of the risk involved, in
conjunction with individual discipline procedures contained in sections 2 to
9 of the G.O.C. To assist in this risk assessment, and thus the
documentation required, Technical Integrity Assurance flowcharts (and
functional certification flowchart) are included in appendix 1.2. Nominated
personnel who carry out these activities, and those who witness them
(where appropriate), should also be identified.
Discipline/functional certification requirements should be annotated on
D.I.S.'s, prior to the data being entered into the asset specific certification
management system e.g. MANCON, to provide a certification
recording/tracking capability.
The D.I.S. categories are as follows:D.I.S. No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Discipline/Function
Mechanical - Piping
"
- Machinery, Vessels and Handling Equipment
"
- Structural
"
- HVAC
Control
- Instruments, Fire & Gas & Telecoms
Electrical
- Cables
"
- Equipment
Civil
- Roads and Pads, Foundations, Piling and Backfill.
Refer to the appropriate discipline section for the above D.I.S.’s.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
1.4.3
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
PAGE: 36
Inspection and Test Summary (ITS)
The ITS, generated on an individual discipline basis, for a given SH1
system handover, is a summary of all the certification requirements for that
particular handover and forms the basis of BPX Certification Management
Database (MANCON ©).
The discipline procedures, D.I.S.'s and associated I & T plan(s), provide
standardisation of the certification system and identification of the various
authorities involved in the execution of the plan.
1.4.4
Handover Certification Pack (H.C.P.)
Once system handover limits and associated D.I.S. / I&T plans have been
defined and approved, the Handover Certification Pack (H.C.P.) may be
compiled.
This pack should contain the D.I.S.'s or certification
requirements matrix i.e. I&T plan (as appropriate), P&ID's (marked up with
the system limits) and preferably the relevant certificates (called up in the
applicable D.I.S.'s or I & T plans), which detail the testing procedures. As
work progresses, the certificates should be completed, inserted in the
H.C.P and the appropriate D.I.S. or I&T plan updated accordingly. The
pack should be handed over from one performing authority to another until
final handover to the operator is achieved. The H.C.P. should then be
returned, as soon as possible, to the appropriate asset-engineering group
for document/drawing "as-built", closeout, auditing (where appropriate) and
archiving.
In certain cases, the required certification may be raised by a third party,
using their own certificates and, for contractual/legal reasons, the originals
need to be retained by the third party. Provided the third party certificates
embody the requirements of the corresponding G.O.C. certificate, the
G.O.C. certificate shall be merely used as a "carrier" certificate.
In this case, the G.O.C. certificate should reference the third party
certificate identifier and a copy of the authorised third party original should
be attached to it. An example of the G.O.C. "carrier" certificate is
contained in appendix 1.2.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
PAGE: 37
System limits, D.I.S.'s, I&T plan and H.C.P. may be generated either on or
off-site. Generation on-site being particularly valid for "in-house" activities
e.g. operational maintenance works that require "re-certification" for
retention of ‘Licence to Operate’, e.g. breaking of containment or involving
the Facilities Emergency Shutdown Systems (E.S.D.)
Though the principles of minimum certification requirements, as contained
in section 2 to 10 of the GOC may be followed, because of the very nature
of the activity itself i.e. one individual carrying out the whole process, as
one activity, at one time, instead of a number of disciplines being involved
over a prolonged period, as is often the case in a modification, the number
of certificates necessary in maintenance activities may be lower than
normal modification activities. In this case, the corresponding degree of
certification, agreed by the operational authority, shall however ensure that
a true I&T requirement is maintained and that integrity of the
plant/equipment is not impaired, before being brought back into service.
H.C.P.'s in this category should be kept, for a suitable period determined
by the asset, as "hard-copy only" for auditability. It is recommended that,
in such cases, the unique system handover number(s) and general brief
activity descriptions should be added to the asset specific certification
management system, for record and tracking purposes only.
1.4.5
System Safe Certificate (SS1)
The System Safe Certificate (SS1) facilitates the handover of the system
from the Operating Authority to the Construction Authority to confirm the
system(s) as defined by the System Handover (SH1) is isolated and all
necessary tests and precautions have been carried out in readiness for
safe work with the defined limits of isolation.
The SS1 is only applicable when a Project or Modification is being carried
out on an existing facility (brown field site) and is not normally applicable on
a new build (green field site). However, there maybe occasions on a new
build (green field site) when a system has been handed over and is being
operated by the Operating Authority, where Construction and/or
Commission Authority may be required to carry out the requirements of an
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
PAGE: 38
Engineering Query (EQ) or a Technical Query (TQ), then in cases like this
the SS1 would be applicable and appropriate on a green field site.
1.4.6
Mechanical Completion Certificate (MC1)
The Mechanical Completion Certificate (MC1) facilitates the handover of
the
system
from
the
Construction/Maintenance
Authority
to
the
Commissioning Authority.
Whilst during the final construction stages, some commissioning activities,
e.g. flushing, leak testing and certain function tests, etc. are possible, with
the approval of the construction performing body and without MC1
handover, all construction and pre-commissioning activities must have
been completed and MC1 handover taken place, before "powering-up",
introduction of actual working fluids/chemicals on the danger list or where
danger to other systems may exist.
To aid constructability/maintainability/commission ability, the system
handover limits may be sub-divided into more than one "black box"/subsystem. This would occur when an advantage can be gained by having
early access to a section of plant/equipment and handover, via the
mechanical completion certificate (MC1), to the Commissioning Authority.
Each MC1 carries the same identification number as the system handover
number but with the addition of +01, +02, etc., depending upon the
number of MC1's.
Each MC1 must be capable of isolation / termination from other
sections, ensuring safety is not impaired.
Occasions occur when certain activities, requiring certification, are
performed out with the site location i.e. vendors works, module yards etc.
In this particular case, the same G.O.C. principles should be applied in
the generation of separate MC1's i.e. system handover limits established,
I&T requirements determined etc., such that on completion, the works can
be "punched" in the normal way and prepared for handover to the
Commissioning Authority. If the works and associated MC1 pack are
agreeable to the Commissioning Authority, the MC1 should be accepted,
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
PAGE: 39
the asset certification management system updated and the MC1 pack
retained at the asset's central certification control point, rather than
dispatching to the site.
Subsequent on-site hook-up works should then form the basis of additional
independent MC1's (as appropriate), which would be managed in the
normal way. Once again vendor certification can be utilised by using the
G.O.C. "carrier" certificate methodology, detailed above.
Where the Construction/Maintenance performing body and commissioning
performing body come under the same management authority, the MC1
may be omitted and approval authorisation undertaken via the SH1.
1.4.7
P.U.W.E.R. Compliance Certificate (PC1)
The P.U.W.E.R Compliance Certificate (PC1) confirms that the Provision
and Use of Work Equipment Regulations have been met and maintained
throughout design, construction and commissioning phase.
The P.U.W.E.R. requirements are designed into the work scope and the
PC1 confirms that the design requirements have been achieved and
maintained through construction and commissioning up to final handover.
Upon acceptance of the PC1 by the Operating Authority, the handover
process can move to System Handover (SH1) stage.
The PC1 Certificate was never designed to replace BP's in-house PUWER
Risk Assessment Training Course. The PC1 is however accurate and
demonstrates that the requirements have been met. The PC1 was been
developed and piloted on Harding, as part of the PUWER awareness and
compliance screening process.
This PC1 certificate can be used to test any equipment’s compliance with
P.U.W.E.R. and does not replace any formal audit, (external or internal)
but maybe used to prompt one. If ‘NO’ is checked for any question this
may signify a breach of P.U.W.E.R., this will be assessed by the
appropriated authority. All ‘NO’ items must be entered to a dedicated
P.U.W.E.R Punch List and to be attached to the PC1 Compliance
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
PAGE: 40
Certificate, the Operating Authority to categorise the P.U.W.E.R. Item(s) as
‘A’ or ‘B’ as appropriately.
If an Engineering Query (EQ) or a Technical Query (TQ) is raised as a
result of a ‘NO’ item being identified, the item will remain on the P.U.W.E.R
Punch List until the EQ or TQ is answered, complete and closed out.
The PC1 Compliance Certificate was deliberately designed so that by
asking the questions and getting satisfactory answers, which allows the
Operator or his delegated authority to tick each "yes" box, gives the
Operator the confidence that PUWER is complied with, as far as
reasonably practicable.
1.4.8
System Handover Certificate (SH1)
The System Handover Certificate (SH1) facilitates the handover of the
system from the Commissioning Authority to the operating authority. At
this stage, commissioning activities should have been completed.
At SH1 approval / acceptances the following restrictions/limitations apply: (a)
No category "A" punch list items shall remain.
(b) Engineering queries raised shall have been answered, assessed for its
impact and where possible subsequent construction/ commissioning
works implemented/undertaken. Only outstanding EQ's that do not
impair the safety of plant and/or personnel and have the approval of
the operating authority shall remain.
(c) The certifying authority shall have witnessed any I&T activities
specifically requested by them.
(d) Any I&T activities required for obtaining or retaining of certificate of
fitness e.g. containment confirmation, P.S.V./Cat 1 protection
system/platform E.S.D. system testing, Life support systems etc. shall
have been completed in full.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
PAGE: 41
(e) The operator should have been provided with all technical and
operations/maintenance information i.e. equipment specifications and
data, operating and maintenance procedures etc. necessary for
operations to safely operate the plant being handed over.
When commissioning activities require hydrocarbons introduced, to
complete the certification, e.g. gas compressor or crude pump test runs
etc., the SH1 must be handed over and accepted by the operating
authority before commencement. In this particular case, any outstanding
activities should be entered in the "exclusions" section of the SH1 and
included on the punch list, prior to handover.
Further commissioning
should then proceed under operations authority control with appropriate
certification/running logs/as-built drawings etc. added to the H.C.P. on
completion, and copied to the operating authority (where appropriate).
Certain circumstances arise when non-essential plant/equipment, which
fall within the SH1 limits and is not immediately required for operations to
continue, e.g. a chemical dosing pump used intermittently etc., is not
available when the main system requires to be made operational.
Provided the plant/equipment can be isolated to the satisfaction of all
performing authorities, such that no impairment to safety of the plant
and/or personnel exists, the outstanding plant/equipment and associated
certification may be entered into the "exclusions" section of the SH1 and
included on the punch list prior to handover. Once again, appropriate
certification, as-built drawings etc. should be added to the H.C.P. on
completion, and copied to the operating authority (where appropriate).
Situations also arise where additional work to that originally planned,
needs to be undertaken in order to achieve the aims of the
modification/maintenance activity e.g. pipework re-routing due to a "clash"
etc. The normal implementation method, for capturing the additional manhours involved, is the raising of a site instruction (S.I.).
To capture the change in a system limit and/or I&T data requirements
(refer to 1.6 - Change Control), an on-site H.C.R. should be raised and
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
PAGE: 42
included in the H.C.P. and at SH1 handover, specifically brought to the
notification of the operating authority.
1.4.9
Plant Performance Certificate (PP1)
The Plant Performance Certificate (PP1) facilitates the realisation of
design integrity and expectations and that the facility is performing to those
expectations for the agreed period of time, post SH1 Handover.
The Engineering & Commissioning Authority confirms that the plant
performance tests as defined are in accordance with design and vendor
requirements, specifications and drawings, and that the plant meets the
expectations of design criteria and intended purpose, provided a NonPerformance report (NP1) is not raised.
If a Non-Performance report (NP1) is raised, the Operating Authority may
not accept the PP1 until the detail of the NP1 or any subsequent
Engineering Queries (EQ) and/or Technical Queries (TQ) have been
satisfactory resolved.
Upon completion of the NP1, EQ and/or TQ process to the satisfaction of
the Operating Authority, the Operating Authority will sign the PP1
accepting that plant performance tests have demonstrated that the design
expectations have been achieved.
1.4.10 Punch List (PL1)
The punch list form (PL1) shall detail all outstanding items of work,
according to the original work scope, at the point of handover of both MC1
and SH1. Prior to offering the MC1/SH1 for acceptance, the work content
shall be reviewed (punched) to ensure work has been
constructed/maintained as per design/maintenance routine and that the
plant/equipment integrity is valid or has not been impaired during
maintenance. To record these items, a PL1 shall be raised (normally by
the construction/maintenance performing authority), listing all defects
found outwith design/original operating capability.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
PAGE: 43
At MC1 handover stage, the Construction/Maintenance performing body
together with the Commissioning performing body, with Operations
being invited to participate shall carry out the punch.
Prior to the SH1 handover stage the system will be reviewed for
compliance with P.U.W.E.R by raising the PC1.
If during the P.U.W.E.R review a ‘NO’ is checked for any question this
may signify a breach of P.U.W.E.R., and will be assessed by the
appropriated authority. All ‘NO’ items must be entered to a dedicated
P.U.W.E.R Punch List and to be attached to the PC1 Compliance
Certificate, the Operating Authority to categorise the P.U.W.E.R. Item(s)
as ‘A’ or ‘B’ as appropriately.
At SH1 handover stage, the Commissioning performing body together
with Operations and the Construction/Maintenance performing body
invited to participate should carry out the punch.
Wherever possible, the PL1 should be accompanied with attached
marked-up P&ID(s) showing location of defect items. To assist detail,
other types of drawings may be added, i.e. piping isometrics, E&I line
diagrams, etc. The P&ID, having been HAZOPed, remains the primary
drawing.
There should be only one uniquely identified, discipline specific, punch
list per H.C.P. (as many pages as required). The same PL1 shall be
carried forward from MC1 to SH1, items being signed off and/or added,
as required.
Each item on the list shall be categorised as "A" or "B". "A" denoting
major items that must be completed before a handover is acceptable
and "B" denoting minor items, which, provided they are not excessive in
number and, with the agreement of the accepting authority, can be
completed after the handover is accepted.
The responsibility for clearing PL1 items shall, unless agreed otherwise,
rest with the Construction/Maintenance Authority, except where the
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
PAGE: 44
commissioning performing body/operations have requested something,
within the scope, to be left out to assist their progress, etc., e.g. a
spectacle blind left in the closed position at MC1 acceptance, to assist
commissioning leak test. This would be cleared by turning the spectacle
blind to the run position (open), prior to offering the SH1 to the operator,
for acceptance. In this particular case this would have appeared as a
"B" item at MC1 offer stage, but an "A" item (commissioning to clear) at
SH1 offer stage.
The PL1 shall remain live and tracked until all items are completed and
signed off.
Where the handover is of considerable size, it is recommended that a
pre-punch is carried out in order to reduce the number of items being
entered on the official PL1, and the certification management system.
Punch list items must be restricted to "as per design/maintenance
routine" and not include "nice to have" or "preferential engineering"
items.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
1.5
KEY PERSONNEL
1.5.1
Nomination of Authorities
PAGE: 45
Dependent on the scope of the works to be completed using the
G.O.C., the various performing bodies and authorities should be
nominated at the outset.
Clearly a major project will involve large
discrete departments to fulfil the required roles (both performing and
authorisation) and normally the handover authorised by the head of
those departments or his nominated deputy by signature on the
requisite forms. Nomination of performing bodies and authorities is
particularly important where the works are smaller, such as repair
orders on the platform, and all works will be carried out on site. Then,
the performing bodies and authorities defined below may be the same
signatory and the provision of information at each stage will be
correspondingly less (e.g. basis of designs (B.O.D.'s) referenced in
1.5.2 below, will not necessarily be required). The following defines the
roles of the various authorities in so far as they apply to the
Certification System. Appendix 1.4 details the relevant performing
bodies and authorities normally applicable. It is incumbent upon the
relevant Asset to fill in or delete as applicable, the requisite names/job
titles applicable to their Asset.
1.5.2
Design/Maintenance Planning Authority
The design/maintenance planning authority shall provide the Basis of
Design (B.O.D.) which will include, but not be limited to, detailed
drawings (P.F.D's, P&ID's, Isometrics, etc.), material specifications,
system parameters and proposed methods of construction,
maintenance, commissioning and operation. For smaller modifications
or maintenance activity the B.O.D. may be replaced by a scope of work
(S.O.W.).
A typical B.O.D. contents sheet is contained in appendix 1.3.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
1.5.3
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
PAGE: 46
Construction/Maintenance Authority
The Construction/Maintenance Authority, in conjunction with the
Commissioning Authority, shall produce system handover limits, raise
D.I.S.'s (by discipline), input the data into MANCON (where appropriate)
and produce the H.C.P.'s. Once the construction, maintenance and precommissioning works have been completed, punch list(s) produced and
MANCON updated (where appropriate), the Construction/Maintenance
Authority shall handover the system(s), with the requisite completed
MC1's, to the Commissioning Authority.
1.5.4
Commissioning Authority
The Commissioning Authority, on satisfactory acceptance of the MC1
from the Construction/Maintenance Authority, will complete all
commissioning activities, update the punch list, update MANCON
(where appropriate) and then handover the system, with the requisite
completed SH1, to the operating authority.
1.5.5
Certification Administrator & Handover Management
The Certification Administrator undertakes the compilation, verification
and auditing of the certification process and the Handover Management,
(SH1 allocation authority) by controlling and issuing, deletion and
general control of the unique system handover numbers (SH1's).
1.5.6
Operating Authority
The operating authority must be satisfied that the other performing
bodies have taken all steps, to ensure that the system offered for
acceptance is safe, effective and operable and that the H.C.P. will meet
all statutory and legislative requirements. The operating authority signs
the SH1 as acceptance of the operational system, subject to the
constraints/limitations detailed above. Refer to appendix 1.4 for the
asset nominated authorities.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
1.6
CHANGE CONTROL
1.6.1
Requirement for Change
PAGE: 47
The D.I.S's/I&T plan is reviewed and then fixed during the
design/maintenance planning stage, but it is usually inevitable that the
system limits and/or I&T requirements for some systems may require to
be changed after the approval stage but at some stage before
handover to the operator. The D.I.S's/I&T plan specify the minimum
requirements for inspection and testing, and generally this will be
sufficient for operational purposes. If, however, further activities are
identified, then the plan must be changed.
Similarly, operational
reasons may dictate that the limits of the system must be changed.
The mechanism for these changes is contained in the following subsections. It is important that the correct form is selected so that the
information can be processed in an expedient manner.
1.6.2
Handover Change Request (H.C.R.)
The Handover Change Request (H.C.R.) form is used for controlling
post approval changes to system handover limits and/or Data. The
form, which may be raised on-site or off-site, should be transmitted to
the appointed authority, for approval. If the H.C.R. is accepted, the
limits and/or data should be amended and the relevant information
transmitted along the normal lines of communication. If, however, the
H.C.R. is rejected then it should be returned to the originator, together
with an explanation of the rejection.
1.6.3
MANCON Change
When MANCON is being used an approved H.C.R, provides the
necessary authorisation for the change(s) to be incorporated into
MANCON, using the appropriate MANCON procedures.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 48
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
1.7
SYSTEM FLOW
1.7.1
Sequence of Events
In the following steps the word "MANCON" is used in the context of
being an example of one of the certification management systems
available and in use within BPX.
Other assets, using alternative
systems, should replace the word "MANCON" with their own system
identifier.
Sequence of events ;
a)
B.O.D./S.O.W. produced by the design/maintenance planning
authority should be transmitted to the Construction/Maintenance
Authority.
b)
The Construction/Maintenance Authority, in conjunction with the
Commissioning Authority, should define the limits of system
handover, by marking up the system drawings, and adding a
unique system handover identifier number, obtained from the SH1
allocation authority.
c)
The Construction/Maintenance Authority discipline engineers
should allocate the construction/maintenance inspection and test
requirements.
d)
The Commissioning Authority discipline engineers should allocate
the commissioning inspection and test requirements.
e)
f)
Once the I&T plan has been authorised by all appropriate
authorities, the Certification Administrator should produce the
inspection and test certificates, the approved I&T requirements
matrices and combine these with the appropriate marked up
drawings to compile the H.C.P.
The Certification Administrator should then transmit the H.C.P. to
site.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
g)
PAGE: 49
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
The Construction/Maintenance performing body should complete
his activities and as work progresses, the Certification
Administrator should update MANCON (if appropriate) and insert
the completed I&T certificates in the H.C.P. until handover, to the
Commissioning Authority, is possible.
h)
When
all
construction/maintenance
activities
have
been
completed, the Construction/Maintenance performing body, the
commissioning performing body and, if possible, the operations
representative should then carry out a joint punch to the system
handover limits.
i)
The Construction/Maintenance Authority should then complete
and sign the MC1 and, together with the agreed 'B' item Punch
List, hand over the H.C.P. to the Commissioning Authority.
j)
The Commissioning Authority should review the H.C.P. for
acceptability and if satisfied, sign the MC1 as acceptance of the
system.
k) The commissioning performing body should complete his activities
and as work progresses, the Certification Administrator should
update MANCON (if appropriate) and insert the completed I&T
certificates in the H.C.P. until handover, to the operating authority,
is possible.
l)
When all commissioning activities have been completed, the
commissioning performing body, the operations representative
and, if possible, the Construction/Maintenance performing body
should then carry out a joint punch to the system handover limits.
m) The Commissioning Authority completes and signs the SH1 and
together with the agreed 'B' item Punch List hands over the H.C.P.
to the operating authority.
n)
The operating authority should review the H.C.P. for acceptability
and once satisfied, sign the SH1 as acceptance of the system.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 50
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
o) Outstanding punch list form (PL1) items and EQ actions should
remain live and tracked by MANCON (if appropriate) until
completion.
Any further certificates, as-built drawings etc.,
resulting from completed PL1 and EQ actions should be added to
the accepted H.C.P. and, where appropriate, copies of appropriate
documentation transmitted to the operating authority for
information.
To
ensure
timely
"as-building"
of
documentation,
it
is
recommended that the H.C.P. is returned to the engineering
authority at the earliest opportunity. To achieve this feature, if
works such as E.Q resolution etc., are outstanding at point of SH1
approval by the operating authority and are expected to take some
time, due to material deliveries etc., then consideration should be
given to transferring these works to a separate SH1, undertaking
amendment/close-out/referencing
of
documentation
(as
appropriate).
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
1.7.2
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
PAGE: 51
Flowcharts
The remaining pages of this section contain the following flowcharts:a) Flowchart 1.7.3
Handover Sequence of Events (Off-site)
b) Flowchart 1.7.4
Handover Sequence of Events (On-site)
c) Flowchart 1.7.5
Handover Change Request.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 52
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
HCP Off-site Preparation
Flowchart 1.7.3
BOD/Scope of Work Raised
by the
Design / Maintenance
Authority
Construction / Maintenance
Authority
Set System Limits
and Mark-Up Drawings
Allocate SH1 Handover
No (Mnemonics)
PP1 & PP1 duration
(Where appropriate)
Construction / Maintenance
Engineers
Generate I&T
Requirements
Commissioning
Discipline Engineers
Generate I&T
Requirements
Certification Administrator
Complies approved
HCP
Certification Administrator
Transmits the HCP
To Site
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 53
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
HCP On-site Review and Acceptance
Flowchart 1.7.4
` Is the work scope for an
existing
Operating Facility?
YES
Operations to issue an SS1
Certificate prior to any work
commencing within the SH1
Handover Limit
NO
Works Progressed
to MC1 Status
HCP Updated
Certification Management
System
Reviewed and Update
(As Appropriate)
Construction/Maintenance
Authority sign off MC1
HCP offered to
Commissioning Authority
Commissioning Authority
to Review HCP and signs
MC1 when acceptable
Certification Management
System
Reviewed and Update
(As Appropriate)
Commissioning Authority
Progresses
Works/Handover to PC1
& SH1 Status
Operations to review PC1
and raise PUWER PL1 as
appropriate, progress to
SH1
Certification Management
System
Reviewed and Update
(As Appropriate)
Commissioning Authority
Progresses HCP and
signs SH1 – HCP offered
to the Operator
Certification Management
System
Reviewed and Update
(As Appropriate)
Operating Authority
Reviews HCP, PC1,
signs SH1 as appropriate
Certification Management
System
Reviewed and Update
(As Appropriate)
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 54
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
Handover Change Request (HCR)
Flowchart 1.7.5
HCR
Raised by
originator
Refer to section 5
HCR
Transmitted to The
Appropriate
Authority
Approved
HCR
Reviewed by
Approving
Authority
Not Approved
HCR
Return to
originator with
explanation of
rejection
Limits and/or Data
Amended on
Drawings and DIS
/ ITS Plan updated
to cover limit
HCR
Updated Changes
to DIS / I&T Plan
implimented
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES
PAGE: 55
EXHIBIT 1
STANDARD FORMS
Form No.
Form Title
HCR
Handover Change Request
SS1
System Safe Certificate
MC1
Mechanical Completion Certificate
PL1
Punch List
PC1
PUWER Compliance Certificate
SH1
System Handover Certificate
PP1
Plant Performance Certificate
NP1
Non-Performance Certificate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SH1 No:
FORM HCR
Work Pack No:
HCR Number:
Discipline:
HANDOVER CHANGE REQUEST (HCR)
From :
SITE:
PLEASE NAME HOME OFFICE CONTACT BELOW :
Date :
To :
DESCRIPTION & REASON FOR CHANGE:
Marked-up copies of P&ID's / Block Diagrams / DIS/ITS Print-out(s)
detailing proposed Limit and/or Data Change - include all SH1/MC1 No(s)
affected.
IS THIS CHANGE THE RESULT OF AN EQ?
* YES/NO
IF 'YES' STATE EQ REF :-
* APPROVED / NOT APPROVED (*Delete as Appropriate)
MAINTENANCE/CONSTRUCTION:
AUTHORITY
COMMISSIONING:
AUTHORITY
DATE :-
DATE :-
COMMENTS :
CHANGE IMPLEMENTED BY :- ____________________________
*Delete as Appropriate
GOC
DATE :- ____________________
© BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title
FORM SS1
(SIDE 1)
SH1 Number:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SYSTEM SAFE CERTIFICATE
SITE:
HANDOVER TITLE:
MC1 APPLICABLE *YES/NO
MC1 CERTIFICATE No(s):
FOR SAFE SYSTEM OF WORK CONTROL MEASURES SEE THE REVERSE SIDE OF THIS FORM
HANDOVER INCLUDES:
* ATTACH MARKED-UP DRAWINGS OF LIMITS OF SYSTEM / EQUIPMENT
HANDOVER EXCLUDES:
OPERATING AUTHORITY
HEREBY CONFIRMS THAT THE ABOVE SYSTEM AS DEFINED HAS BEEN ISOLATED AND ALL NECESSARY
TESTS AND PRECAUTIONS CARRIED OUT IN READINESS FOR SAFE WORK WITHIN THE BOUNDARY
LIMITS OF THE ISOLATION.
SIGNED ____________________________________________
DATE _______________________________
CONSTRUCTION / MAINTENANCE / COMMISSIONING ACCEPTANCE AUTHORITY
HEREBY ACCEPTS THE SYSTEM AS DEFINED SUBJECT TO THE RESPONSIBILITIES/LIMITATIONS AS
SHOWN ON THE CONTROL MEASURES REFERENCED OVERLEAF.
SIGNED ____________________________________________ DATE _______________________________
* Delete as Appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
SSOW CONTROL MEASURES
SH1 NUMBER:
OPERATING AUTHORITY
AREA AUTHORITY OR DELEGATE
STAGE 2 RISK ASSESSMENT (APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
STAGE 2 RA No:___________________________
SIGNED:
DATE:
ISOLATION CONFIRMATION (APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
ICC No: ___________________________
SIGNED:
DATE:
SYSTEM FLUSH / PURGE / CLEAN
SYSTEM FLUSHED / PURGED / CLEANED (APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
SIGNED:
DATE:
ISOLATION MONITORING
DOUBLE BLOCK & BLEED MONITORING IN PLACE (APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
SIGNED:
DATE:
OTHER CONDITIONS / PROCEDURES
HANDOVER INCLUDES
WORKSITE
WORKSITE IN A CLEAN AND SAFE CONDITION
SIGNED:
DATE:
SERVICES
INSULATION / SCAFFOLDING COMPLETION
SIGNED:
* Delete as Appropriate
DATE:
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
FORM MC1
(SIDE 1)
MC1 Number:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
MECHANICAL COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
SITE:
HANDOVER TITLE :
NOTE: FOR PUNCH LIST REFERENCE NUMBER(S) SEE THE REVERSE SIDE OF THIS FORM
HANDOVER INCLUDES :
HANDOVER EXCLUDES :
CONSTRUCTION/MAINTENANCE AUTHORITY
I HEREBY CONFIRM THAT THE ABOVE SYSTEM AS DEFINED, HAS BEEN CONSTRUCTED, INSTALLED,
MAINTAINED AND TESTED IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH DESIGN DRAWINGS, AND/OR MAINTENANCE
SCHEDULES.
SIGNED ____________________________________________
DATE _______________________________
COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY
I HEREBY ACCEPT THE SYSTEM AS DEFINED SUBJECT TO THE RESPONSIBILITIES / LIMITATIONS AS
SHOWN ON THE PUNCH LISTS REFERENCED OVERLEAF.
SIGNED ____________________________________________ DATE _______________________________
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
SCOPE COMPLETION
CONSTRUCTION/MAINTENANCE PERFORMING AUTHORITY
MC1 NUMBER:
MECHANICAL
STRUCTURAL COMPLETION (APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
PUNCH LIST No:___________________________
SIGNED:
DATE:
MECHANICAL COMPLETION (APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
PUNCH LIST No:___________________________
SIGNED:
PIPING COMPLETION
DATE:
(APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
PUNCH LIST No:___________________________
SIGNED:
DATE:
CONTROL
INSTRUMENT COMPLETION (APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
PUNCH LIST No:___________________________
SIGNED:
DATE:
FIRE & GAS COMPLETION
(APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
PUNCH LIST No:___________________________
SIGNED:
TELECOMS COMPLETION
DATE:
(APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
PUNCH LIST No:___________________________
SIGNED:
DATE:
ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL COMPLETION (APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
PUNCH LIST No:___________________________
SIGNED:
DATE:
CIVIL
(Including Architectural)
CIVIL COMPLETION (APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
PUNCH LIST No:___________________________
SIGNED:
DATE:
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
(Including Insulation)
PAINTING/COATING & (APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
INSULATION COMPLETION
PUNCH LIST No:___________________________
SIGNED:
DATE:
*Delete as Appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
PUNCH LIST RAISED BY:
PERFORMING BODY
DISCIPLINE
SHT
OF
LOCATION:
CLEARANCE
BODY
* VENDOR/CONTRACTOR
VEN
* CONSTRUCTION
CON
* COMMISSIONING
COM
* MAINTENANCE
MTN
* OPERATING
OPS
ITEM
No
SITE:
PUNCH LIST NUMBER
PUNCH LIST
FORM
* P.U.W.E.R.
FORM PL1
DATE
PRINT NAME
SIGNATURE
OPS
DESCRIPTION
EST.
HRS.
MAT. REQ No
CAT
CLEARANCE
BODY
DATE
CLEARED
SIGNED
NOTES:
1. OUTSTANDING PAINTING/HEAT TRACING AND INSULATION TO BE RECORDED ON A UNIQUE PUNCH LIST FOR PAINTING/HEAT TRACING WITHIN
THE LIMITS OF THIS HANDOVER.
2. P.U.W.E.R RELATED ITEMS TO BE DETAILED ON A DEDICATED PUNCH LIST (PL1) AND ATTACHED TO THE P.U.W.E.R COMPLIANCE (PC1)
CERTIFICATE
CATEGORIES:
'A'
ITEMS TO BE REPAIRED, COMPLETED OR CORRECTED BEFORE THE EQUIPMENT CAN BE SAFELY
OPERATED
'B'
ITEMS THAT CAN BE REPAIRED, COMPLETED OR CORRECTED AT A LATER DATE AND WHICH ALLOWS THE
EQUIPMENT TO BE COMMISSIONED/OPERATED WITHOUT JEOPARDIZING PLANT OR PERSONNEL
*Delete as Appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
FORM PC1
(SIDE 1)
SH1 Number(s)
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
P.U.W.E.R. COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
SITE:
HANDOVER TITLE :
MC1 CERTIFICATE No(s):
P.U.W.E.R. PUNCH LIST REFERANCE NUMBER:
HANDOVER INCLUDES :
HANDOVER EXCLUDES :
OPERATING ACCEPTANCE AUTHORITY
I HEREBY DETAIL OVERLEAF THE FINDINGS OF THE P.U.W.E.R COMPLIANCE INSPECTION AND CONFIRM
THAT FINAL ACCEPTANCE IS SUBJECT TO RESOLUTION OF THE LISTED NON-COMPLIANCE ITEMS AND
AS FURTHER DETAILED ON THE ABOVE REFERENCED PUNCH LIST.
SIGNED ____________________________________________ DATE _______________________________
P.U.W.E.R PERFOMING / CLEARANCE AUTHORITY
I HEREBY ACCEPT THE FINDINGS OF THE P.U.W.E.R COMPLIANCE INSPECTION AS DETAILED OVERLEAF
AND RESPONSIBILITY FOR RESOLUTION OF THE LISTED NON-COMPLIANCE ITEMS IDENTIFIED AND AS
FURTHER DETAILED ON THE ABOVE REFERENCED PUNCH LIST.
SIGNED ____________________________________________
* DELETE AS APPLICABLE
GOC ©
DATE _______________________________
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
P.U.W.E.R COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
COMMISSIONING / OPERATIONS AUTHORITY
P.U.W.E.R COMPLIANCE INSPECTION
SH1 Numbers(s):
√ YES
√ NO
COMMENTS
Is the equipment of a suitable design and intended for the task and location for which
it is to be used?
Is there documentary proof of regular maintenance?
Can all required maintenance be carried out?
Is use and maintenance of the equipment restricted only to authorised, trained
personnel?
Are persons who will use the equipment, including standby/watch keeping personnel,
adequately trained?
Has equipment been inspected before first use?
Has sufficient, easy to understand information been provided to enable safe use of the
equipment?
Have risks of using this equipment been fully identified, assessed, documented and
controlled?
Is protection provided to protect persons from danger caused by moving, rotating, hot
or cold parts?
Are controls provided to start, stop and isolate the equipment from power sources, in
both normal and emergency situations?
If first supplied after 1/1/95, does item have a CE mark?
Are systems in place to ensure no persons are exposed to risk as a result of
equipment starting or operating?
Where appropriate, have visible or audible warning devices and barriers been put in
place?
Is there sufficient lighting?
Is equipment stable and properly anchored in place?
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SELF-PROPELLED, MOBILE EQUIPMENT.
Are passengers prohibited from riding on equipment?
Is equipment provided with a means to stop un-authorised use?
Are controls fitted for braking and stopping?
Are there emergency controls to brake and stop if main controls fail?
Does the equipment operator have an unrestricted view of the work environment?
GENERAL NOTES
This certificate can be used to test any equipment’s compliance with P.U.W.E.R. and does not replace
any formal audit, (external or internal) but maybe used to prompt one.
P.U.W.E.R. Compliance Questions to be addressed to the Equipment(s) suppliers representatives and/or
authorised agent/authority.
If ‘NO’ is checked for any question this may signify a breach of P.U.W.E.R., this will be assessed by the
appropriated authority.
‘NO’ items to be entered to a dedicated P.U.W.E.R Punch List and to be attached to this P.U.W.E.R.
Compliance Certificate, the Operating Authority to categorise the P.U.W.E.R. Item as ‘A’ or ‘B’ as
appropriately.
If an Engineering Query (EQ) or a Technical Query (TQ) is raised as a result of a ‘NO’ item being
identified, the item will remain on the HCP Punch List until the EQ or TQ is answered, complete and
closed out.
√ Tick as Appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
FORM SH1
(SIDE 1)
SH1 Number:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SYSTEM HANDOVER CERTIFICATE
SITE:
HANDOVER TITLE :
MC1 APPLICABLE *YES/NO
MC1 CERTIFICATE No(s):
NOTE: FOR PUNCH LIST REFERENCE NUMBER(S) SEE THE REVERSE SIDE OF THIS FORM
HANDOVER INCLUDES :
HANDOVER EXCLUDES :
COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY
I HEREBY CONFIRM THAT THE ABOVE SYSTEM AS DEFINED HAS BEEN COMMISSIONED AND ALL
NECESSARY TESTS CARRIED OUT IN READINESS FOR SAFE CONTINUOUS OPERATION.
SIGNED ____________________________________________
DATE _______________________________
OPERATING ACCEPTANCE AUTHORITY
I HEREBY ACCEPT THE SYSTEM AS DEFINED AND SUBJECT TO THE RESPONSIBILITIES / LIMITATIONS
BEING COMPLETE AS DEFINED ON THE PUNCH LIST(S) REFERENCED OVERLEAF.
SIGNED ____________________________________________ DATE _______________________________
* DELETE AS APPLICABLE
GOC ©
BPX March 1989 to GOC © BP 2001
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
SCOPE COMPLETION
COMMISSIONING / OPERATIONS AUTHORITY
SH1 NUMBER:
MECHANICAL
STRUCTURAL COMPLETION (APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
PUNCH LIST No:___________________________
SIGNED:
DATE:
MECHANICAL COMPLETION (APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
PUNCH LIST No:___________________________
SIGNED:
PIPING COMPLETION
DATE:
(APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
PUNCH LIST No:___________________________
SIGNED:
DATE:
CONTROL
INSTRUMENT COMPLETION (APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
PUNCH LIST No:___________________________
SIGNED:
DATE:
FIRE & GAS COMPLETION
(APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
PUNCH LIST No:___________________________
SIGNED:
TELECOMS COMPLETION
DATE:
(APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
PUNCH LIST No:___________________________
SIGNED:
DATE:
ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL COMPLETION (APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
PUNCH LIST No:___________________________
SIGNED:
DATE:
CIVIL
(Including Architectural)
CIVIL COMPLETION (APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
PUNCH LIST No:___________________________
SIGNED:
DATE:
PROTECTIVE COATINGS
(Including Insulation)
PAINTING/COATING & (APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
INSULATION COMPLETION
PUNCH LIST No:___________________________
SIGNED:
DATE:
P.U.W.E.R
P.U.W.E.R. INSPECTION COMPLETION (APPLICABLE *YES/NO)
PUNCH LIST No:___________________________
SIGNED:
DATE:
* Delete as Appropriate
GOC ©
BPX March 1989 to GOC © BP 2001
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
FORM PP1
(SIDE 1)
SH1 Number (s) :
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
PLANT PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE
SITE:
TITLE :
PLANT PERFOMANCE DURATION:
PLANT PERFORMANCE COVERS THE FOLLOWING SYSTEM(s) :-
NON-PERFOMANCE REPORT (NP1)
ATTACHED
* YES / *NO
NP1 No :
ENGINEERING AUTHORITY
HEREBY CONFIRMS THAT THE FACILITY PLANT PERFORMANCE TEST(s) AS DEFINED, ARE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH DESIGN AND VENDOR REQUIREMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS AND
MEET THE EXPECTATIONS OF DESIGN CRITERIA AND INTENDED PURPOSE.
SIGNED ____________________________________________DATE _____________________________
COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY
HEREBY CONFIRMS THAT THE FACILITY PLANT PERFORMANCE TEST(s) ARE COMPLETE, AND ARE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND MEET THE
EXPECTATIONS OF DESIGN CRITERIA AND INTENDED PURPOSE.
SIGNED ____________________________________________ DATE _____________________________
OPERATIONS AUTHORITY
HEREBY ACCEPTS THE FACILITY PLANT PERFORMANCE TEST(s) AS DEFINED, MEET THE EXPECTATIONS
OF THE DESIGN CRITERIA AND INTENDED PURPOSE, AND ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTAINING
THE TECHNICAL INTEGRITY AND DESIGN CRITERIA OF THE PLANT.
SIGNED ____________________________________________ DATE _______________________________
* Delete as Appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
FORM NP1
SH1 Number (s) :
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
NON-PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE
EQUIPMENT No :
SITE:
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION :
SYSTEM :
LOCATION :
COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE No(s) :
PLANT PERFOMANCE DURATION:
Report:
USE CONTINUATION SHEET IF REQUIRED
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
BP EXPLORATION OPERATING COMPANY LIMITED
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION (GOC)
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES - APPENDICES
SECTION 1
REVISION: 3
PAGE: i
APPENDIX 1.0
Operations System Mnemonics Matrix Example
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SYSTEM MNEMONICS - SALTEND
HANDOVER NUMBER
Example
P I
P S S T 1 0 0 0
SEQUENTIAL NUMBER (XXXX)
PRIMARY SYSTEMS (P)
PLANT IDENTIFIER (PI) ID LETTERS
VAM/ETAC (COMMON OFFSITES)
VAM
ETAC
IOS
TSEP
HULL SITE
CO
VA
EA
IO
TS
HS
SECONDARY SYSTEM (SS)
UTILITES
1
STRUCTURES
2
RAW MATERIALS & PRODUCTS
3
SPARE
4
SPARE
5
CONTROL & INSTRUMENT
(SAFETY SYSTEMS)
6
ETAC PROCESS
7
VAM PROCESS
8
ELECTRICAL
9
HANDOVER TYPE IDENTIFIER (T)
(LISTED UNDER RESPECTIVE PRIMARY SYSTEM)
DESCRIPTION
LETTER
CONSTRUCTED/COMMISSIONED
C
DESTRUCT
D
TEMPORARY
T
RE-INSTATEMENT/REFURBISHMENT
R
SHUTDOWN DEPENDANT
S
EQUIPMENT OUTAGE
E
PRIMARY SYSTEM 1
(UTILITIES)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
WATER
- TOWNS
- PROCESS
- COOLING
110
111
112
STEAM
-
HP
IP
LP
LLP
STREAM TRACING
120
121
122
123
124
CONDENSATE
-
HP
IP
LP
LLP
130
131
132
133
PRIMARY SYSTEM 2
200
RAW MATERIALS & PRODUCTS
PRIMARY SYSTEM 6
-
TANKER EXPORT
-
FLARE
FIREWATER
ROAD LOADING
EFFLUENT PIT
150
151
152
153
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ESD LOGIC
600
DCS LOGIC
601
CONTROL SCHEMES
602
PACKAGE CONTROLS
603
CONTROL & MARSHALLING PANELS 604
MULTI CORE CABLES
605
ETAC PROCESS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
PRIMARY SYSTEM 9
PRIMARY SYSTEM 8
(PLATFORM FABRIC)
(VAM PROCESS)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
- PARENT
700
- PARENT
800
- REACTION
710
- REACTION
810
- DISTILLATION
720
- DISTILLATION
820
- CHEMICAL HANDLING
740
- BENEFIELD UNIT
830
- HEAVY ENDS
840
- CHEMICAL HANDLING
850
ANCILLARIES
VAM PROCESS
n HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
80
n CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
n MULTICORE CABLES
96
97
n HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD 98
99
n COMMON
ANCILLARIES ARE COMMON TO PRIMARY SYSTEMS 1 - 8
January 2001 / 01
(SPARE)
(SPARE)
PRIMARY SYSTEM 7
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
PRIMARY SYSTEM 5
PRIMARY SYSTEM 4
PARENT
ETHYLENE
OXYGEN
ACETIC ACID
VAM ACETALDEHYDE STREAM
HEAVY ORGANICE SECONDARY PRODUCT
LIGHT ORGANICE SECONDARY PRODUCT
ETAC PRODUCT
VAM PRODUCT
GAS EXPORT STREAMS
POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE
CLOSED DRAIN / OFF SPEC TANK
(ETAC PROCESS)
-
140
141
142
143
144
145
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
(CONTROL & INSTRUMENTS SAFETY SYSTEMS)
CONTROL &
INSTRUMENTS
PLANT AIR
INSTRUMENT AIR
SPARE
HP NITROGEN
LP NITROGEN
NATURAL GAS
PRIMARY SYSTEM 3
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
- PARENT
-
(RAW MATERIALS & PRODUCTS)
(STRUCTURES)
STRUCTURES
GASEOUS UTILITIES
ELECTRICAL
-
33 kV POWER
3.3 kV POWER
415 V POWER
FIRE DETECTION & ALARMS
GAS DETECTION & ALARMS
LIGHTING
SMALL POWER
HEAT TRACING
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
SYSTEM MNEMONICS - BRUCE
HANDOVER NUMBER
Example
B R U 2 1 2 C 9 9 9 9
SEQUENTIAL NUMBER
FACILITY
IDENTIFIER
BRUCE
BRU
PRIMARY SYSTEMS
SECONDARY SYSTEM
HANDOVER TYPE IDENTIFIER
LETTER
WELLS
1
LIQUID STABILISATION, PUMPING & EXPORT
2
CONSTRUCTED/COMMISSIONED
C
GAS COMPRESSION, CONDITIONING, LIFT.
RE-INJECTION & EXPORT
3
DESTRUCT
D
DESCRIPTION
(LISTED UNDER RESPECTIVE PRIMARY SYSTEM)
4
WATER SYSTEMS
5
FLARE AND VENT SYSTEMS
TEMPORARY
T
RE-INSTATEMENT/REFURBISHMENT
R
SHUTDOWN DEPENDENT
S
EQUIPMENT OUTAGE
E
6
SAFETY SYSTEMS
DRILLING SYSTEMS
7
UTILITIES
8
PLATFORM FABRIC
9
PRIMARY SYSTEM 1
(WELLS)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
PLATFORM
PLATFORM
WELL
WELL
SLOT
WELL
--A22
--A09
A01
A06
---
A1
B1
B2
B3
A20
---
A14
A8
A17Y
A12Z
A10Y
--A24
A08
-----
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
SLOT
WELL
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
--A23
C7
C8
A03
A16Z
A18
A05
-----
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
WAD
PLATFORM
PLATFORM
SLOT
KEITH
WELL
SLOT
D1
D2
B01
B04Y
M2
A04
A07
A02
A11
D3
D4
D5
D6
B02Z
B03Z
B06
B05
M3
M4
M5
M6
-----
D7
D8
SLOT
WELL
M1
SLOT
K1
K2
M7
M8
--
PRIMARY SYSTEM 2
PRIMARY SYSTEM 3
PRIMARY SYSTEM 4
PRIMARY SYSTEM 5
(LIQUID STABILISATION, PUMPING & EXPORT)
(GAS SYSTEMS)
(WATER SYSTEMS)
(FLARE AND VENT SYSTEMS)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
n H.P. HYDROCYCLONES
n L.P. HYDROCYCLONES
01
HP FLARE
02
LP FLARE
ATMOSPHERIC VENT
10
20
30
20
MAINTENANCE VENT
40
30
FLARE IGNITION
50
H.P. GAS CONDENSATE TEST MANIFOLD
00
L.P. COMPRESSOR
10
DE-OILING
M.P. GAS CONDENSATE TEST MANIFOLD
STATFJORD TEST MANIFOLD
01
02
M.P. COMPRESSOR A
M.P. COMPRESSOR B
20
21
DE-GASSING
10
M.P. GAS CONDENSATE PRODUCTION MANIFOLD A
03
M.P. COMPRESSOR C
22
WATER INJECTION
M.P. GAS CONDENSATE PRODUCTION MANIFOLD B
STATFJORD OIL PRODUCTION MANIFOLD
04
05
DEHYDRATION TRAIN A
DEHYDRATION TRAIN B
30
31
PRODUCED WATER REINJECTION
KEITH PRODUCTION MANIFOLD
06
GLYCOL REGENERATION A
H.P. SEPARATOR TRAIN A
10
GLYCOL REGENERATION B
32
33
H.P. SEPARATOR TRAIN B
EXPORT COMPRESSOR A
40
PUQ TEST SEPARATOR
11
12
EXPORT COMPRESSOR B
41
L.P. SEPARATOR TRAIN A
L.P. SEPARATOR TRAIN B
13
14
CR SLUG CATCHER
15
EXPORT COMPRESSOR C
WARM UP HOT GAS
GAS RE-INJECTION
GAS FISCAL METERING
42
43
50
60
70
CR TEST SEPARATOR
16
MOL BOOSTER PUMP A
20
GAS EXPORT PIPELINE
MOL BOOSTER PUMP B
MOL BOOSTER PUMP C
21
22
GAS REINJECTION PIPE LINE
81
KEITH GAS LIFT MANIFOLD
90
MOL PUMP A
30
MOL PUMP B
MOL PUMP C
31
32
LIQUID FISCAL METERING
LIQUID EXPORT PIPE LINE
40
50
WAD TEST PIPE LINE
WAD PRODUCTION PIPE LINE
60
70
PRIMARY SYSTEM 6
PRIMARY SYSTEM 7
(SAFETY SYSTEMS)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
EVACUATION SYSTEMS
PLATFORM CONTROLS
EMERGENCY POWER
FIRE PROTECTION
(ACTIVE)
n HELIDECK
n LIFEBOATS
n OTHER ESCAPE
ACCOMODATION
PLANT VENTILATION
01
02
MUD MIXING - ACTIVE AND RESERVE
03
FLUIDS
n INDUSTRIAL WATER
n POTABLE WATER
n PLANT AIR
n INSTRUMENT AIR
MUD MIXING - DEGASSING/DESANDING
04
MUD PUMPS
05
n FIRE & GAS
12
RIG UTILITIES
n TELECOMS
n GENERAL ADDRESS
13
14
CEMENTER UNIT
06
07
CUTTINGS RE-INJECTION
08
n PLATFORM ADDRESS
15
WELL SERVICES EQUIPMENT
n NAVAIDS
09
16
n WASH WATER
n INTEGRATED CONTROLS
17
CHEMICALS n DEMULSIFIER
n CONTROL NETWORKS
18
n COMMUNICATIONS
19
n CR MCS
20
n POWER GENERATION
n POWER DISTRIBUTION
21
n UPS / BATTERIES
n FIRE PUMPS
n FIRE LOOP
23
31
n
n
n
n
n
09
n CORROSION INHIBITOR
n SCALE INHIBITOR
n
n
n
n
n
22
32
33
INERT GAS
SEAWATER
DIESEL
FUEL GAS
SPARE NUMBER
OXYGEN SCAVENGER
CHLORINATION
BIOCIDE
HYDRATE REMOVER/INHIB
ANTIFOAM
11 COMMS
12
13 SANITARY
19
n WAX INHIBITOR
20
21
n SPARE NUMBER
22
35
n HAZARDOUS OPEN DRAINS
n DELUGE
n COATINGS
38
n FIREWALLS
42
n TEMPORARY REFUGE
51
n HVAC
52
n MEDICAL SUITE
53
n HOTEL FACILITIES
54
n DIRAVENT SYSTEMS
61
n BLOW-OUT PANELS
PERSONNEL PROTECTION n B.A. SETS
n SURVIVAL SUITS
42
51
n NETWORKS
n SEWAGE
52
61
18
n POLYELECTROLYTE
n HALON
n SPRINKLER
n EXTINGUISHERS
36
37
n COOLING
MEDIUMS
n TELEPHONES
71
14 HELICOPTER n HELICOPTER REFUELING
81
n MATERIAL HANDLING
15 SUPPORT
FACILITY
AND LIFTING
16
EQUIPMENT
n WORKSHOP/LABORATORIES 82
17
n CLOSED DRAINS
DRAINS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
00 POWER GEN n MAIN GENERATION
31
01
n HV MAIN GENERATION DIST. 32
n MV MAIN GENERATION DIST. 33
02
03
n LV MAIN GENERATION DIST. 34
n STANDBY GENERATION
04
35
05
n STANDBY GENERATION DIST. 36
n
LIGHTING & SMALL POWER 37
06
n WELDING SOCKETS
38
07
n HEATING MEDIUMS
41
08 MEDIUMS
34
EXPLOSION PROTECTION n BLAST WALLS
January 2001 / 01
BULK CEMENT HANDLING
BULK MUD HANDLING
(PLATFORM FABRIC)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
n MUSTER AREAS
04
n EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN 11
n HYDRANT / MONITORS
n FOAM
FIRE PROTECTION
(PASSIVE)
(UTILITIES)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
01
02
03
PRIMARY SYSTEM 9
PRIMARY SYSTEM 8
(DRILLING SYSTEM)
23
n NON HAZARDOUS OPEN DRAINS 24
25
n STORM DRAINS
41
71
72
81
82
ANCILLARIES
n HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
80
n CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
n MULTICORE CABLES
96
97
n HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD
98
99
n COMMON
D PLATFORM
n MAIN MODULE (D10)
n DRILLING MODULE
AND DERRICK (D20)
PUQ PLATFORM n LEVEL 1 & 2 (P10)
n LEVEL 3, 4, 5 (P20)
n FLARE STACK (P30)
n ACCOMODATION (P40)
D1
D2
P1
P2
P3
P4
n D TO PUQ BRIDGE (P60) P6
CR PLATFORM n MAIN MODULE
n D TO CR BRIDGE
C10
C40
SYSTEM MNEMONICS - FORTIES
SH1 NUMBER
Example
A 2 1 2 C 9 9 9 9
SEQUENTIAL NUMBER
PLATFORM IDENTIFIER
PLATFORM
PRIMARY SYSTEMS
LETTER
FORTIES ALPHA
A
FORTIES BRAVO
B
FORTIES CHARLIE
C
FORTIES DELTA
D
FORTIES ECHO
E
FORTIES UNITY
U
DYCE
X
HANDOVER TYPE IDENTIFIER
SECONDARY SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION
LETTER
PLATFORM FABRIC
0
WELLS
1
CONSTRUCTED/COMMISSIONED
C
M.O.L. SYSTEM
2
DESTRUCT
D
NGL/DGL SYSTEMS
3
UTILITIES
(LISTED UNDER RESPECTIVE PRIMARY SYSTEM)
TEMPORARY
T
RE-INSTATEMENT/REFURBISHMENT
R
SHUTDOWN DEPENDENT
S
4
FLARE AND VENT SYSTEMS
5
PLATFORM EMERGENCY AND SAFETY SYSTEMS
EQUIPMENT OUTAGE
E
6
GAS LIFT SHUTDOWN
G
DRILLING SYSTEMS
7
NGL SHUTDOWN
N
IMPORT/EXPORT SYSTEMS
8
PWD SHUTDOWN
P
PLATFORM GENERATION
9
PRIMARY SYSTEM 1
PRIMARY SYSTEM 1
PRIMARY SYSTEM 1
PRIMARY SYSTEM 1
PRIMARY SYSTEM 1
(WELLS)
(WELLS)
(WELLS)
(WELLS)
(WELLS)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
FORTIES DELTA
FORTIES ECHO
FORTIES ALPHA
WELL
WELL
FORTIES BRAVO
03
4/1
SLOT
21
1/2
02
4/2
20
1/3
01
4/3
19
1/4
04
4/4
22
1/5
05
4/5
23
1/6
06
4/6
24
1/1
SLOT
WELL
SLOT
WELL
1/1
06
4/1
1/2
1/3
2/1
09
08
07
2/1
09
5/1
27
2/3
2/2
08
5/2
26
2/4
10
2/3
07
5/3
25
2/5
11
2/4
10
5/4
28
2/6
12
2/5
11
5/5
29
3/1
15
2/6
12
5/6
30
3/1
15
6/1
33
3/2
14
6/2
32
3/3
13
6/3
31
3/4
03
SLOT
21
20
10
1/2
05
4/2
20
E2
15
1/3
04
4/3
19
E3
09
2/1
09
4/4
22
E4
04
2/2
08
4/5
23
4/6
02
27
07
24
E5
2/3
5/1
E6
08
10
27
2/4
5/2
26
E7
14
2/5
11
5/3
25
E8
07
2/6
12
5/4
28
E9
13
3/1
15
5/5
29
E10
03
3/2
14
5/6
30
E11
16
3/3
13
6/1
33
E12
12
3/4
16
6/2
32
E13
05
6/3
31
E14
01
19
4/4
22
1/4
04
4/4
22
4/5
23
1/5
05
4/5
23
4/6
24
1/6
06
4/6
24
5/1
27
5/4
5/5
25
28
29
5/6
30
08
5/2
26
2/3
07
5/3
25
2/4
10
5/4
28
2/5
11
5/5
29
2/6
12
5/6
30
3/1
15
6/1
33
6/2
32
2/2
3/3
13
6/1
33
3/2
14
3/4
16
6/2
32
3/3
13
16
3/5
17
6/3
31
3/4
16
3/5
17
3/5
17
3/6
18
3/5
17
3/6
18
3/6
18
3/6
18
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
MULTICORE CABLES
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
80
96
HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD
97
98
COMMON
99
CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
MULTICORE CABLES
HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD
COMMON
99
31
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
80
96
97
98
6/3
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
80
96
CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
MULTICORE CABLES
HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD
97
98
COMMON
99
CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
MULTICORE CABLES
HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD
COMMON
PRIMARY SYSTEM 2
PRIMARY SYSTEM 3
PRIMARY SYSTEM 4
(M.O.L.SYSTEM)
(NGL/DGL SYSTEMS)
(UTILITIES)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
80
96
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
MULTICORE CABLES
97
98
99
HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD
COMMON
BULK SEPARATOR FEED SYSTEMS
01
NGL GAS COMPRESSOR
01
TEST SEPARATOR FEED SYSTEMS
02
V16 SYSTEM
02
BULK SEPARATOR V01
BULK SEPARATOR V02
03
04
V06/V19/GLYCOL SYSTEM
03
PLANT AIR SYSTEM
INSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEM
02
03
V17 SYSTEM
04
TEST SEPARATOR
PRODUCTION GAS SCRUBBING
05
06
V18 SYSTEM
05
V20 GAS SCRUBBING
06
GAS LIFT MANIFOLD
LP BOOSTER/TRANSFER PUMPS
07
NGL PLANT RECYCLE
07
NITROGEN SYSTEM
SEAWATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
DIESEL DISTRIBUTION
FUEL GAS DISTRIBUTION
04
05
06
07
08
RISER LIFT GAS SUPPLY (ON F A)
08
MULTIPHASE PUMP
09
GAS LIFT COMPRESSOR
10
P W COLLECTION HEADER
V160 DEGASSING VESSEL
10
11
TURBINE IGNITION GAS SUPPLY
DEMULSIFIER SYSTEM
CORROSION INHIBITOR SYSTEM
KO/UNLOADING COMPRESSOR
11
CLOSED CIRCUIT COOLING SYSTEM
12
V601 DEGASSING VESSEL
12
08
10
11
12
13
CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
PWRI
13
96
MULTICORE CABLES
P W T TRAIN A (T602/W38)
14
97
P W T TRAIN B (T601/W600)
15
HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD
COMMON
98
99
STAND BY HYDROCYCLONE (FA ONLY)
16
RECLAIMED OIL VESSEL V1760 (FA & FD)
17
SEAWATER INJECTION SYSTEM
20
PRODUCED WATER SANDWASH SUPPLY
30
SEAWATER SANDWASH SUPPLY
31
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
80
SCALE INHIBITOR SYSTEM
OXYGEN SCAVENGER/BIOCIDE SYSTEM
SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SYSTEM
FLOTATION AGENT SYSTEM
CLOSED DRAIN SYSTEM
TRI-ETHYLENE GLYCOL
01
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
STANDBY GENERATION
HV SWITCHBOARDS/DISTRIBUTION
LV SWITCHBOARDS/DISTRIBUTION
30
HP FLARE SYSTEM
01
31
32
MP FLARE SYSTEM
LP FLARE SYSTEM
02
03
LIGHTING AND SMALL POWER
WELDING SOCKETS
33
34
UPS/BATTERIES
NAVAIDS
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
ACCOMMODATION
35
36
37
40
41
LLP FLARE SYSTEM
ATMOSPHERIC VENT SYSTEM
MAINTENANCE VENT SYSTEM
FLARE IGNITION
CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
04
05
06
07
96
MULTICORE CABLES
HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD
97
98
COMMON
99
SANITARY SERVICES
HVAC
HELICOPTER REFUELLING
DRAG REDUCING AGENT (DRG)
18
T71 AND LP DRAIN SYSTEM
OPEN DRAIN SYSTEM
20
COMMON
METHANOL INJECTION SYSTEM
22
16
17
50
60
70
80
96
97
98
99
21
96
MULTICORE CABLES
97
HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD
COMMON
98
99
PRIMARY SYSTEM 6
PRIMARY SYSTEM 7
(IMPORT/EXPORT SYSTEMS)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
PRIMARY SYSTEM 9
PRIMARY SYSTEM 0
(PLATFORM GENERATION)
(PLATFORM FABRIC)
PRIMARY SYSTEM 8
(DRILLING SYSTEM)
(PLATFORM EMERGENCY AND SAFETY SYSTEMS)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
PACKAGE 1 SWITCHGEAR
01
PACKAGE 2 MOL
02
PACKAGE 3 WELLHEADS
03
04
PACKAGE 4 DRILLING UTILITIES
04
HYDROSTART
05
PACKAGE 5 PRODUCTION
05
CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
96
97
PACKAGE 6 DRILLING/BOP
06
MULTICORE CABLES
PACKAGE 7 GENERATION
07
HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD
98
PACKAGE 8 NGL PLANT
08
COMMON
99
PACKAGE 9 NORTH ACCOMMODATION
SOUTH TRUSS ACCOMMODATION
09
10
PACKAGE 11 HELIDECK
11
PACKAGE 12 FLARE TOWER
12
13
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM
01
BULK MUD HANDLING
01
EXPORT SYSTEM
01
02
FE 12" BULK TRANSFER SYSTEM
01
02
BULK CEMENT HANDLING
JO1
HP FIREWATER LOOP
02
LP FIREWATER LOOP
03
MUD MIXING - ACTIVE AND RESERVE
03
FE 6" TEST TRANSFER SYSTEM
03
JO2
JO3
02
03
HYDRANT/MONITORS
04
MUD MIXING - DEGASSING/DESANDING
04
FISCAL METERING SYSTEM
04
JO4
HI-EX FOAM
05
AIR COOLING - MUD PUMPS
05
FE BULK IMPORT SYSTEM ON FA
05
HALON SYSTEMS
06
RIG UTILITIES
06
FE TEST IMPORT SYSTEM ON FA
06
SPRINKLER SYSTEM
07
CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
96
INFIELD IMPORT SYSTEM ON FC
07
DELUGE SYSTEM
08
MULTICORE CABLES
97
BRAE IMPORT SYSTEM
08
EXTINGUISHERS
09
HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD
98
MONTROSE IMPORT SYSTEM
09
FIRE & GAS DETECTION/CONTROL
10
COMMON
99
BUCHAN IMPORT SYSTEM
10
PERSONNEL PROTECTION
20
FORTIES FIELD 36" EXPORT SYSTEM
11
FIREWALLS
30
FORTIES FIELD 32" EXPORT SYSTEM
12
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SYSTEM
40
UNITY MANIFOLD
20
21
PACKAGE 13 DRILLING DERRICK
22
PACKAGE 14 OFFICE BLOCK
14
98
BRUCE IMPORT SYSTEM
NELSON IMPORT SYSTEM
23
PACKAGE 15 GRID LINE 1
15
99
ETAP IMPORT SYSTEM
24
PACKAGE 16 RADIO TOWER
16
BRITANNIA
25
GAS INJECTION MANIFOLD
17
CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
96
GL PROCESS MODULE
18
MULTICORE CABLES
97
GL COMPRESSOR MODULE
19
HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD
98
MATERIAL HANDLING
96
COMMON
99
ARCHITECTURAL
97
PAINTING/PROTECTIVE COATING
98
COMMON
99
CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
MULTICORE CABLES
96
97
HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD
COMMON
January 2001 / 01
98
99
PRIMARY SYSTEM 5
MECH HANDLING/LIFTING EQUIP
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
MULTICORE CABLES
HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD
14
15
80
96
97
(FLARE AND VENT SYSTEMS)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
POTABLE WATER
CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
SLOT
E1
19
26
WELL
SLOT
21
4/3
5/1
WELL
4/1
01
09
SLOT
06
02
2/1
WELL
1/1
1/3
5/3
14
1/1
WELL
4/1
1/2
5/2
3/2
21
SLOT
20
4/3
04
WELL
4/2
4/2
05
2/2
FORTIES CHARLIE
SLOT
SCOTT IMPORT SYSTEM
SYSTEM MNEMONICS - ANDREW & CYRUS
SH1 NUMBER
Example
7 2 1 2 C 9 9 9 9
SEQUENTIAL NUMBER
PLATFORM IDENTIFIER
PLATFORM
CODE
ANDREW
7
CYRUS
8
PRIMARY SYSTEMS
HANDOVER TYPE IDENTIFIER
SECONDARY SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION
1
OIL SYSTEMS
2
CONSTRUCTED/COMMISSIONED
C
GAS SYSTEMS
3
DESTRUCT
D
WATER SYSTEMS
4
FLARE & VENT SYSTEMS
(LISTED UNDER RESPECTIVE PRIMARY SYSTEM)
TEMPORARY
T
RE-INSTATEMENT/REFURBISHMENT
R
SHUTDOWN DEPENDENT
S
EQUIPMENT OUTAGE
E
5
PLATFORM EMERGENCY AND SAFETY SYSTEMS
6
DRILLING SYSTEMS
7
UTILITES
8
PLATFORM FABRIC
9
PRIMARY SYSTEM 1
PRIMARY SYSTEM 1
(WELLS)
(WELLS)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
CYRUS
ANDREW
WELL
WELL
SLOT
13
01
02
14
02
03
15
03
04
16
04
05
17
05
06
18
06
07
19
07
08
20
08
09
21
09
10
22
10
11
23
11
12
24
12
80
96
97
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
MULTICORE CABLES
HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD
COMMON
98
99
HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD
COMMON
ANDREW PRODUCTION
CYRUS PRODUCTION
98
99
(FLARE AND VENT SYSTEMS)
(WATER SYSTEMS)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
97
PRIMARY SYSTEM 5
PRIMARY SYSTEM 4
(GAS SYSTEMS)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
80
96
CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
MULTICORE CABLES
PRIMARY SYSTEM 3
(OIL SYSTEM)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
n TEST SEPARATOR HYDROCYCLONES
00
HP FLARE
10
10
n H.P. SEPARATOR HYDROCYCLONES
01
H.P. COMPRESSION
20
n L.P. SEPARATOR HYDROCYCLONES
02
DEHYDRATION
30
13
EXPORT COMPRESSION
40
14
15
GAS LIFT
50
GAS FISCAL METERING
60
MP FLARE
LP FLARE
LLP FLARE
ATMOSPHERIC VENT
MAINTENANCE VENT
FLARE IGNITION
20
30
40
50
60
70
GAS EXPORT PIPELINE
70
RE- INJECTION
80
00
COMPRESSOR TURBINE
00
10
11
L.P. COMPRESSION
12
n FISCAL METERING
n M.O.L. PUMPING
n EXPORT PIPELINE
n SEPARATION
n BOOSTER PUMPING
20
TEST SEPARATOR
H.P. SEPARATOR
L.P. SEPARATOR
BOOSTER PUMPING
SLOT
01
PRIMARY SYSTEM 2
n
n
n
n
WELL
SLOT
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
ANDREW TESTING
LETTER
WELLS
21
DE-OILING
n CYRUS SEPARATOR HYDROCYCLONES 03
DE-GASSING
10
SEPARATOR DE- SANDING
20
n LIQUID FISCAL METERING 22
CYRUS PIPELINES/RISERS
n PRODUCTION
n GAS LIFT
30
31
n RISER LIFT
32
PRIMARY SYSTEM 6
(PLATFORM EMERGENCY AND SAFETY SYSTEMS)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
EVACUATION SYSTEMS
PLATFORM CONTROLS
EMERGENCY POWER
FIRE PROTECTION
(ACTIVE)
ACCOMODATION
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
BULK MUD HANDLING
01
BULK CEMENT HANDLING
02
03
MUD MIXING - ACTIVE AND RESERVE
03
n MUSTER AREAS
n EMERGENCY
SHUTDOWN
n FIRE & GAS
04
MUD MIXING - DEGASSING/DESANDING
04
11
AIR COOLING - MUD PUMPS
05
12
RIG UTILITIES
n TELECOMS
n GENERAL ADDRESS
13
14
CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
06
96
MULTICORE CABLES
n PLATFORM ADDRESS
97
15
n NAVAIDS
16
n POWER GENERATION
n POWER DISTRIBUTION
21
22
23
n UPS/BATTERIES
n FIRE PUMPS
n FIRE LOOP
n HALON
n SPRINKLER
n EXTINGUISHERS
35
36
37
n DELUGE
n COATINGS
38
n FIREWALLS
42
n TEMPORARY REFUGE
51
n HVAC
52
41
53
n HOTEL FACILITIES
54
n DIRAVENT SYSTEMS
61
n SURVIAL SUITS
71
72
81
82
n POTABLE WATER
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
PLANT AIR
INSTRUMENT AIR
INERT GAS
SEAWATER
DIESEL
FUEL GAS
TURBINE IGNITION GAS
n WASH WATER
CHEMICALS n DEMULSIFIER
n CORROSION INHIBITOR
n SCALE INHIBITOR
n
n
n
n
32
n FOAM
n BLOW-OUT PANELS
98
FLUIDS
31
33
34
EXPLOSION PROTECTIONn BLAST WALLS
HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD
PRIMARY SYSTEM 0
(PLATFORM FABRIC)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
02
PERSONNEL PROTECTIONn B.A. SETS
January 2001 / 01
(UTILITIES)
01
n MEDICAL SUITE
PLANT VENTILATION
PRIMARY SYSTEM 8
(DRILLING SYSTEM)
n HELIDECK
n LIFEBOATS
n OTHER ESCAPE
n HYDRANT/MONITORS
FIRE PROTECTION
(PASSIVE)
PRIMARY SYSTEM 7
DRAINS
OXYGEN SCAVENGER
CHLORINATION
BIOCIDE
HYDRATE REMOVER/INHIB
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
POWER
GENERATION
09
MEDIUMS
11
12
13
COMMS
14
15
16
17
n HAZARDOUS CLOSED DRAINS 21
n SAFE CLOSED DRAINS
n HAZARDOUS OPEN DRAINS
n SAFE OPEN DRAINS
n STORM DRAINS
22
23
24
25
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
31
n MAIN GENERATION
n HV MAIN GENERATION DIST. 32
n MV MAIN GENERATION DIST. 33
n LV MAIN GENERATION DIST.
34
n STANDBY GENERATION
35
n STANDBY GENERATION DIST. 36
n LIGHTING & SMALL POWER 37
n WELDING SOCKETS
n HEATING MEDIUMS
n COOLING MEDIUMS
38
41
42
51
SANITARY
n TELEPHONES
n NETWORKS
n SEWAGE
HELICOPTER
n TBA
52
61
71
SUPPORT FACILITY
n MATERIAL HANDLING
81
n WORKSHOP/LABORATORIES 82
SWITCHGEAR
01
ACCOMMODATION
02
HELIDECK
03
FLARE TOWER
04
DRILLING DERRICK
05
GAS COMPRESSION
06
ARCHITECTURAL
07
PAINTING/PROTECTIVE COATING
08
SYSTEM MNEMONICS - ETAP
HANDOVER NUMBER
Example
2 1 0 2 1 8 C 9 9 9 9
SEQUENTIAL NUMBER
FACILITY
IDENTIFIER
ETAP (General)
PdR
QU
MACHAR
MUNGO
MONAN
HERON
EGRET
SKUA
MARNOCK
MIRREN
SCOTER
PIPELINE - OIL
PIPELINE - GAS
PRIMARY SYSTEMS
210
211
212
221
231
232
241
242
243
251
252
253
271
281
WELLS
SECONDARY SYSTEM
HANDOVER TYPE IDENTIFIER
1
OIL SYSTEM
2
GAS SYSTEM
3
WATER SYSTEM
4
FLARE & VENT SYSTEMS
5
SAFETY SYSTEMS
6
DRILLING SYSTEMS
7
UTILITIES
8
PLATFORM FABRIC
9
DESCRIPTION
(LISTED UNDER RESPECTIVE PRIMARY SYSTEM)
LETTER
CONSTRUCTED/COMMISSIONED
C
DESTRUCT
D
TEMPORARY
T
RE-INSTATEMENT/REFURBISHMENT
R
SHUTDOWN DEPENDANT
S
EQUIPMENT OUTAGE
E
PRIMARY SYSTEM 1
(WELLS)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
SLOT
MORAN
MACHAR
PRODUCTION
MARNOCK
WELL
WELL SLOT
WELL SLOT
WELL
HERON/EGRET/SKUA
SLOT
MIRREN/SCOOTER
WELL SLOT
MACHAR WATERFORD
MUNGO
WELL SLOT
WELL SLOT
WELL
SLOT
WELL
WELL SLOT
WELL
SLOT
01
11
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
86
96
02
03
12
13
21
22
31
32
41
42
51
52
61
62
71
72
81
82
87
88
97
98
04
14
23
33
43
53
63
73
83
15
24
34
44
54
64
74
84
90
16
25
35
45
55
65
75
85
91
07
17
26
36
46
56
66
76
92
08
09
18
19
27
28
37
38
47
48
57
58
67
68
77
78
93
94
29
39
49
59
69
79
95
-
PRIMARY SYSTEM 3
PRIMARY SYSTEM 4
PRIMARY SYSTEM 5
(GAS SYSTEMS)
(WATER SYSTEMS)
(FLARE AND VENT SYSTEMS)
MACHAR
00
MUNGO LIQUIDS
01
MUNGO/MONAN GAS
02
HERON CLUSTER (PIPELINE A) 03
HERON CLUSTER (PIPELINE B) 04
FUTURE A
09
FUTURE B
10
MIRREN
11
SCOTER
12
60
70
71
72
73
79
80
82
- HERON CLUSTER
20
OIL METERING - (FISCAL)
83
- SCOTER
30
OIL EXPORT COOLING
84
SLUGCATCHERS
-
MACHAR
MUNGO/MONAN
HERON CLUSTER
MIRREN
SCOTER
40
41
42
44
45
OIL EXPORT PUMPING
85
EXPORT PIPELINE (INCLUDING OIL PIGGING) 86
- HERON CLUSTER
51
L.P. GAS MANIFOLD
L.P. COMPRESSION
- TRAIN 1
- TRAIN 2
- DISCHARGE COOLING
00
11
12
13
H.P. GAS
- MANIFOLD
- GAS COOLING
- KNOCK OUT
30
31
32
GAS DEHYDRATION
GAS CHILLING
40
45
GAS EXPORT
- COMPRESSION TRAIN 1
- COMPRESSION TRAIN 2
51
52
GAS METERING (FISCAL)
60
GAS EXPORT PIPELINE
(INCLUDING GAS SPHERING/PIGGING)
61
GAS INJECTION COMPRESSION
MUNGO GAS INJECTION PIPELINE
GAS INJECTION MANIFOLD
RISER GAS LIFT
MARNOCK CONDENSATE
BANKING COMPRESSION
70
71
72
90
93
HYDROCYLONES
- H.P. PRODUCTION
- H.P. TEST
- L.P.
10
11
12
PRODUCED WATER
- DEGASSER VESSEL
- DISPOSAL
- RE-INJECTION RECYCLE COOLER
- RE-INJECTION PUMPS
- RE-INJECTION MANIFOLD
14
15
21
22
23
WATER INJECTION
- DEAERATION
- BOOSTER PUMPS
- PUMPS
- VACUUM PACKAGE
- PIPELINE - CPF TO MUNGO
- PIPELINE CPF TO MACHAR
- MANIFOLD
- WASHDOWN SUPPLY/DISTRIBUTION
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
WASH WATER
- BOOSTER PUMPS
- SULPHATE REDUCTION
- CRUDE WASHING PUMPS
- PIPELINE TO HERON CLUSTER
60
61
62
63
PRIMARY SYSTEM 6
PRIMARY SYSTEM 7
PRIMARY SYSTEM 8
(SAFETY SYSTEMS)
(DRILLING SYSTEM)
(UTILITIES)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
EVACUATION SYSTEMS
-
HELIDECK
LIFEBOATS
OTHER ESCAPE
MUSTER AREAS
01
02
03
04
PLATFORM CONTROLS
-
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
FIRE & GAS
TELECOMS
GENERAL ADDRESS
11
12
13
14
- PLATFORM ADDRESS
- NAVAIDS
15
16
- INTEGRATED CONTROLS
- CONTROL NETWORKS
- COMMUNICATIONS
17
18
19
DRILLING
BULK MUD HANDLING
BULK CEMENT HANDLING
MUD MIXING - ACTIVE AND RESERVE
MUD MIXING - DEGASSING/DESANDING
MUD PUMPS
RIG UTILITIES
CEMENT UNIT
CUTTINGS RE-INJECTION
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
FLUIDS
- POWER GENERATION
- POWER DISTRIBUTION
- UPS / BATTERIES
21
22
23
FIRE PROTECTION
(ACTIVE)
-
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
FIRE PUMPS
HYDRANT / MONITORS
FIRE LOOP
FOAM
HALON
SPRINKLERS
EXTINGUISHERS
DELUGE SYSTEM 1
DELUGE SYSTEM 2
DELUGE SYSTEM 3
DELUGE SYSTEM 4
DELUGE SYSTEM 5
DELUGE SYSTEM 6
DELUGE SYSTEM 7
DELUGE SYSTEM 8
DELUGE SYSTEM 9
- COATINGS
- FIREWALLS
50
51
EXPLOSION PROTECTION - BLAST WALLS
- BLOW-OUT PANELS
52
53
ACCOMMODATION
54
55
56
57
58
PLANT VENTILATION
-
LIVING QUARTERS
TEMPORARY REFUGE
HVAC
MEDICAL SUITE
HOTEL FACILITIES
- DIRAVENT SYSTEMS
59
POWER
GENERATION
-
INDUSTRIAL WATER
POTABLE WATER
PLANT AIR
INSTRUMENT AIR
INERT GAS
SEAWATER
DIESEL
FUEL GAS
TURBINE IGNITION GAS
HELIFUEL
-
INJECTION (COMMON)
10
DEMULSIFER
11
CORROSION INHIBITOR
12
SCALE INHIBITOR
13
OXYGEN SCAVENGER
14
HYPOCHLOITE
15
BIOCIDE
16
POLYELECTROLYTE
17
WAX INHIBITOR
18
REVERSE EMULSION BREAKER 19
H2S SCAVENGER
20
CHILORINATION
21
METHONNOL STORAGE/HAND. 22
METHONNOL INJECTION
23
ANTIFOAM
24
THI
25
BIOCIDE
26
HGI
27
-
MAIN POWER GEN 1
MAIN POWER GEN 2
WELDING SOCKETS
LIGHTING & SMALL POWER
AUXILIARY GENERATOR
AUXILIARY GEN DIST.
HV MAIN GEN. DIST.
MV MAIN GEN. DIST.
LV MAIN GEN. DIST.
ANCILLARIES
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
60
61
TOPSIDE HYDRAULICS (EXCLUDING WELLHEADS)
SUB-SEA HYDRAULICS
91
92
10
30
50
70
(PLATFORM FABRIC)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
MEDIUMS
- HEATING MEDIUMS
- COOLING MEDIUMS
41
42
JACKET APPURTENANCES
(CASSONS ETC.)
00
COMMS
- TELEPHONES
- NETWORKS
51
52
SANITARY
DRAINS
- SEWAGE
61
- CLOSED
62
- HAZARDOUS OPEN
63
- NON-HAZARDOUS OPEN 64
- STORM
65
SWITCHGEAR
ACCOMMODATION
HELIDECK
FLARE TOWER
DRILLING DERRICK
GAS COMPRESSION
BRIDGE
ARCHITECTURAL
PAINTING/PROTECTIVE/COATINGS
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
SUPPORT FACILITY
- MATERIAL HANDLING
& LIFTING EQUIPMENT
- WORKSHOPS/LAB
66
GLYCOL
- STORAGE & HANDLING
- REGENERATION
- LEAN CONDITIONING
70
71
72
BRIDGE
- INTERFACES
89
UMBILICALS
-
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
MACHAR
MUNGO
MONAN
EGRET - HERON
SKUA - EGRET
CPF - SKUA
FUTURE ‘A’
FUTURE ‘B’
MIRREN
SCOTER
67
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
n HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
80
n CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
n MULTICORE CABLES
96
97
n HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD
98
99
n COMMON
PERSONNEL PROTECTION - B.A. SETS
- SURVIVAL SUITS
H.P. PROCESS RELIEF
L.P. PROCESS RELIEF
ATMOSPHERIC VENTING
FLARE IGNITION
PRIMARY SYSTEM 9
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
CHEMICALS
EMERGENCY POWER
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
REFERENCE OIL ALLOCATION METERING
PRODUCTION MANIFOLD
TEST MANIFOLD
PRODUCTION SEPARATION
TEST SEPARATION
NODE OIL HEATER
L.P. SEPARATION
OIL BOOSTER PUMPING
SUB-SEA MULTIPHASE
FIRE PROTECTION
(PASSIVE)
99
PRIMARY SYSTEM 2
PIGGING OIL
TEST SEPARATION
SLOT
(LIQUID STABILISATION, PUMPING & EXPORT)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
BULK IMPORT PIPELINE
WELL
89
05
06
10
GENERAL
WELLHEAD SERVICES
OVERFLOW/SPARE
SLOT
ANCILLARIES ARE COMMON TO PRIMARY SYSTEMS 1 - 8
January 2001 / 01
Source: Legend Sheet 6 Numbering B-210X-48-18-0001.6 Rev Z1
SYSTEM MNEMONICS - HARDING
HANDOVER NUMBER
Example
H 2 2 1 C 9 9 9 9
SEQUENTIAL NUMBER
FACILITY
IDENTIFIER
HARDING
H
PRIMARY SYSTEMS
SECONDARY SYSTEM
WELLS
1
OIL SYSTEM
2
GAS SYSTEM
3
WATER SYSTEM
4
FLARE & VENT SYSTEMS
5
SAFETY SYSTEMS
6
DRILLING SYSTEMS
7
UTILITIES
8
PLATFORM FABRIC
9
HANDOVER TYPE IDENTIFIER
(LISTED UNDER RESPECTIVE PRIMARY SYSTEM)
LETTER
DESCRIPTION
CONSTRUCTED/COMMISSIONED
C
DESTRUCT
D
TEMPORARY
T
RE-INSTATEMENT/REFURBISHMENT
R
SHUTDOWN DEPENDANT
S
EQUIPMENT OUTAGE
E
PRIMARY SYSTEM 1
(WELLS)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
WELL
SLOT
DESCRIPTION
WELL
SLOT
DESCRIPTION
PN 1
1
2
SPARE
OIL PRODUCTION
101
102
PIC3
13
FUTURE
113
AQ1
14
AQUIFER
114
PC1
3
OILPRODUCTION
103
PNE1
4
FUTURE
104
AQ2
PIC1
15
16
AQUIFER
OIL PRODUCTION
115
116
WC1
5
WATER INJECTION
105
WS1
17
WATER INJECTION
117
PC5
6
OIL PRODUCTION
106
PS2
18
OIL PRODUCTION
118
PC2
IC2
7
8
OIL PRODUCTION
OIL PRODUCTION
107
108
PSE3
19
OIL PRODUCTION
119
-
20
SPARE
120
WC2
9
WATER INJECTION
109
PC4
10
OIL PRODUCTION
110
SE2
PS1
21
22
FUTURE
OIL PRODUCTION
121
122
PC3
11
OIL PRODUCTION
111
PSE1
23
OIL PRODUCTION
123
GI1
12
CAP GAS
112
-
24
SPARE
124
MNEMONIC
PRIMARY SYSTEM 2
PRIMARY SYSTEM 3
PRIMARY SYSTEM 4
PRIMARY SYSTEM 5
(OIL PROCESSING)
(GAS SYSTEM)
(WATER SYSTEM)
(FLARE AND VENT SYSTEMS)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
TEST SEPARATION
- PARENT
-TEST MANIFOLD
-TEST SEPARATOR
210
211
212
- PARENT
- PROD MANIFOLD
- HP SEPARATOR
220
221
222
-
230
231
232
233
234
TANKER EXPORT
TANKER LOADING
PIPELINE EXPORT
LP SEPARATION/
WATER REMOVAL
OIL PRODUCTION
- SAMPLING
PARENT
LP SEPARATOR
COALESCER
CRUDE TRANSFER PUMP
PROD WATER PUMP
- PARENT
- FAST LOOP
- METERING
- PIPELINE EXPORT
- OIL TO STORAGE
240
241
- CRUDE EXPORT
- CRUDE
250
251
252
COMPRESSOR COMMON EQUIP
- COMPRESSOR DRIVE
- COMPRESSOR LUBE OIL
- COMPRESSOR SEAL GAS
- COMPRESSOR BUFFER GAS
310
311
312
313
314
L.P. COMPRESSION
320
H.P. COMPRESSION
330
340
341
342
343
253
- PARENT
- MOL PUMPS
- EXPORT PIPELINE
260
261
262
METERING PROVER
270
SAND REMOVAL PUMPS
280
GAS TREATMENT
- GAS CONDITIONING
- DEHYDRATION
- GLYCOL REGENERATION
STL SUBSEA SYSTEMS
290
GAS LIFT
350
CAP GAS TREATMENT
360
LP COMPRESSOR (GREEN)
370
242
243
PRIMARY SYSTEM 6
PRIMARY SYSTEM 7
PRIMARY SYSTEM 8
(SAFETY SYSTEMS)
(DRILLING SYSTEM)
(UTILITIES)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
EVACUATION
SYSTEMS
PLATFORM
CONTROLS
-
PARENT
HELIDECK
LIFEBOATS
OTHER ESCAPE
MUSTER AREAS
610
611
612
613
614
RIG
710
WELL CONTROL SYSTEM
720
MUD
730
-
PARENT
EMERGENCY S/D
FIRE & GAS
TELECOMS
G.A./P.A.
620
621
622
623
624
CEMENT
740
- NAVAIDS
- INTEGRATED CONTROL
625
626
- CONTROL NETWORKS
- HYDRAULICS
627
628
EMERGENCY POWER -
PARENT
POWER GENERATION
POWER DISTRIBUTION
UPS / BATTERIES
630
631
632
633
FIRE PROTECTION
(ACTIVE)
PARENT
FIRE PUMPS
FIRE LOOP
HYDRANT / MONITORS
FOAM
HALON
SPRINKLERS
EXTINGUISHERS
DELUGE SYSTEM
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
-
FIRE PROTECTION
(PASSIVE)
- PARENT
- COATINGS
- FIREWALLS
650
651
652
ACCOMMODATION
-
660
661
662
663
664
PLANT VENTILATION
- PARENT
- DIRAVENT SYSTEM
670
671
EXPLOSION
PROTECTION
- PARENT
- BLAST WALLS
- BLOW-OUT PANELS
680
681
682
- PARENT
- B.A. SETS
- SURVIVAL SUITS
690
691
692
PERSONNEL
PROTECTION
PARENT
TEMPORARY REFUGE
HVAC
MEDICAL SUITE
HOTEL FACILITIES
PROD WATER HYDROCYCLONES
410
H.P. FLARE
510
WATER INJECTION
420
L.P. FLARE
520
AQUIFER SYSTEM
- AQUIFER MANIFOLD
- AQUIFER DRUM
430
431
432
ATMOSPHERIC VENT
530
MAINTENENCE VENT
540
FLARE IGNITION
550
PRIMARY SYSTEM 9
(PLATFORM FABRIC)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
PROCESS
UTILITIES
-
PARENT
POT / FRESH WATER
PLANT AIR
INSTRUMENT AIR
-
SEA WATER
DIESEL
FUEL GAS
ATK
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
-
PARENT
DEMULSIFIER
CORROSSION INHIB
SCALE INHIBITOR
OXY SCAVENGER
CHLORINATION
BIOCIDE
METHANOL
ANTIFOAM
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
DRAINS
-
PARENT
HAZ CLOSED DRAINS
HAZ OPEN DRAINS
NON HAZ OPEN DRAINS
830
831
832
833
POWER
GEN.
-
PARENT
MAIN GENERATION
MAIN GEN DIST (HV)
MAIN GEN DIST (MV)
MAIN GEN DIST (LV)
STANDBY GENERATION
STANDBY GEN DIST
LIGHTING/ SMALL SOCKETS
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
CHEMICALS
HEATING MEDIUM
COOLING MEDIUM
HVAC
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
- PARENT
8 70
SANITORY SERVICES - PARENT
- SEWAGE
880
881
SUPPORT FACILITIES -
890
891
892
893
PARENT
MATERIAL HANDLING
WORKSHOP / LAB
BILGE / BALLAST
850
851
ANCILLARIES
n HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
80
n CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
n MULTICORE CABLES
96
97
n HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD 98
99
n COMMON
ANCILLARIES ARE COMMON TO PRIMARY SYSTEMS 1 - 8
January 2001 / 01
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
- PARENT
- BASE STORAGE
TANKER METERING
HP SEPARATION
MNEMONIC
UTILITIES AREA COMP
- LEGS
- UTILITY AREAS
- HELIDECK
910
911
912
913
LIVING QUARTERS
920
DRILLING STRUCTURE
- DERRICK
- SUB STRUCTURE
930
931
932
PROCESS & DRILLING AREA
- PROCESS AREA
- FLARE BOOM
940
941
942
GRAVITY BASE TANK
950
MARINE
- JACKING AND LOCKING SYS
- ROV
960
960
960
SYSTEM MNEMONICS - NORTH EVEREST
HANDOVER NUMBER
Example
E R 2 2 1 C 9 9 9 9
SEQUENTIAL NUMBER
FACILITY
PRIMARY SYSTEMS
IDENTIFIER
NORTH EVEREST
LOMOND
ERSKINE
ARMADA
EV
LO
ER
AR
SECONDARY SYSTEM
WELLS
1
OIL SYSTEM
2
GAS SYSTEM
3
WATER SYSTEM
4
FLARE & VENT SYSTEMS
SAFETY SYSTEMS
6
DRILLING SYSTEMS
7
UTILITIES
8
PLATFORM FABRIC
9
(WELLS)
ERSKINE
LOMOND
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
D
TEMPORARY
T
RE-INSTATEMENT/REFURBISHMENT
R
SHUTDOWN DEPENDANT
S
EQUIPMENT OUTAGE
E
(WELLS)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
MNEMONIC
01
101
01
101
SLOT
11
11
111
02
102
02
102
12
112
02
102
12
112
03
103
103
104
113
03
103
104
03
04
13
04
14
114
04
104
13
14
113
114
05
06
105
106
05
105
15
115
05
105
15
115
06
106
07
107
116
117
06
07
106
107
116
107
16
17
16
07
17
117
08
108
08
108
18
118
08
108
18
118
09
10
109
110
19
119
09
109
20
120
10
110
19
20
119
120
21
121
21
121
OIL PROCESSING
-
SEPARATION
WELL
SLOT
MNEMONIC
WELL
MNEMONIC
111
WELL
PRIMARY SYSTEM 3
(OIL PROCESSING)
(GAS SYSTEM)
PARENT
TEST SEPARATION
TEST MANIFOLD &
TEST SEPARATOR
CONDENSATE EXPORT
- PARENT
- PIPELINE PUMPS
- CONDENSATE EXPORT
250
251
252
- PARENT
- PRODUCTION MANIFOLD &
HP SEPARATOR
- IP SEPARATOR
- LP SEPARATOR
- CONDENSATE HEATER
220
221
COMMON CONDENSATE
EXPORT
- PARENT
260
222
223
224
ERSKINE SEPARATION
- PARENT
- SURGE VESSEL
- SURGE VESSEL BOOSTER
PUMPS
230
231
232
-
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
PARENT
SAMPLING
METERING
METER PROVER
PARENT
PIG RECEIVER
HP SEPARATOR
SEPARATOR
COOLER & EXPORT PUMPS
METERING
EXPORT
- PARENT
-
WELL
(WATER SYSTEM)
350
351
352
353
354
355
TRAIN 1 COMPRESSOR COMMON EQUIPT
- GAS TURBINE
- LUBE OIL
- SEAL GAS
320
321
322
323
ERSKINE COMPRESSOR
COMMON EQUIPMENT
- GAS TURBINE
- COMPRESSOR LUBE IOL
- COMPRESSOR SEAL GAS
360
GAS PROCESSING
330
331
332
333
GAS EXPORT
- SAMPLING
- GAS METERING
- GAS EXPORT
- ARMADA GAS EXPORT
- COMMON GAS EXPORT
370
371
372
373
374
375
VR COMPRESSION
- LP VR COMPRESSOR
- IP VR COMPRESSOR
380
381
382
GLYCOL REGENERATION
- GLYCOL REGENERATION SYSTEM
390
391
PRIMARY SYSTEM 6
PRIMARY SYSTEM 7
(SAFETY SYSTEMS)
(DRILLING SYSTEM)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
340
341
342
343
361
362
363
(UTILITIES)
SAFETY SYSTEMS
- PARENT
600
RIG
710
UTILITES
- PARENT
800
510
EVACUATION
SYSTEMS
720
PROCESS
UTILITIES
520
MUD
730
ATMOSPHERIC VENT
530
610
611
612
613
614
WELL CONTROL SYSTEM
LP FLARE
-
CEMENT
740
-
PARENT
POT / FRESH WATER
PLANT AIR
INSTRUMENT AIR
SEA WATER
DIESEL
FUEL GAS
ATK
NITROGEN
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
CHEMICALS
-
PARENT
DRA
CORROSSION INHIBITOR
SCALE INHIBITOR
OXY SCAVENGER
CHLORINATION
BIOCIDE
METHANOL
DEMULSIFER
SOLVENT/DISPERANT
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
DRAINS
- PARENT
- HAZ CLOSED DRAINS
- HAZ OPEN DRAINS
- NON HAZ OPEN DRAINS
830
831
832
833
540
PIPELINE FLARE
550
PLATFORM
CONTROLS
-
PARENT
EMERGENCY S/D
FIRE & GAS
TELECOMS
G.A./P.A.
NAVAIDS
INTEGRATED CONTROLS
CONTROL NETWORKS
HYDRAULICS
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
EMERGENCY POWER -
PARENT
POWER GENERATION
POWER DISTRIBUTION
UPS / BATTERIES
630
631
632
633
FIRE PROTECTION
(ACTIVE)
PARENT
FIRE PUMPS
FIRE LOOP
HYDRANT / MONITORS
FOAM
HALON
SPRINKLERS
EXTINGUISHERS
DELUGE SYSTEM
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
-
FIRE PROTECTION
(PASSIVE)
- PARENT
- COATINGS
- FIREWALLS
650
651
652
ACCOMMODATION
-
660
661
662
663
664
PARENT
TEMPORARY REFUGE
HVAC
MEDICAL SUITE
HOTEL FACILITIES
PLANT VENTILATION
- PARENT
- DIRAVENT SYSTEM
670
671
EXPLOSION
PROTECTION
-
680
681
682
690
691
PERSONNEL
PROTECTION
PARENT
BLAST WALLS
BLOW-OUT PANELS
PARENT
B.A. SETS
ANCILLARIES
n HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
POWER GENERATION - PARENT
- MAIN GENERATION - A
- MAIN GENERATION - B
- MAIN GENERATION - C
- STANDBY GENERATION
- STANDBY GENERATION DIST.
- LIGHTING/ SMALL SOCKETS
- WELDING SOCKETS
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
HEATING MEDIUM
COOLING MEDIUM
850
851
COMMUNICATIONS
- PARENT
- TELECOMS
- NETWORKS
860
861
862
HVAC
- PARENT
870
SANITORY SERVICES - PARENT
- SEWAGE
- SEWAGE CAISON
880
881
882
SUPPORT FACILITIES -
890
891
892
893
80
n CONTROL ROOMS/PANELS
n MULTICORE CABLES
96
97
n HEAT TRACING/INSULATION/CLAD 98
99
n COMMON
January 2001 / 01
ANCILLARIES ARE COMMON TO PRIMARY SYSTEMS 1 - 8
PARENT
MATERIAL HANDLING
WORKSHOP / LABORATORIES
BILGE & BALLAST
ERSKINE PRODUCED WATER
- HP HYDROCYCLONES
- LP HYDROCYCLONES
- PRODUCE WATER DEGAS
420
421
422
423
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
500
FLARE IGNITION
400
410
411
412
413
(PLATFORM FABRIC)
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
HP FLARE
PARENT
HELIDECK
LIFEBOATS
OTHER ESCAPE
MUSTER AREAS
WATER PROCESSING
- PRODUCED WATER(EV & LO)
-TILTED PLATE SEPARATOR
- REJECT OIL PUMPS
- PRODUCE WATER DUMP
PRIMARY SYSTEM 9
PRIMARY SYSTEM 8
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
MNEMONIC
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
ERSKINE GAS PROCESSING
- GAS TREATMENT
- EXPORT COMPRESSOR
- FLASH GAS COMPRESSOR
- EXPORT GAS METERING
- GAS EXPORT
TRAIN 2
GAS TREATMENT
DENSE PHASE COMP
REINJECTION COMP
SLOT
PRIMARY SYSTEM 4
300
301
310
311
312
313
-
PARENT
GAS COOLERS
TRAIN 1
GAS TREATMENT
DENSE PHASE COMP
REINJECTION COMP
TRAIN 2 COMPRESSOR COMMON EQUIPT
- GAS TURBINE
- LUBE OIL
- SEAL GAS
PRIMARY SYSTEM 5
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
GAS PROCESSING
TRAINS 1 & 2 FEED
GAS PROCESSING
280
240
241
242
243
(FLARE & VENT SYSTEMS)
MNEMONIC
101
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
200
210
211
CONDENSATE METERING & SAMPLING
-
SLOT
01
PRIMARY SYSTEM 2
ARMADA IMPORT
FLARES & VENTS
C
DESTRUCT
EVEREST
ASSOCIATED SECONDARY SYSTEMS
CONDENSATE SURGE
LETTER
CONSTRUCTED/COMMISSIONED
PRIMARY SYSTEM 1
PRIMARY SYSTEM 1
(WELLS)
SLOT
DESCRIPTION
5
PRIMARY SYSTEM 1
WELL
HANDOVER TYPE IDENTIFIER
(LISTED UNDER RESPECTIVE PRIMARY SYSTEM)
UTILITIES AREA COMP
- LEGS
- UTILITY AREAS
- HELIDECK
910
911
912
913
LIVING QUARTERS
920
DRILLING STRUCTURE
- DERRICK
- SUB STRUCTURE
930
931
932
PROCESS & DRILLING AREA
- PROCESS AREA
- FLARE BOOM
940
941
942
BP EXPLORATION OPERATING COMPANY LIMITED
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION (GOC)
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES - APPENDICES
SECTION 1
REVISION: 3
PAGE: ii
APPENDIX 1.1
System Handover Limit Examples
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SUBJECT:
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 1.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
APPENDIX 1 – LOSH LEGEND
PAGE: 1
LOSH Legend
Each handover by default would contain a green LOSH drawing, the
Handover Authority may then decide to include additional drawings highlight
accordingly to give the different phases the appropriate profile and visibility.
If a Handover was phased as below each phase would be represented by an
MC1, for example if the handover was for the Bruce Platform, the SH1
number could be: - BRU 212C0158 would be made up from the following
MC1’s;
SH1: - BRU 212C0158 (Limit of System Handover - Green Highlighted Drawing)
MC1: - BRU 212C0158+01 (Pre-Shutdown Scope – Blue Highlighted Drawing)
MC1: - BRU 212C0158+02 (Shutdown Scope – Yellow Highlighted Drawing)
MC1: - BRU 212C0158+03 (Post-Shutdown Scope – Red Highlighted Drawing)
Limits of System Handover
Pre-Shutdown Scope
Shutdown Scope
Post-Shutdown Scope
GOC
© BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Limits Of System Handover
SYSTEM "BATTERY LIMITS"
210
212
V01
203
203
HV
LCV
245
245
210
210
ESDV
1858
A
212
ESDV
1858
B
ESDV
1858
A
LCV
1827
212
V601
212
215
215
214
T601
215
W38
214
V02
204
212
204
HV
275
210
210
211
ESDV
1822
A
LCV
275
W600
215
214
T602
214
ESDV
1822
B
PCV
1815
V160
211
212
215
OVERBOARD
211
205
212
TO
SEADUMP
213
V03
205
212
ESDV
1912
A
ESDV
1912
B
LCV
215B
ESDV
1913
A
ESDV
1913
B
LCV
215A
214
213
PROD WATER
205
211
PRODUCED WATER DISPOSAL SYSTEM
INJECTION
PUMPS
PRODUCED
WATER
TO
WELLHEADS
PACKAGE 1
ECP3003
U.P.S.
SUITE
A.C. DIST
SECTION
EMERGENCY
STOP
PB 1
EMERGENCY
STOP
PB 2
11 KV SUPPLY
CB 4
PACKAGE IX
RED
SHUTDOWN
SYSTEM
V.S.D.
TRANSFORMER
T 3008
V.S.D.
CUBICLES
K 3000 VSD - CP
REMOTE EMERGENCY
STOP
HEAT
EXCHANGE
FAN
K 3000 & K 3001
INTERPOSING
RELAY PANEL
COMPRESSOR
CONTROL PANEL
AUX. MCC 12
NGL CONTROL ROOM
SOUTH WEST CANTILEVER
MB-AL-E-006
TRACE HEATING
PANEL ‘D’
TO GAS LIFT
MANIFOLD
COMPRESSOR SKID
MOTOR
PACKAGE LIMITS
SYSTEM LIMITS
Figure 9
PROCESS SKID
FROM SOURCE
GAS SUPPLY
BP EXPLORATION OPERATING COMPANY LIMITED
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION (GOC)
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES - APPENDICES
SECTION 1
REVISION: 3
PAGE: iii
APPENDIX 1.2
G.O.C "Carrier" Certificate Example
Technical Integrity Assurance Flowcharts
Functional Certification Flowchart
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title: AFA 2424 (ESCAPE TO SEA)
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No: No 1
SH1 No: C620C0586
MC1 No: C620C0586+01
MECHANICAL HANDLING INSTALLATION CERTIFICATE
FORM MH1
SITE:
FORTIES CHARLIE
SHT
1
OF
1
EQUIPMENT No. LIFERAFT No 4
LOCATION NE CORNER
WIN No. 5129-1890 & 5129-1891
DRAWING No 2424-03-01-53-109-015
SERIAL No. N/A
DESCRIPTION LIFERAFT PAINTER PADEYE/DONUT
STATION No 4
G.A. No
ITEM/DESCRIPTION OF CHECK
SIGNATURE
1. TRANSIT DAMAGE CORRECT
DATE
N/A
2. FIXED EQUIPMENT INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED DRG's AND SPEC.
20/04/01
3. TRAVEL & OPERATION OF EQUIP. UNRESTRICTED & IN ACCORDANCE WITH DESIGN SPEC.
20/04/01
4. ASSOCIATED ALIGNMENT CHECKS COMPLETE ON:
N/A
(a)
RUNWAY BEAMS
N/A
(b)
GANTRIES
N/A
(c)
BEAM TRANSFER AND LATCH MECHANISMS
N/A
(d)
ASSOC. MECH. EQUIP. i.e. WINCHES, HOISTING MECHANISMS
N/A
(e)
OTHER:
N/A
5. ASSOCIATED LIFTING APPLICANCES CORRECTLY INSTALLED, TAGGED AND CERTIFIED:
--------------
N/A
(a)
BEAM TROLLIES
N/A
(b)
COMBINED TROLLEY HOISTS
N/A
(c)
CHAIN HOISTS
N/A
(d)
OTHERS:
--------------
N/A
6. ASSOCIATED DESIGNATED LIFTING TACKLE CORRECTLY INSTALLED, TAGGED &
CERTIFIED:
N/A
(a)
WIRE ROPES
N/A
(b)
SHEAVE BLOCKS
N/A
(c)
SHACKLES
N/A
(d)
BEAM CLAMPS
N/A
(e)
SLINGS
N/A
(f)
EYEBOLTS
N/A
(g)
OTHERS:
N/A
--------------
7. CHECK S.W.L.S. IF ALL EQUIP, WITHIN AN INSTALLED LIFTING SYSTEM ARE COMPATIBLE
20/04/01
8. PERSONNEL PROTECTION AND SAFETY DEVICES CORRECTLY INSTALLED
9. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION AND S.W.L. CLEARLY MARKED
10. CHECK THAT ALL MATERIAL AND FABRICATION REQUIREMENTS AS PER SPECIFICATION
AND APPROVED DRAWING HAVE BEEN MET AND ALL CERTIFICATION IS RECORDED.
(APPLICABLE TO INSTALLATION OF FIXED EQUIPMENT)
11. ALL EQUIPMENT CORRECTLY INSTALLED AND AVAILABLE FOR PROOF LOAD TEST
20/04/01
SEE PUNCH LIST
20/04/01
20/04/01
20/04/01
COMMENTS
PUNCH LIST NO.
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
AMEC
BP
PRINT NAME
A.SERVICE
A.CLIENT
DATE
20/04/01
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
20/04/01
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title: AFA 2424 (ESCAPE TO SEA)
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No: No 1
SH1 No: C620C0586
MC1 No: C620C0586+01
MECHANICAL HANDLING ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE
FORM MH2
(SIDE 1)
SITE:
FORTIES CHARLIE
SHT
1
OF
ITEM LIFERAFT PAINTER PADEYE/DONUT
LOCATION NE CORNER DONUT STATION No 4
EQUIPMENT No LIFERAFT No 4
S.W.L. 300 KG & 333 KG
WIN No 5129-1890 & 5129-1891
PROOF LOAD 600 KGS & 666 KGS
SERIAL No N/A
PROOF LOAD CERTIFICATE No 940414
CERTIFYING AUTHORITY BIS
DRAWING No 2424-03-01-53-109-015
MAKER & DATE OF MAKE
DATE FIRST PUT INTO USE
DATE OF LAST RECORD EXAMINATION (IF SEEN). NAME
OF PERSON WHO CONDUCTED LAST EXAMINATION AND
OF HIS EMPLOYER.
FIRST EXAMINATION
PARTS NOT ACCESSIBLE FOR THOROUGH EXAMINATION
NONE
PARTS THAT REQUIRE OPENING UP AT THE NEXT
EXAMINATION
NONE
PARTICULARS OF DEFECTS AND REMEDY PARTICULARS
OF ANY DEFECT FOUND IN THE LIFTING APPLICANCE
AND THE REPAIRS (IF ANY) REQUIRED, EITHER ;
i IMMEDIATELY OR,
ii WITHIN A SPECIFIED TIME (WHICH MUST BE STATED)
TO ENABLE THE LIFTING APPLICANCE OR LIFTING GEAR
TO CONTINUE TO BE USED WITH SAFETY. (IF NO SUCH
REPAIRS ARE REQUIRED, THE WORK 'NONE' IS TO BE
ENTERED)
NONE
SAFE WORKING LOAD SUBJECT TO THE REPAIRS,
RENEWALS AND ALTERATIONS (IF ANY) SPECIFIED
ABOVE IN THE CASE OF A CRANE WITH A VARIABLE
OPERATING RADIUS, INCLUDING A CRANE WITH
DERRICKING JIB, THE SAFE WORKING LOAD AT
VARIOUS RADII OF THE JIB, TROLLEY OR CRAB TO BE
STATED
NONE
1
SECTION 1 (TO BE COMPLETED WHERE APPROPRIATE TO PERMANENT LIFTING TACKLE INCLUDED IN PROOF LOAD TEST)
ITEM DESCRIPTION
1. DONUT POST PADEYE
2. PAINTER PADEYE
3.
4.
5.
6.
TAG/IDENTIF. No
5129-1890
5129-1891
S.W.L.
333 KG
300 KG
CERTIFICATE No
940414
940414
SECTION 2:
IF APPLICABLE, STATE ANY SPECIFIC LIFTING RESTRICTIONS WHICH MAY APPLY TO THE LIFTING EQUIPMENT OR
SYSTEM AND WHICH IS REQUIRED TO BE CLEARLY MARKED ON THAT EQUIPMENT
SECTION 3:
IF APPLICABLE, REFERENCE ANY FABRICATION, NDT, MATERIAL CONTROL CERTIFICATION AND INSPECTION
REPORTS RELATING TO THE CONSTRUCTION INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES
COPIES OF ALL PROOF LOAD CERTIFICATION LISTED ABOVE TO ACCOMPANY THIS CERTIFICATE
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
COMPLETED BY
BIS
APPROVED BY
BP
A.SERVICE
25/04/01
A.CLIENT
25/04/01
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
MECHANICAL HANDLING EXAMINATION REPORT
EQUIPMENT No. LIFERAFT No 4
SH1 No
WIN No.
MC1 No. C620C0586+01
1529-1890 & 1529-1891
FORM MH2
(SIDE 2)
C620C0586
SERIAL No. N/A
S.W.L. 300 KGs & 333 KGs
DRAWING No 2424-03-01-53-109-015
PROOF LOAD TEST CERTIFCATE No 940414
EXAMINATION REPORT
5129-1890 - ACCEPTABLE
5129-1891 - POST TO BE STENCILLED WITH WIN NUMBER AND SWL. THIS HAS BEEN RECORDED ON THE HANDOVER PUNCH LIST.
COMMENTS
REFER TO ATTACHED BUCHAN INSPECTION SERVICES (BIS) TEST CERTIFICATE No 940414
PUNCH LIST NO.
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
BIS
BP
PRINT NAME
A.SERVICE
A.CLIENT
DATE
24/04/01
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
25/04/01
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
Rev 03
Technical Integrity Assurance
Documentation requirements for Systems to be Handed Over or returned to the Operator for Operational use
Electrical and Control Disciplines
Will Integrity (Circuitry) be broken? (This Includes Software Modifications)
No
Yes
Is the Activity a
new Project or
Modification to a
Facility?
No
Does the
Activity involve
Temporary
Portable
Equipment?
Yes
Yes
Implement GOC to Demonstrate
Technical Integrity of Project or
Modification
High Risk
No
Does the Repair /
Maintenance involve
Major Components of
the ESD or Fire & Gas
Systems?
Yes
Raise appropriate GOC Certificates
to ensure TI is maintained, record
in the Maintenance Management
System
Medium/High Risk
No
Does the Repair /
Maintenance involve
Major Components of
the Plant or Electrical
Systems?
No
Yes
No Formal Testing Certification or
Documentation Required.
Update Maintenance Management
System
Medium/Low Risk
No Formal Testing,
Certification or
Documentation
Required.
Low Risk
Technical Integrity Assurance
Rev 03
Documentation requirements for Systems to be Handed Over or returned to the Operator for Operational use
Mechanical Discipline - Vessels & Piping
No
Will Integrity (Containment) be broken?
Yes
Project or
Modification?
Yes
No
Hydro-Carbon, Hydraulic or No
Methanol Systems?
Water or Air / Nitrogen System?
(including Potable or Foul)
Yes
No
Yes
Operating Pressure over
No
100 psig (Water) or 15
psig (Air)?
Has the Item
been Strength
Tested?
Yes
Yes
Is a Major
Components
Involved?
No
Has the Item Yes
been Strength
Tested?
No
No
Yes
Strength-test (MP1) and/or Leak
Test (SL1) and/or Joint Service
Test (JI1) - Implement GOC
process to demonstrate TI.
High Risk
Leak Test (SL1) & Joint Service
Test (JI1) raise SH1and Record in
Maintenance Management
System.
Medium/High Risk
Strength-test (MP1)and / or
Joint Service Test (JI1).
Record in Maintenance
Management System.
Medium/Low Risk
No Formal Testing,
Certification or
Documentation
Required
Low Risk
Functional Certification Flowchart
FABRICATION ACTIVITIES
FUNCTIONALITY CHECKING ACTIVITIES
JI1 PART A COMPLETE – DATA CARRIED FORWARD
MECHANICAL - GOC 2- 7
MW1
JI1 PART B COMPLETE
DATA CARRIED FORWARD
MP1
SF1
JI1
PIPING
SL1
JI1
SL1
JI1
SL1
JI1
VESSELS
MV1
JI1
MACHINERY
MM1
JI1
HANDLING EQUIPMENT
MH1
MH2
JI1 Part A
HVAC
MM1
SP2
4
MW1
JI1 Part B
JI1
MS1
STRUCTURAL
ARCHITECTURAL
MM2
AS1
JI1 Part C
SERVICES
AS2
1
SS1
Non-Fabrication Activities
3
IRN
PC1
YES
SH1
PP1
PL1
NP1
NO
CONTROL - GOC 8
INSTRUMENTS
FIRE & GAS
TELECOMS
ELECTRICAL- GOC 9
1 Note on SS1Certificate
THE SYSTEM SAFE CERTIFICATE (SS1)
FACILITATES THE HANDOVER OF THE
SYSTEM FROM THE OPERATING
AUTHORITY TO THE CONSTRUCTION
AUTHORITY TO CONFIRM THE
SYSTEM IS ISOLATED AND IS IN A
SAFE CONDITION READY FOR
CONSTRUCTION TO COMMENCE.
MC1
SP1
CC1
SC1
EE1
2
PL1
EE2
EE3
SC1
2 Note on PL1Certificate
AS PART OF THE
CONTINUAL REVIEW &
CLEARANCE PROCESS
OF AGREED PUNCH LIST
ITEMS. CARRY EXISTING
‘B’ ITEMS FORWARD TO
PC1 & SH1 STAGE
EE4
EE5
3 Note on PC1Certificate
EE13
IF A ‘NO’ RESPONSE TO ANY
OF THE QUESTIONS ON THE
PC1 IS NOTED THEN RAISE AN
UNIQUE PUWER PUNCH LIST
(PL1) AND CATERGORISE
‘A’ & ‘B’ AS APPROPRIATE.
EE14
EE15
EE6
4 Note on JI1Certificate
EE16
EE7
ALL FLANGES, JOINTS, COMPRESSION FITTINGS OR
PLUGS IN PORTED BLANKS, IN PIPEWORK
CONTAINING PROCESS HYDROCARBONS, DIESEL,
PROCESS CHEMICALS, HYDRAULIC FLUIDS,
LUBRICATION OIL SYSTEMS, WATER INJECTION,
WATER RE-INJECTION. MUST BE TAGGED AND
RECORDED ON AN JI1 CERTIFICATE.
APPLY SL1 & JI1 CERTIFICATES
EE17
EE8
EE9
VENDORS/
SUPPLIERS
WORKS
EE10
EE11
REFER TO GOC PIPING SECTION FOR FULL DETAILS
CONSTRUCTION
POWER
DOWN
OPERATIONAL
PHASE
COMMISSIONING
POWER
UP
EE12
IRN
SS1
MC1
PL1
PC1
SH1
PP1
NP1
MW1
MP1
MV1
MM1
MH1
MS1
AS1
AS2
HANDOVER MANAGEMENT
: INSPECTION RELEASE NOTE
: SYSTEM SAFE CERTIFICATE
: MECHANICAL COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
: PUNCH LIST
: PUWER COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
: SYSTEM HANDOVER CERTIFICATE
: PLANT PERFOMANCE CERTIFICATE
: NON PERFOMANCE REPORT
MECHANICAL INSTALLATION
: WELDING COMPLETION SUMMARY
: PIPING COMPLETION
: PRE-OPERATIONS INSPECTION
: MACHINERY INSTALLATION
: MECHANICAL HANDLING INSTALLATION
: STRUCTURAL COMPLETION
: FINAL PAINT COMPLETION
: FINAL COATING/INSULATION COMPLETION
CONTROL INSTALLATION
CC1 : CONTROL COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
EE1 : LV CABLE TEST CERTIFICATE
EE2 : HV CABLE TEST CERTIFICATE
EE3 : SWITCH BOARD & BUS-BAR TEST
EE4 : CIRCUIT BREAKER TEST
EE5 : CONTACTOR STARTER TEST
EE6 : FUSE SWITCH TEST
EE7 : POWER TRANSFORMER TEST
EE8 : TRACE HEATING TEST
EE9 : CURRENT TRANSFORMER MAGNETISING CURVE
EE10 : PRIMARY INJECTION TEST
EE11 : SECONDARY INJECTION (GENERAL RELAY) TEST
EE12 : GENERAL TEST CERTIFICATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
MECHANICAL TESTING
: SYSTEM FLUSH
: SYSTEM LEAK OR SERVICE TEST
: JOINT INTEGRITY CERTIFICATE
: PRE-OPERATIONS ALIGNMENT
: MECHANICAL HANDLING LOAD TEST
: SYSTEM PERFORMANCE TESTS
CONTROL TESTING
SC1 : SYSTEM CONTROL (FUNCTION) TEST(s)
SP1 : SYSTEM PERFORMANCE TEST (HIPS)
SF1
SL1
JI1
MM2
MH2
SP2
EE13
EE14
EE15
EE16
EE17
:
:
:
:
:
ELECTRICAL TESTING
ELECTRIC MOTOR/GENERATOR TEST
BATTERIES/BATTERY CHARGER TEST
U.P.S. TEST
LIGHTING & SMALL POWER TEST
NAV - AIDS TEST
Euro Revision 03
BP EXPLORATION OPERATING COMPANY LIMITED
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION (GOC)
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES - APPENDICES
SECTION 1
REVISION: 3
PAGE: iv
APPENDIX 1.3
Typical Basis of Design Contents
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
BP EXPLORATION OPERATING COMPANY
Typical 'BASIS OF DESIGN' Contents Sheet
Section
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
-
GOC
Content
Introduction
Currrent Status
Proposed Solution
Scope of Work
Design Data
Weight Impact
Safety Aspects
Handover Strategies
Constructability/Commissionability
Drawings
Data Capture
Manuals and Training Requirements
© BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
BP EXPLORATION OPERATING COMPANY LIMITED
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION (GOC)
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES - APPENDICES
SECTION 1
REVISION: 3
PAGE: v
APPENDIX 1.4
Asset Nomination of Authorities
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Asset Nomination of Authorities
Activity Area
Signatory Body
Engineering
• Discipline - Mechanical
- Piping
- Structural
- HVAC
- Architectural Services
- Electrical
- Instruments
- Fire & Gas
- Telecoms
• Handover Management
• EQ Management
• CA Co-ordination
• As-Build Co-ordination
• Master Records Update / Close-out
• Approval Authority
Construction
• Discipline - Mechanical
- Piping
- Structural
- HVAC
- Architectural Services
- Electrical
- Instruments
- Fire & Gas
- Telecoms
• Approval Authority
Maintenance
• Discipline - Mechanical
- Piping
- Structural
- HVAC
- Architectural Services
- Electrical
- Instruments
- Fire & Gas
- Telecoms
• Approval Authority
GOC
© BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Asset Nomination of Authorities
Activity Area
Signatory Body
Commissioning
• Discipline - Mechanical
- Piping
- Structural
- HVAC
- Architectural Services
- Electrical
- Instruments
- Fire & Gas
- Telecoms
• Approval Authority
Operations
• Discipline - Mechanical
- Piping
- Structural
- HVAC
- Architectural Services
- Electrical
- Instruments
- Fire & Gas
- Telecoms
• Approval Authority
Site Handover Management
• Handover Control
• Drawing / Documentation Control
• EQ Control
• Punch List Control
• Approval Authority
GOC
© BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
BP EXPLORATION OPERATING COMPANY LIMITED
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION (GOC)
SUBJECT:
SYSTEM PRINCIPLES - APPENDICES
SECTION 1
REVISION: 3
PAGE: vi
APPENDIX 1.5
Glossary of Terms
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION (GOC)
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
It is appreciated that staff who have worked and are familiar with the
Guidance On Certification (GOC) will understand the abbreviations used,
and so will not need to use this glossary. However, in the case of new staff,
they may not understand the terminology and so this maybe a useful
reference.
Incidentally, it will also serve to restrict the number of
abbreviations which are used for any one piece of information i.e. Drawing
Number should be DRG NO or DRW NO and NOT both.
AFA
Approved For Alteration
ACC
Accepted
AFC
AS1
AS2
Approved For Construction (Drawing)
Final Paint Completion Certificate
Final Coatings/Insulation Completion Certificate
CA
CBT
Certifying Authority
Computer Based Training
CC
Commissioning Controller
CE
CC1
Certification Engineer
Control Completion Certificate
CCO
Commissioning Co-ordinator
COF
Certificate of Fitness certifies that the installation is fit to
be the established/stationed and maintained in the
relevant waters. (Pre DCR Term)
CS
Commissioning Superintendent
DC
Document Control
DCR
DRW NO
DP
Design Construction Regulations
Drawing Number
Dye Penetrant
DTI
Department of Trade and Industry
GOC
© BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
EE1
EE2
LV Cable Test Certificate
HV Cable Test Certificate
EE3
Switch Board & Bus-Bar Test
EE4
EE5
Circuit Breaker Test
Contactor Starter Test
EE6
Fuse Switch Test
EE7
EE8
Power Transformer Test
Trace Heating Test
EE9
Current Transformer Test
EE10
Primary Injection Test
EE11
EE12
Secondary Injection (General Relay) Test
General Inspection Certificate
EE13
Electric Motor/Generator Test
EE14
EE15
EE16
Batteries/Battery Charger Test
U.P.S. Test
Lighting and Small Power Test
EE17
Nav - Aids Test
EQUIP NO
Equipment Identification Number
EQ
Engineering Query
FLOW DIAG
Flow Diagram
GA NO
G/L DRW
GOC
General Arrangement Drawing Number
Green Lined Drawing (Commissioning As Built)
Guidance On Certification
HCP
HCR
HIPS
HSE
Handover Certification Pack
Handover Change Request
High Integrity Performance System
Health & Safety Executive
ICS
ITS
Instrument Contol System
Inspection and Test Summary defines the minimum
Inspection and Test requirements for a system, part
system or workpack.
Inspection Release Note is issued by an approved vendor
to demonstrate item(s) are to the required specification
Independent Verification Authority
IRN
IVA
GOC
© BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
JI1
JP No
Joint Integrity Installation Certificate
Job Pack Number
LOSH
Limits of System Handover describes the boundaries of a
particular Handover (single or multi-disciplinary) from
within which all the appropriate I&T
activities can be
established.
LTO
Licence to Operate gives the operator the authority to
operate the plant within defined parameters.
MANCON©
MANagement CONtrol©
MAOP
Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure
MAWP
Maximum Allowable Working Pressure
MC1
Mechanical Completion Certificate is the formal handover
from the construction/maintenance authority to the
commissioning authority.
ME
MH1
MH2
Maintenance Engineer
Mechanical Handling Installation & Acceptance Certificate
Mechanical Handling Load Test Certificate
MM1
Machinery Installation Certificate
MM2
MP1
MPI
MS1
MV1
MW1
Machinery Alignment Certificate
Piping Completion Certificate
Magnetic Particle Inspection
Structural Completion Certificate
Mechanical Vessel - Pre Operations Inspection Certificate
Welding Completion Summary
NCR
NDE
NP1
NRV
Non-Conformance Report
Non-Destructive Examination
Non-Performance Certificate
Non-Return Valve
OIE
OM
Offshore Inspection Engineer
Operations Manager
OIM
Offshore Installation Manager
GOC
© BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
PE
P&ID
Production Engineer
Piping and Instrument Diagram
P&ID NO
See P&ID
PI
Pressure Indicator
PL1
Punch List Form
PP1
Plant Performance Certificate
PSV
Pressure Safety Valve
PT
Pressure Transmitter
QA Eng
QC
Quality Assurance Engineer
Quality Control
RE
R/L DRW
Resident Engineer
Red Lined Drawing (Construction As Built)
RO
Repair Order
SH1
System Handover Certificate is the formal handover from
the commissioning authority to the operating authority.
SCE
SC1
SCE
SF1
SH1
Senior Commissioning Engineer
System Control Certificate
Safety Critical Elements
System Flush Certificate
System Handover Certificate is the formal handover from
the commissioning authority to the operating authority
System Leak Test
Single Line Diagram
Scope of Work
System Performance Test (HIPS)
System Performance Test(s) (HVAC)
Senior Quality Assurance Engineer
System Safe Certificate
System Service Test
Safe Working Load
SL1
SLD
SOW
SP1
SP2
SQAE
SS1
ST
SWL
GOC
© BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
TAG NO
Identification Number
TI
Technical Integrity ; The condition of a PLANT that
meets its design criteria and intended purpose. Where
deviation from these exist they have been identified and
assessed and any changes necessary to ensure
continued safe, efficient operation have been
implemented.
TIAF
Technical Integrity Assurance Flowchart helps the user to
evaluate the level of documentation/certification required
commensurate with the risk.
TIPS
Technical Integrity Performance Standards
TP
Turnover Pack aka Handover Certification Pack (HCP)
TQ
Technical Query
WIN No
WP NO
Works Inspection Number
Work Pack Number
WSV
Written Schemes of Verification
GOC
© BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- WELDING AND NDE
SECTION 2.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 1
SECTION 2.0
WELDING AND NDE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
2.1
ACTIONS
2.1.1
General
MECHANICAL- WELDING AND NDE
SECTION 2.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 2
Construction Management responsibilities and associated Quality
Planning for welding activities is normally categorised and managed
as follows:a)
On Site Works. The Construction Authority is responsible for
ensuring that the Inspection & Test requirements are carried out and
for management of the construction Contractor who provides labour
and equipment only.
b)
Off Site Works. The Construction Authority monitors the performance
of the Management Contractor who is directly responsible for
fabrication and Inspection and Test activities.
c)
For On Site Works, those Inspection and Test activities that require
to be performed and recorded to fulfil the minimum quality
requirements, are clearly defined on the specific (Inspection & Test
Summary) for the Works.
d)
For Off Site Works, those Inspection and Test activities performed by
the Managing Contractor that are deemed by BP or their Delegated
Authority to be at critical stages in the fabrication process and require
to be witnessed before the Contractor can proceed, will be clearly
defined within the Contractor's Quality Plan (QP) or the supplied ITS.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
2.1.2
MECHANICAL- WELDING AND NDE
SECTION 2.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 3
All welders or welding operators shall have passed a welder
qualification test to a code or standard as specified in the appropriate
Fabrication Specification. Such qualification tests shall have been
witnessed by an approved independent third party inspector,
acceptable to BP or their delegated authority. All records shall be
endorsed by the Third Party Inspector and the authorised Welding
Inspector whose decision on acceptance shall be final.
Note:- Where appropriate, for onshore Works, the Senior Welding
Inspector authorised by BP or its Delegated Authority may
transfer the responsibility for witnessing welder qualifications
to the Management Contractors Welding Inspector.
2.1.3
Prior qualifications of welders may be considered where the integrity
of the records can be demonstrated and any such qualifications are
current.
2.1.4 Qualifications for Non-destructive examination (NDE) personnel are to
be determined and defined by the Project Design House and/or the
Asset Engineering Support Authority.
2.2
Weld Inspection
2.2.1
General
a)
Guidelines For Weld Inspection
An essential requirement for the implementation of a simple control
system for weld identification by utilising the structural fabrication or
isometric drawings, prior to the commencement of work. These
drawings should detail the full weld history by identifying each weld
and welder identification symbol.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- WELDING AND NDE
SECTION 2.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 4
Material traceability falls within the following categories:b)
For onsite fabrication BP operates a ring fenced system with
approved auditable suppliers re materials certification and the level of
traceability is appropriate to ensure materials meet the required
specifications. Some Assets term the auditable suppliers as ‘Master
Agreement Holders’
c)
For offsite fabrication BP or their delegated authority ensures the
fabricator has the appropriate and approved auditable materials
control system and warehousing procedures in operation.
d)
The following activities shall be performed by the Welding Inspector
authorised by BP or Delegated Authority for onsite Works, the
Management Contractors Welding Inspector for offsite Works and
the Third Party Inspectorate where applicable.
e)
Prior to commencement of welding activities the Welding Inspector
shall ensure that:A procedure for cold and hot cutting and weld preparation inclusive of
material identification transfer, has been approved by BP or
Delegated Authority;
A BP or Delegated Authority approved WPS is available to the
welder/welding operator in written form or displayed prominently at
the welding location;
Welders/welder operatives understand all requirements of the
approved procedures and are qualified to carry out the work;
A system to control the issue and use of welding consumables,
conforming to BP GS 118-4 "Storage and Control of Welding
Consumables" has been agreed by BP or Delegated Authority
Welding Engineer and is in operation;
Appropriate measures for the protection against inclement weather
conditions have been taken;
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- WELDING AND NDE
SECTION 2.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 5
All welding equipment and post weld heat treatment equipment,
where applicable, is certified as fit for use;
All weld preparations shall be in accordance with the specification
requirements and be clean and free of contaminants;
All fit-ups are within the weld procedure tolerances.
f)
During Welding operations, the Welding Inspector shall monitor that:The relevant weld procedure as required by the applicable scope of
work is in place and that the operator is suitably qualified;
The issue of consumables and their control conforms to the
applicable weld and control procedure;
Pre-heat and interpass temperature levels are maintained in
accordance with approved WPS;
Runout lengths on critical pipe fabrications comply with the applicable
welding procedure.
g)
On completion of welding operations, the Welding Inspector shall:Visually inspect all welds to ensure compliance with the specification
and good workmanship, and confirm that the welder's ident. is
marked adjacent to the weldment;
Ensure that, where applicable, post weld heat treatment is carried out
as per the specification, endorsing the heat treatment record charts
accordingly;
Ensure that where specified, a delay prior to NDT for ferritic steels is
enforced.
h)
Prior to NDE operations the Welding Inspector should check that:GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- WELDING AND NDE
SECTION 2.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 6
All NDE procedures are approved by BP or delegated authority, to
ensure that they conform to the requirements of the fabrication
specification;
All NDE operators qualifications are acceptable and are to the
appropriate level of the Works;
All NDE equipment and consumables are certified and fit for use;
Critical areas that require crack detection to be witnessed by BP or
Delegated Authority, have been specified.
i)
Post NDE operations the Welding Inspector should check that:For ultrasonic, liquid penetrant or magnetic particle testing, the test
has been carried out using the correct equipment, consumables and
technique, and that results have been reported correctly and
interpreted to the specification limits;
For radiographic testing, the test has been carried out using the
correct source and technique, films have been developed in a correct
manner and interpreted to the specification limits.
j)
All NDE operations should be monitored throughout fabrication and
construction work as part of the overall quality control system. The
above is the minimum requirement but is not exclusive and may be
modified and categorised by the authorised Senior Welding Inspector
or authorised Welding Engineer.
k)
The performance of each welder/welder operative should be
assessed to ensure that his work meets minimum specification
requirements with the minimum repair rate whilst meeting production
milestones. Welder/welder operatives who produce consistently bad
workmanship shall be subject to retesting before being allowed to
continue. The decision as to whether such a welder/welding
operative can be allowed to restart welding operations is at the sole
discretion of the Welding Inspector.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
l)
MECHANICAL- WELDING AND NDE
SECTION 2.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 7
Each weld examination record should be endorsed by the Welding
Inspector to signify acceptance of the results.
2.2.2
Use Of Forms
a)
General Requirements
For onsite Works, all reporting and recording of the results of
Inspection and NDE Tests shall be on the GOC standard form MW1 Welding Completion Summary.
For offsite, and onsite NDE, reporting and recording of results may
be on the Contractor's standard NDE forms when approved by BP or
Delegated Authority.
Brief details of the various forms are given below.
NDE reports can be used for recording the results of testing of more
than one acceptable weld provided that:
i.
The welds are identical and are all on a single piping isometric
or structural assembly drawing;
ii.
All parameters of the testing technique are identical for each
weld;
iii.
Rejectable welds and any associated repairs are separately
reported;
NB: This extension of the use of NDE reports does not
extend to pipe-line riser welds, which shall all be
individually reported.
b)
Ultrasonic Inspection Report
To record the findings of the ultrasonic inspection and the techniques
and parameter used.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- WELDING AND NDE
SECTION 2.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 8
Where necessary, a sketch showing reportable defect area
dimensions and locations, or outlining limited
circumstances, shall be attached to the parenting form.
c)
examination
Magnetic Particle/Dye Penetrant Report
To record the results of magnetic particle or liquid penetrant
examinations and the parameters used.
Where necessary, a sketch showing reportable defect area
dimensions and locations, or outlining limited examination
circumstances, shall be attached to the parenting form.
d)
Radiographic Report
To record the results of radiographic examination of a weld and the
parameters used.
Generally each report shall cover one weld, but if all parameters are
the same, i.e. same spool, wall thickness, diameter, exposure time,
density, etc., the report can cover more than one weld.
e)
MW1 - Welding Completion Summary
To record report numbers, including repairs for all visual
examinations, NDE and post weld heat treatment carried out on each
weld on a sub-assembly or pipe spool in order to provide a summary
and allow easier retrieval of the back-up certificates.
The MW1 can effectively be used as an acceptance document to
front all weld inspection records within a Handover Certification Pack.
f)
Heat Treatment Report
To record the parameters used for the heat treatment of a
component or weldment.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- WELDING AND NDE
SECTION 2.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 9
The temperature-time record at the beginning of the heat treatment
process, should be "signed on" by the Welding Inspector and "signed
off" when the process is complete.
On completion of the heat treatment, the equipment calibration report
and the printout from the temperature and time recorder shall be
attached to the report for final acceptance.
Where items have been post weld heat treated as a batch, all item
numbers should be endorsed on the original temperature time record
and the individual heat treatment reports (if more than one is
required), should cross refer to the heat treatment report to which the
original certifications is attached.
g)
Qualification Test Record
All Welding Procedure Specifications and the results of monitoring
weld deposits and the laboratory test results, shall be on the
Contractors pre-approved standard forms.
Welding Procedure specification (WPS)
Welding Procedure Qualification Test Report
Macro Survey Test Results
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
h)
MECHANICAL- WELDING AND NDE
SECTION 2.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 10
Welder Approval Test Certificate
All welders/welding operators shall be qualified to the approved WPS
for the Works to be carried out. All such welder/welding operators
tests, shall be recorded on the Contractors pre-approved standard
form(s).
i)
Summary of Approved Welders
A summary of all welders/welding operators, including Subcontractors shall be maintained by the Welding Inspector and shall
fully reference welders identification, procedures and positions they
are qualified to perform.
j)
Summary of Approved Weld Procedures
A summary of all weld procedures including qualifying positions and
reports, including Sub-contractor's, shall be maintained by the
Welding Inspector.
k)
Summary of Approved NDE Technicians
A summary of all NDE technicians, including Sub-contractor's, shall
be fully referenced by type of NDE and shall be maintained by the
Welding Inspector.
l)
Summary of Approved NDE Procedures
All NDE procedures, including Sub-contractor's, shall be fully
referenced on the NDE Procedure Register which shall be
maintained by the Welding Inspector.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
m)
MECHANICAL- WELDING AND NDE
SECTION 2.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 11
Weld Repair Register
To be completed by particular structural assembly, construction
isometric or spool piece drawing.
All repairs, including those performed prior to PWHT shall be
recorded on the MW-1 and the Weld Repair Register.
Weld repairs shall be indicated as follows:
R1 = First Repair
R2 = Second Repair
R3 = Re-weld
These indicators shall be recorded as suffix to both the weld and
inspection report numbers.
Where welds are repaired or re-welded they shall retain their original
weld number.
Inspection reports for weld repairs or re-welds shall retain their
original report number.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
•
•
MECHANICAL- WELDING AND NDE
SECTION 2.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 12
Functional Certification Flowchart.
Discipline: Mechanical (Welding)
MW1
MC1
SH1
MW1 : Welding Completion Summary.
MC1 : Mechanical Completion Certificate.
SH1 : System Handover Certificate.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- WELDING AND NDE
SECTION 2.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 13
EXHIBIT 1
STANDARD FORMS
Form No.
MW-1
Form Title
Weld Completion Summary
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Description:
FORM MW1
Work Pack No:
SITE
Maintenance No:
SH1 No:
WELD COMPLETION SUMMARY
DRAWING
NUMBER
WELD CATEGORIES
NDE
%
WELD
NUMBER
P - SHOP WELD
WELDERS
IDENT
WPS
VISUAL
ACCEPT
F - FIELD WELD
COMPILED BY
REJECT
UT
ACCEPT
MPI/DPI
REJECT
O - OFFSHORE WELD
SHT
MC1 No:
ACCEPT
REJECT
RAD
ACCEPT
R1 - FIRST REPAIR
PWHT
REJECT
ACCEPT
OF
COMMENTS
REJECT
R2 - SECOND REPAIR
RW - RE WELD
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 1
SECTION 3.0
PIPE TESTING
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
3.1
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 2
ACTIONS
3.1.1
General
a)
The acceptance of offsite fabricated and onsite installed pipework is
a composite function of Welding and Weld Inspection (Section 2.0),
Pipe Testing (Section 3.0), and Architectural Services (Section 7.0).
Input by the relevant discipline engineers is required during quality
planning and subsequent development of an Inspection & Test
Summary.
b)
Within the system limits or boundaries specified, the pipework shall
be assembled into Piping Test Packs to facilitate Hydrostatic testing
(strength-testing of welds), or the installation of pre-hydro tested and
pre-certified flanged pipework, that will only require to be leak-tested
or service-tested post-installation.
The Piping Test Pack number will be pre-fixed with a two letter ID to
indicate the type of test required.
Below is listed the three most
common Piping Test Pack prefixes.
HT – Hydro test (strength-testing of welds, raise MP1)
LT – Leak Test (leak test pre-certified/tested pipework, raise SL1)
ST – Service-test (service-test pre-certified/tested pipework, raise JI1)
The contents of a Piping Test Pack index, as a minimum shall be as
follows:
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
c)
Work Package Number and/or Maintenance ID No. and Test Pack No;
Hydrotest Schematic where applicable;
Isometric drawings or site sketches, where applicable;
Flange make-up tagging procedure and/or Flange Check register
P&ID.
The Engineering authority shall produce clear means of identifying
the limits of test to reflect the simplicity or complexity, as appropriate,
of the hydrotest scope.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
d)
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 3
A safety valve shall be fitted to the test equipment or to the
equipment/plant being tested, set to relieve at a pressure to prevent
the test pressure being exceeded. The safety valve shall be capable
of discharging the capacity of the charging system at the test
pressure.
e)
The flowchart contained within this document gives guidelines on
quality planning for both onsite and offsite works.
Use Of Forms
a)
General Requirements
For onsite works, all reporting and recording of the results of
inspections and tests shall be on the GOC standard forms, listed in
Exhibit 1, as specified by the Engineering Authority.
For offsite works, reporting and recording of the results of inspections
and tests may be on the Contractor's standard forms when
recommended by the authorised Mechanical Engineer and approved
by the Engineering Technical Authority.
For work being carried out on an Operating Facility or a Facility that is
partially handed over/partially Operating, particular reference to Safe
Isolation and Re-instatement of Plant (SIRP) UKCS-SSW-001, is
required.
b)
MP1: Piping Completion Certificate
To record that pipework has been satisfactorily installed, pressuretested and re-instated.
It is also used to record the following:That flushing/blowing has been carried out to the required
cleanliness following completion of Procedures 3.1 and 3.2;
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 4
In the case of hydrotesting, that the requirements of Procedure 3.1
(3.1.4), should be used. The associated pressure, temperature and
time records should be attached to form MP1.
When carrying out pneumatic testing, Procedure 3.1, (3.1.5) shall be
used.
That pipework has been satisfactorily re-instated in accordance with
Procedure 3.1, (3.1.6.) ;
In the case of Fire and Gas piping, that the essential checks have
been carried out, ensuring that the pipework associated with the fire
water mains, sprinkler and deluge systems have satisfactorily reinstated, in accordance with Procedure 3.1, (3.1.7).
c)
SF1: System Flushing Certificate
To be used by the Commissioning/Operations Authority to denote
that a complete system has been flushed prior to leak-testing (or
completion of a witnessed joint as appropriate) and prior to the
affected line or system being brought into service. System flushing is
to be carried out in accordance with Procedure 3.2, (3.2.1.).
d)
SL1: Leak Test Certificate
To acknowledge system re-instatement post-flushing.
To record and formalise the leak-testing of all flanges, joints,
compression fittings or plugs in ported blanks, in pipework
containing, but not limited to; Process Hydrocarbon, Diesel, Process
Chemicals, Hydraulic Fluids, Lubricant Oil Systems, Water Injection
and Produced Water Re-Injection, or any pipework that the facility
deems to have a ‘high risk potential’.
Restriction orifice plates and flow orifice plates shall be inspected and
measured for size and confirmation of installation by the
Commissioning/Operations Authority and certificates approved
accordingly. The leak test certificate shall be supported by a markedGOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 5
up P&ID, clearly defining the test limits, readily identifying the system
tested and recording the test pressure, duration and detailing any
exclusions or exemptions.
Where applicable Fire & Gas re-instatement will be recorded,
reference Procedure 3.1 (3.1.7.)
Vendor leak tests, Vendor Services tests will also be recorded on this
certificate.
All such pipework will be subject to leak-testing and service-testing,
Pre and Post SH1 Handover. SL1 System Leak Test Certificate &
JI1 (Joint Integrity Certificate) to be raised accordingly. Refer to
Procedures 3.2 (3.2.2) and 3.2 (3.2.4)
e)
JI1: Joint Integrity Certificate
i)
High Risk
To record and formalise the installation/making and/or remaking
of all flanges, joints, compression fittings or plugs in ported
blanks, in pipework containing, but not limited to; Process
Hydrocarbon, Diesel, Process Chemicals, Hydraulic Fluids,
Lubricant Oil Systems, Water Injection and Produced Water ReInjection, or any pipework that the facility deems to have a ‘high
risk potential’. All such pipework will be subject to Leak-testing
and service-testing, Pre and Post SH1 Handover.
To record information relating to the pulling-up and tightening of
certain flanged joints on critical duties, when specified by the
Commissioning/Operations Authority. Such joints will normally
be, but will not be limited to, pipework carrying hydrocarbons
which cannot be subject to a strength and/or leak-test, but will
generally be subject to Critical Joint Installation, Procedure 3.2
(3.2.3) and Service-Test, Procedure 3.2.4.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SECTION 3.0
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
REVISION: 3
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 6
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
All such joints will be checked and "signed-in" on the JI1 (Joint
Integrity Certificate)
representative.
by
the
Commissioning/Operations
• Part A of the Joint Integrity Certificate must be completed
by the Installation Authority.
• Part B of the Joint Integrity Certificate must be completed
by the Commissioning Authority.
• Part C must be completed by the Operating Authority, Post
SH1 acceptance
N.B. Parts A & B must be completed prior to SH1 acceptance.
The JI1 (Joint Integrity Certificate) records that the Post SH1
‘Start-Up’ and ‘Warm Up’ service-tests have been carried out,
and that each joint has been subject to one service-test at
‘Start-Up’ and ‘Warm-Up’ and one service-test every 12 hours
thereafter, for a period of 7 days.
Reference to Safe Isolation and Re-instatement of Plant (SIRP)
UKCS-SSW-001, is recommended.
ii)
Low Risk
For pipework with low-risk potential, containing, but not limited
to; Seawater, Firewater, Plant Air, Instrument Air, Domestic
Waste, Potable Water/Towns Water and Industrial Water, may
not be subject to the Flange/Joint Tagging Procedure, but will
be subject to Inspection and/or service-testing, where
appropriate, to ensure Technical Integrity has been achieved
and/or maintained.
The JI1 (Joint Integrity Certificate) will record that the Post SH1
‘Start-Up’ and ‘Warm-Up’ service-tests, where appropriate, have
been carried out.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 7
Where low-risk pipework is recorded on the JI1 (Joint Integrity
Certificate), columns that are not applicable, such as Tag Number,
Joint Installed By, Date of Installation, Leak-tested By and SL1 Leak
Test Number, are to be marked N/A.
A marked-up P&ID will be attached to the JI1 (Joint Integrity
Certificate) highlighting the service-test limit.
The JI1 (Joint Integrity Certificate) requires signatures confirming the
appropriate GOC Procedures have been complete for high risk and
low-risk pipework, as appropriate.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 8
3.1.3
Calibration
a)
It is imperative for both offsite and onsite works that methods are
established to ensure that the inspection and test equipment
contained in Figure 1 are properly controlled and calibrated.
b)
The Company responsible for the testing activities contained within
this Procedure shall have an established system for the control of
this equipment. It shall be the responsibility of BP or their Delegated
Authority's representative to ensure that the system is maintained.
c)
Such systems shall as a minimum address the following:
i)
Responsibility for control and maintenance of the system
inclusive of care and use of each instrument type and
performance of calibration activities;
ii)
Identification of instruments;
iii)
Calibration Procedures for each instrument type;
iv)
Frequency and accuracy of calibration;
v)
Traceability of calibration to a recognised national standard or
against a secondary or in-house standard as appropriate;
vi)
Records of instrument calibrations and system review;
vii) Out-of-calibration Procedure addressing both instruments
overdue for calibration and those found to be inaccurate.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SECTION 3.0
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
REVISION: 3
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 9
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
TEST EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION CHART
Equipment
Calibration
Tolerance
Recommended
Associated
Method
BS
Interval
Pressure
Chart
3 Months
+/- 1%
Dead-Weight
Recorders
Tester BS 5164
BS 1780
Notes
Calibration
sources traceable
to N.P.L.
Thermo-Couples
3 Months
+/- 5%
BS 1041 Part 1
Temperature
1 Month
+/- 1%
BS 90, BS 5164
Prior to each
+/- 1%
Dead-Weight
After
Tester BS 5164
where specified
Recorders
Pressure Gauges
test
each
Figure 1
General Requirements;
i)
All Inspection equipment should be suitable for the purpose intended
and regularly maintained and serviced.
ii)
Details above are for guidance and may be superseded by Project
Specifications/Datasheets.
iii)
In addition to the above the performing authority shall calibrate any
other inspection, measuring or test equipment identified by BP or
their Delegated Authority.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
test
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 10
PIPE TESTING PROCEDURES
Procedure No. 3.1
Installation - Pressure Test Procedure
3.1.1 - Joint Integrity Installation Procedure
3.1.2 - Piping Pre-test Inspection
3.1.3 - Hydrotest Cleaning & Flushing
3.1.4 - Hydrostatic Testing
3.1.5 - Pneumatic Testing
3.1.6 - Piping Completion
3.1.7 - Piping Completion (F&G)
Procedure No. 3.2
Operability - Leak Test Procedure
3.2.1 - System Flushing Procedure
3.2.2 - Leak Test Procedure
3.2.3 - Witness Joint Procedure
3.2.4 – Service-Test Procedure
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
3.1.1
Joint Integrity
a)
High Risk
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 11
The purpose of the Joint Integrity installation procedure is to provide a
process by which all risk-potential pipework that has been installed
and/or broken during construction/maintenance activities can be
identified and recorded, so that joint integrity can be checked during
leak-testing and maintained during Post SH1 ‘Start-Up’ and ‘WarmUp’ service-tests.
The JI1 (Joint Integrity Certificate) records that the Post SH1 ‘Start-Up’
and ‘Warm Up’ service-tests have been carried out, and that each
joint has been subject to one service-test at ‘Start-Up’ and ‘Warm-Up’
and one service-test every 12 hours thereafter, for a period of 7 days.
Reference to Safe Isolation and Re-instatement of Plant (SIRP)
UKCS-SSW-001, is recommended.
The procedure detailed below shall be followed for maintenance
activities when containment is broken or in the absence of an
approved Flange/Joint Tagging procedure for construction activities
during projects or modifications.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 12
If the Construction Authority has a procedure that meets the
requirements and intent of this procedure then the Construction
Authority’s procedure, will be reviewed and approved for use
accordingly.
i) Each tag will have a unique identification number. A supply of
flange/joint tags shall be readily available at a number of
location on the facility i.e. the CCR, instrument and mechanical
workshops.
ii) All flanges, joints, compression fittings or plugs in ported
blanks, in pipework containing, but not limited to; process
hydrocarbons, diesel, process chemicals, hydraulic fluids,
lubrication oil systems, water injection and produced water re-
iii)
injection must be tagged when installed or re-installed following
maintenance.
Tag numbers must be marked-up on both a copy of the relevant
P&ID and the corresponding JI1 (Joint Integrity Certificate) by
the person who make or breaks the pipework joint integrity.
iv)
When the pipework is finally made up, the authorised and
competent pipe fitter/technician carrying out the task must sign
and date the appropriate box on the JI1 (Joint Integrity
Certificate).
v)
The P&ID and JI1 (Joint Integrity Certificate) will form part of the
Handover Certification Pack (HCP), to demonstrate joint
integrity and technical integrity have been achieved and/or
maintained.
vi)
On completion of a successful leak-test/service-test, the
SL1/JI1 (Joint Integrity Certificate)s will be signed by the
competent person carrying out the test.
vii) In all new and/or disturbed pipework where Post SH1 ‘StartUp and ‘Warm-Up’ Service-testing is applicable, each joint
will be monitored after the equipment has been brought into
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 13
or returned to service and will be subject to one service-test
at ‘Start-Up’ and ‘Warm-Up’ and one service-test every 12
hours thereafter, for a period of 7 days after the ‘Warm-Up’
service-test date, before the tags are removed.
i.
During the monitoring period, all tagged pipework must be
inspected and this will be recorded on the JI1 (Joint Integrity
Certificate). When the tags are removed this shall also be
recorded on the JI1 (Joint Integrity Certificate), and the tags
collected and returned to the Operating Authority.
viii) When a number of new joints or breakages of containment
are localised one tag may be raised to control a number of
items e.g. within a lube oil skid, a number of instrument
tapping’s around a pump. In these cases the provision of
leak-testing monitoring and recording are still required and
break-points should be marked with a unique identification
Number e.g 1666A, 1666B etc on a P&ID or other such
drawing.
Low Risk
b)
For pipework with low-risk potential, containing, but not limited to;
Seawater, Firewater, Plant Air, Instrument Air, Domestic Waste,
Potable Water , Towns Water and Industrial Water, may not be
subject to the Flange/Joint Tagging Procedure, or a system leak test.
Quality of work is still important on low-risk systems and as such will
be subject to inspection and/or service-testing, where appropriate, to
ensure Technical Integrity has been achieved and/or maintained.
i)
A service-test will be required for systems where the operating
pressure is above 100 psig for water and 15 psig for air and a
JI1 (Joint Integrity Certificate) will be raised accordingly. Refer
to 3.1.2 Use of Forms e) Joint Integrity Certificate for full details.
(Refer to Mechanical Technical Integrity Flowchart in Section 1)
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SECTION 3.0
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
REVISION: 3
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
ii)
PAGE: 14
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
Where the operating pressure is below 100 psig for water and
15 psig for air then no formal testing or certification is required
and the activity shall be recorded in the Maintenance
Management system when applied to maintenance activities or
on the MC1 and SH1 when applied to projects or modifications.
(Refer to Mechanical Technical Integrity Flowchart in Section 1)
iii)
For Maintenance work when plugs for instrumentation or
pipework in hydrocarbon systems are broken, for example, or
when sampling or blowing-down instruments, there is no
requirements
to
implement
the
formal
Joint
Integrity/
Certification Process providing that;
- The work is carried out by a competent and authorised
person.
- The original compression fittings are re-made.
- Service-test is carried out by the technician carrying out the
work.
- All tasks including the service-test are completed within
one shift.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
3.1.2
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 15
Pre-Test Inspection
The Procedure detailed below shall be followed, for each line
included in a test pack, prior to flushing and hydro-testing.
The line(s) to be tested shall be "walked" by the Construction
Authority's Representative to:-
a)
Check all weld inspection and NDT is completed and form MW1 is
completed.
b)
Check that installed pipework complies with the P&ID(s), and piping
specification(s).
c)
Check that the Joint Integrity Procedure and/or Flange Check List
Register is complete.
d)
Check that the flange alignment is correct and that the correct bolts
and gaskets are installed at all mechanical joints to the correct torque
setting. For joints requiring bolt tensioning, that this has been carried
out to the correct bolt tensioning Procedures and results recorded.
e)
Check that all vents and drains are installed (add temporary vents
and drains for testing as required).
f)
Check that the valve materials are correct - use code tagging. If tags
removed check nameplate.
g)
Check that the rating of forged steel fittings is correct.
h)
Check that branch reinforcement is correct as per isometric / design.
i)
Visually check that pipe compound on screwed connections is to
specifications. (Note that the use of PTFE tape on screwed
connections on Hydrocarbon service is NOT permitted unless
specifically stated in the installation procedure and agreed by BP.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 16
j)
Check that all pipe joints are installed correctly and to specification.
k)
Check that the orientation of filters and strainers, traps, check valves,
globe valves and control valves is correct for fluid flow.
l)
Check that all instrument connections are installed correctly to
specification and that any delicate in line instrumentation has been
excluded from the test.
m)
Check that the orifice valve tap orientation is correct, also that taps
and plugs have been seal welded.
n)
Check that orifice flanges have required upstream and downstream
clearances, and orifice plates are removed after trial fitting.
o)
Check that all instrument thermowells have been installed.
p)
Check that all pipe supports are completely installed to the drawings
and schedules.
q)
Check that all temporary pipe supports installed during fabrication
have been removed, except those required to support gas lines etc.,
if those lines are to be hydro-tested.
r)
Check that gags on spring supports are in position, and that sleeved
and bellow joints are adequately restrained.
s)
Check that there is no spring in the pipework affecting pumps or
vessel nozzles.
t)
Check that all NDT/stress relieving requirements are to specification
and have been met and recorded.
u)
Check all chain wheels and extended spindles to specified valves
have been installed.
v)
Check all locking devices and interlocks to valves are installed.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SECTION 3.0
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
REVISION: 3
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 17
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
w)
Check all pipe penetration seals have been installed.
x)
Check all relief valves and bursting discs have been removed.
y)
Check that where required, control valves have been removed from
the flushing and test limits and temporary spool pieces fabricated to
the correct line specification have been installed. Where this is not
possible the internal fittings should be removed.
z)
Check
that
the
system
and
all
line
items
or
equipment,
i.e. exchangers, drums etc. can safely withstand the system line
specification test pressure and weight when full with test media.
Note:
Attention must be given to the differential pressure limitations across
exchanger tube plates.
i)
Vessels and heat exchangers may only be included in a system
test if the item has previously been pressure-tested in
accordance with the relevant code at a pressure not less than
that given by paragraph 3.5.3 of RP 32-2.
Check that manufacturer's and/or site test certificates endorsed
by an independent inspectorate are available on site before
approving inclusion within the test system of these items.
ii)
Before proceeding with system flushing and/or testing, any
defects noted as part of this Procedure must be corrected.
iii)
Satisfactory installation completion is to be specified by signing
the relevant section of the Piping Completion Certificate MP1.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 18
3.1.3
Cleaning and Flushing
a)
The Construction Authority shall ensure that the following controls
are applied for flushing:i)
Flushing is not to be carried out through machinery or any other
equipment which may be damaged by the Procedure. Control
valves and soft seated valves should be removed during the
flushing operation, but where this is not possible the internal
fittings are to be removed.
ii)
Orifice plates, flow nozzles, turbine meters, positive
displacement meters and strainers, bursting discs and pressure
relieving devices, etc. are to be removed during flushing and
testing. To avoid straining in the piping while these items are
removed, temporary spacers or spool pieces are to be fitted.
iii)
These temporary fittings must conform to the specification of
the system being tested.
iv)
Deluge and sprinkler piping shall be flushed and plugged for
pressure testing; heads and rosettes and nozzles shall be
fitted after completion of pressure test.
v)
Precautions are to be taken to ensure that water is safely
drained away whilst flushing is being carried out.
b)
Prior to testing, each piping system or part system, as identified in
the test pack, is to be cleared of debris by flushing with water or
blowing with steam or air as appropriate to prove that it is clear from
end to end. All flushing-out connections are to be provided with a
basket for trapping debris.
c)
Flushing should be carried out using clean fresh water, potable
water, treated sea water, air or steam as appropriate. For systems
containing austenitic stainless steel piping and fittings the chloride
ion content of the water shall be less than 30ppm. Carbon steel
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 19
pipework flushed with sea water should be dried immediately after
flushing to prevent corrosion.
d)
Systems open to atmosphere which do not require flushing should be
blown down to ensure that lines are not restricted.
e)
On piping systems where the flushing medium is water, flow
velocities of 1.5 to 2 times the normal operating velocity or 3-4
metres/sec., whichever is greater, should be achieved wherever
possible.
f)
On piping systems where the flushing medium is air (oil free and dry)
or steam, the flow velocity should not be less than 20 metres/sec.
Records of flushing should be maintained by colour marking of
P&ID's to define the system flushing circuits, direction of flow, scope,
equipment isolation and prime mover used.
g)
Flushing/blowing is to be carried out until the required cleanliness of
the system is attained, after which Certificate MP-1 will be signed in
the appropriate box.
h)
Ensure any in-line service strainers are removed prior to flushing and
that they are replaced after the flushing operation has been accepted
as complete.
Additional pre-test requirements from Asset specific and/or design
house/engineering support and/or BP RP32-2 and/or International
Standards such ASME B31.3 (345) may have to be considered and
referenced over and above the requirements detailed above.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 20
3.1.4
Hydrostatic Testing
a)
After flushing is satisfactorily completed, pressure testing may
proceed.
b)
Testing must be carried out in accordance with the requirements
specified on the isometric drawing and piping line specification or
otherwise must take into account the duty of the system, namely the
process fluid and the operating pressures and temperatures.
Note:
i)
All in-line valves shall be in the fully open position during the
pressure test. Pressure tests shall not be made against closed
block valves; Blinds shall be used with valves in the open
position. Non Return Valves shall have either the disc removed
or the jacket open for flushing and pressure testing.
ii)
Some in-line valves, notably, ball valves, must be tested with the
valve in the half open position to ensure the seals are not
exposed excessive differential pressure and to allow the valve
stem and body to be pressured tested.
iii)
c)
The Construction Authority's representative shall ensure that
hydrostatic test requirements shown on isometric, P&ID, Line
List and GA drawings are compatible.
It should be noted that the design of piping systems for BP is
generally based on the requirements of the ASME B31.3 chemical
plant and petroleum refinery piping, which details the parameters for
hydrostatic testing, as 1.5 x MAWP (Maximum Allowable Working
Pressure), with variations to be considered as detailed in ASME
B31.3 (345.4.2).
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
d)
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 21
The testing medium may be clean fresh water, potable water, treated
inhibited sea water, oils, air or inert gases. Typically hydraulic oil and
instrument air systems should only be tested using the specified
operating medium. For austenitic stainless steel piping the chloride
ion content of the water shall not be more than 30 ppm.
e)
Prior to flooding a system with fluid, it may be prudent to carry out a
low pressure air test under controlled conditions to ensure that there
are no major leakages present. ASME B31.3 (345.2.1) limits the
preliminary test pressure to 25 psig.
f)
Test gauges of suitable pressure indication range are to be installed
at high/low/entry locations with individual isolation valves in the open
position. The gauge at the highest point shall indicate the required
test pressure. Pressure, temperature, and time recorders should be
used for all hydrostatic testing.
g)
All test gauges are to be given an individual reference number,
calibrated on a regular basis and a calibration record maintained.
h)
All vents and other high point connections which can serve as vents
shall be open during filling so that all air is vented prior to
pressurisation.
i)
Piping designed for vapour or gas shall be provided with additional
temporary support, where necessary, to support the weight of the
test liquid.
j)
When the test system is filled with the testing medium and the
Construction Authority's representative is satisfied that air pockets
have been removed, the pressure shall be gradually increased to the
required test pressure as specified on the relevant line schedules.
k)
When pressurising any test system continuous attendance and
supervision must be maintained at the test pump. At all times during
the test the pressure gauges should be monitored.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
l)
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 22
On achieving the required test pressure the test pump is to be
disconnected physically from the test system.
m)
The system under test shall then be visually inspected over its entire
length by the Construction Authority's representative and each
mechanical, welded joint, attachment etc. checked. The duration of
the test shall be a minimum of 30 minutes, or the time taken to
inspect the system under test, whichever is greater.
n)
Due attention must be paid to the effects of high/low ambient
temperatures occurring during the test. The temperature of material
under test must be safely above that at which brittle fracture may be
initiated.
o)
If programme requirements render it necessary to conduct testing
during periods of ambient temperatures below or likely to be below 5°
C, prior approval from BP or their Delegated Authority must be
obtained for use of anti-freeze solution, or alternative testing media
such as gas oil or Kerosene. Any flammable liquids used for testing
should have a flash point above 65°C. Attention is drawn to the
danger of brittle fracture occurring in carbon and low alloy steels
below 15.5°C (60°F) unless the materials have adequate notch
toughness. Prior to granting approval the BP or their Delegated
Authorities' Specialist Vessel and Piping Engineer should be
consulted regarding the pressurising of systems and vessels at
temperatures below 0°. A separate test Procedure outlining storage
and recovery facilities for the alternative test medium will require
approval from BP or their Delegated Authority.
p)
If visual inspection over the entire length of the test system is not
possible i.e. in partially buried or underground sections, then a 24
hour holding test shall be applied.
Test gauges for this type of operation shall be of the dead weight
chart recorder type producing both pressure and simultaneous
temperature records over the 24 hour test period.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 23
This type of holding test is to be avoided whenever possible and
preference should always be given to inspect the system visually as
defined in m) above.
q)
After satisfactory completion of the pressure test the Construction
Authority's representative shall witness the gradual release of
pressure and drain down. Test systems shall be de-pressurised by
opening the de-pressurising valve in the test rig and drained by
opening all vents and low point drain valves; adequate venting
should be effected to avoid vacuum conditions occurring.
r)
All drained lines should be dried by purging with dry, oil free air.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 24
3.1.5
Pneumatic Testing
a)
The following Procedure shall be followed for pneumatic testing,
which may only be carried out if specified.
Pneumatic testing may only be carried out when agreed in writing
with:
Onsite - The Operator
Offsite - BP or their delegated Authority
Pneumatic Testing using pressures > 7 bar should be avoided.
b)
The Construction Authority's representative shall be in charge of all
activities associated with Pneumatic Testing.
c)
Testing should not be carried out at ambient temperatures below
15.5°C (60°F).
If it is required to perform tests at ambient
temperatures below 15.5°C (60°F), prior agreement shall be sought
from BP or their Delegated Authority.
d)
The air for purging and testing shall be clean, dry and oil free.
e)
Access to pneumatic test areas shall be restricted solely to those
persons required to conduct the test. Barriers shall be installed to
prevent access to others.
f)
Test pressures will be 1.1 x MAWP (Maximum Allowable Working
Pressure)
g)
Butt welds shall be 100% radiographed and all socket welds to be
"N.D.E.'d" and accepted before commencing pneumatic testing.
h)
A preliminary check shall be made at not more than 0.35 bar gauge
pressure.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
i)
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 25
The system shall be gradually pressurised to 60% of the indicated
test pressure, and held at the pressure for a sufficient length of time
to allow the piping to equalise strains, but not less than ten minutes.
j)
The pressure shall then be reduced to 50% of the indicated test
pressure and all joints re-tested for leaks.
k)
The pressure shall be raised in steps of not more than 10%, until the
required test pressure has been reached. The pressure shall be held
at each step during the pressurising sequence (to allow the piping to
equalise strains) for a period of not less than ten minutes.
The
required test pressure shall be held for sufficient length of time to
permit the testing of all joints, but under no circumstances shall this
period be less than thirty (30) minutes.
l)
When the system has been brought up to test pressure, leak test
solution shall be applied completely around all connections and
welded joints in order to detect any leaks.
m)
Flanged joints may be completely taped and small holes punched at
the top or side to detect leaks.
n)
If leaks are discovered, the system shall be de-pressurised and the
leaks repaired.
o)
The test solution (soapsuds) shall consist of a simple mixture of
liquid detergent and water and shall be prepared not more than 24
hours in advance of the test. Throughout the test period, the bubble
formation properties of the solution shall be checked.
p)
Whilst the system is under test pressure, the test equipment shall be
isolated from the system.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 26
3.1.6
Piping Completion
a)
On each line the following checks are to be carried out by the
Construction Authority's representative, to ensure satisfactory reinstatement of the pipework under test.
b)
Check that the Construction Joint Integrity and/or Flange Check List
Register is complete, where applicable, and that all pipework has
been installed/re-instated and flushing and hydrostatic testing has
been satisfactorily completed and recorded.
c)
Check that the flange alignment is correct and that the correct bolts
and gaskets are installed at all mechanical joints to the correct torque
setting and that the bolts have been lubricated. For joints requiring
bolt tensioning, that this has been carried out to the correct Bolt
Tensioning Procedure and the results recorded accordingly.
d)
Visually check that pipe compound on screwed connections is to
specifications. (Note that the use of PTFE tape on screwed
connections on Hydrocarbon service is NOT permitted unless
specifically stated in the installation procedure and agreed by BP.
e)
Check that all vents and drains are correctly installed.
f)
Check that all temporary vents and drains have been removed and
seal welded where applicable.
g)
Check that all process blinds and spacers have been correctly
installed as indicated on the P&ID.
h)
Check that all the spectacle blinds are in the correct position.
i)
Check that all pipe cleaning and pickling has been satisfactorily
completed and recorded.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SECTION 3.0
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
REVISION: 3
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
j)
PAGE: 27
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
Check that all temporary pipe spools have been removed and all
control valves and internals have been re-instated in the correct flow
position.
k)
Check that all Non Return Valve internals have been re-instated, and
the valve has been installed in the correct flow direction, and any
‘jack open’ devices have been removed.
Ensure the valve is
functioning properly and that the spindles are lubricated.
l)
Check that all relief valves and Bursting Discs have been correctly
installed.
m)
Check that all gauges have been correctly installed.
n)
Check that all pump suction strainers have been correctly installed.
o)
Check that all chain wheels and extended spindles to specified
valves have been installed.
p)
Check that all locking devices and interlocks to valves are installed.
q)
Check that all pipes, including supports, have been installed as per
design.
r)
Identify all Pipework that requires vibration tests when operational
and record on the MP1 and on the Handover Punch List as
outstanding Commissioning/Operations Item.
s)
Upon completion of the above and where appropriate, the Joint
Integrity Procedure and/or or Flange Check List Register and
conformation that all the appropriate joints have been tagged and the
relevant tag I.D. is detailed on the appropriate drawings, the
Construction Authority's representative and the Contractors
authorised Representative, shall sign form MP1 Piping Completion
Certificate.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 28
3.1.7
F&G Piping Completion
a)
For piping associated with the fire water mains, sprinkler and deluge
systems, the following checks are to be carried out to ensure the
return of pipework under test to a state of mechanical completion.
b)
Check that all sprinkler heads, sprinkler rosettes and sprinkler
nozzles have been correctly installed.
c)
Check that all hose couplings have been correctly installed.
d)
Check that all Fire Suppressant agent discharge heads have been
correctly installed.
e)
Confirm with Mechanical Group that:i) All fire hydrants have been correctly installed.
ii) All foam monitors have been correctly installed.
iii) All Fire Suppressant agent cylinder locations and fixings are
correctly installed.
Note: The use of Halon as a fire suppressant is being phased out by
BP to comply with the Environmental Protection Regulations 1996 S.I. 506
Form MP-1 shall be completed upon completion of this Procedure.
Note: Painting, insulation and trace heating have not been included on
the piping Procedures 3.1 & 3.2 as they will be covered by
certification raised by other disciplines.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 29
3.1.8
Certification
a)
The Construction Authority's representative who executed the
system test shall sign the piping completion certificate Form MP-1.
Pressure, temperature, and time recorder charts shall be attached to
Form MP-1.
b)
The Construction Authority's representative shall ensure that the
Construction Documentation Packages are progressively compiled
and that pressure test certificates and associated documents fully
define the results, the scope of test, isolated equipment, and date
executed.
c)
On completion of test, the system shall be re-instated in accordance
with requirements and the appropriate section of the piping
completion certificate MP1.
d)
The Construction Authority’s representative shall ensure, where
applicable, that the Joint Integrity Procedure and/or or Flange Check
List Register is complete and that all the appropriate joints have been
duly tagged and the relevant tag I.D. is detailed on the appropriate
drawings.
The flange/joint tags will remain in place until all Post Start-Up
Integrity checks (service-tests) are carried out and the completion
and acceptance of the JI1 (Joint Integrity Certificate) by Operations.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 30
Procedure No. 3.2
3.2.1
a)
System Flushing
The purpose of flushing is to ensure that systems to be handed over
are clean and free from debris which may damage system
equipment.
b)
Flushing Guidelines
The system should be assessed and best flushing medium (air,
water or a combination of both) selected taking into consideration
safety, efficiency and convenience.
c)
System/lines to be flushed are to be checked against P & ID's to
identify items that require removal prior to flushing.
d)
Flushing must not be via: Orifice Plates, NRV's, filters, machinery,
vessels, control valves or SP items (Thermowells, sampling/chemical
injection quills, corrosion coupons, etc.).
e)
Where SP items/fittings etc. are removed they are to be wrapped in
protective material and securely tied to their location with a
commissioning label attached.
f)
If removal of equipment necessitates spool pieces to be inserted the
spool pieces must be of the same internal diameter as the pipework.
g)
When flushing systems fitted with wafer type check valves every
effort should be made to remove these valves. If this is not possible
the internal flap is to be removed (not tied back). On re-instatement
the internals of the valves are to be checked for cleanliness/damage.
h)
Battery limits/off takes are to be isolated by spading or locked closed
valves with hazardous signs posted.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
i)
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 31
All temporary spades, spectacle blinds or orifice plates installed,
turned or removed must be entered in the respective registers.
j)
Flushing of interconnecting pipework should be in the direction of fall
and from smaller pipework into larger pipework ensuring no debris is
left trapped in dead legs.
k)
Flush rates must be high enough to remove heavy debris.
l)
The flush should be to an open end if possible. In the event of a
flexible hose/pipe being required to route the medium away it should
be of, at least, the same diameter or larger.
m)
The area of flush discharge should be cordoned off and hazardous
signs posted.
n)
Where pipework sections/systems are sufficiently small and pipework
diameters sufficiently large enough to allow visual inspection then
this can replace the requirement to flush.
o)
A combination of flushing and visual inspection can be accepted, and
will be indicated on the certificate, (SF1).
p)
On re-instatement, the system must be checked against P&ID's, the
spading/orifice register and the master P&ID's updated.
q)
The certificate SF1 shall be signed on completion of this Procedure.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 32
3.2.2
Leak Testing
a)
The purpose of the leak test is to ensure the integrity of the system
prior to handover.
b)
Safe System of Work
i) A safe system of work will form part of the commissioning
Procedure and be in place before the start of testing. This will
ensure that after completion of pressure/leak-testing, the pressure
inside the system is reduced to atmospheric level, or as justified by
a risk assessment, to an appropriate safe level before any work
starts on that system. Refer to Safe Isolation and Re-instatement
of Plant (SIRP) UKCS-SSW-001.
ii) The safe system of work to include the verification by the
performing authority that on every occasion the system has safe
working conditions, before work commences.
iii) The valve on the pneumatic (e.g. nitrogen) supply line to the
system should be locked in the closed position when work is to be
carried out on the system to which it is connected.
Disconnection of the line to the system is preferred. This action
should be a prerequisite of the permit to work. It should be signed
as completed prior to the issue of the start of work on the system.
iv) During any pneumatic test, if the test pressure is above the MAWP,
or the pressuring source could exceed MAWP, a pressure relief valve
shall be fitted to the test equipment, set to relieve marginally above
the test pressure, and of adequate discharge capacity to relieve the
volume supplied by the pressuring source to a safe area.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 33
Note! BP Group RP 32-1, Procedure 24 - Wellhead Equipment, Section 9.2
- Gas Testing, quotes "a pressure relief device should be provided, having a
set pressure not higher than the test pressure plus the lesser of 3.5 bar (50
psi) or 10% of the test pressure".
v) The Performing Authority will ensure adequate training of all
personnel involved in leak-testing and provide test personnel with
approved written Procedures.
Note! Clamps or bolts on bolted flanges must not be loosened while the
system is under pressure. When required the system should be isolated
from pressure sources, depressurised and vented. The clamps should
then be removed strictly in accordance with the manufacturers
Procedures. Clamps should only be removed by competent persons who
have been trained in manufacturers assembly/disassembly Procedures.
It is important that items b) to p) are checked for completeness prior to leaktesting.
c)
All outstanding items on punch list that would affect integrity of leak
test have been cleared.
d)
Limits as defined in Commissioning Procedure are set on plant.
e)
All adjoining systems have been vented or fitted with a PI to monitor
any pressure build up.
f)
All valves have been checked for freedom of movement.
g)
All valves internal to system are open.
h)
Instrumentation has been installed and is opened up to the leak test.
i)
Atmospheric vents/drains have been valve isolated or blanked.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 34
j)
Lagging/cladding has been removed from flanges, valves, etc.
k)
All test equipment and system pressure limiting devices, such as
pressure relief valves, should be set to the correct pressure.
Sufficient pressure monitoring to avoid test pressure remaining
undetected behind check valves and similar equipment should be
incorporated.
l)
A fully operational newly calibrated PI of a suitable range should be
fitted at or near each venting position, injection positions and
whenever possible near to the places where work is to be carried out
Pressure readings should be recorded as detailed in 8.1.3 vi)
m)
Pressuring point has been selected to ensure that the entire system
is pressured. (Do not attempt to back flow through NRV's).
n)
Ensure area surrounding system under test is suitably cordoned off,
and designated a 'No Go Area' by erecting warning signs and
barriers.
Note ! only personnel essential for the operation of test equipment
are to be allowed in the test area during pressurisation and depressurisation.
o)
Where appropriate, make a tannoy (P.A.) announcement that a
"Leak Test" is ongoing in the area, Testing should not start until all
non essential personnel are in a safe area.
p)
Under no circumstances shall the system under test be left
unattended once the system is pressurised.
r)
As with any "Pressure" test, the system shall be pressured slowly,
and in stages, the pressure of the system to be recorded at the
various stages.
The system is now ready for leak-testing.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SECTION 3.0
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
REVISION: 3
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
s)
PAGE: 35
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
Pipework 'Under Test'
i) Leak-testing is performed at 110% of Maximum Allowable Working
Pressure (MAWP) or, if a relief valve which has a set pressure
below 110% MAWP is included in the system under test, the test is
conducted at 95% of the system relief valve set pressure. A leak
test (hydraulic where practicable) is performed to prove the
pressure tightness (ie fitness for service) of joints, seals and glands,
etc each time the integrity of containment systems is broken, either
at
hook-up/commissioning
or
post
operations
phase.
The
prevention of even minor leaks is particularly important where
flammable or toxic fluids are concerned.
ii) Pneumatic Leak Tests using an inert gas are used extensively on
platforms which are predominantly gas producers and some offsite
site locations both during commissioning and post operation
phases, prior to the introduction of hydrocarbons. The accepted
norm for these tests is to pressurise, using 99% nitrogen with a 1%
helium tracer gas, up to a maximum of 110% MAWP. A specialist
leak test contractor is normally employed for such tests. A typical
target leakage rate of 20 scf/annum up to a maximum of 80
scf/annum, measured by means of equipment sensitive to the
tracer gas, or by sonic or ultrasonic detector devices, should be
used as the acceptable leakage range. Additional leak detection
by sonic or ultrasonic devices can be used to check the integrity of
critical valves for internal leakage.
Note! Pneumatic leak-testing should not be carried out before the
integrity of the equipment has been confirmed by a standard
pressure test.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 36
iii) There should be sufficient venting positions to prevent testing
medium being trapped behind non return valves in dead legs or
between isolation valves. Instruction will be required on how the
system can be safely tested and vented in discrete sections. If this
is the intended method of testing then all pipework should be
adequately marked so that each test can be identified. Where the
section under test terminates at a valve, an assessment should be
carried out to determine if a block & bleed or blind arrangement
should be used to prevent a build up of pressure inside an adjacent
section.
iv) Gross (Preliminary) Air Leak Tests, using plant/utility air up to a
maximum of 8 barg, are often used at an early stage of hookup/commissioning as a means of identifying large leaks, prior to
performing the standard pressure tests.
v) Service Leak Tests, using the service fluid rather than 110%
MAWP tests, are acceptable methods of testing for leaks during the
post operations phase on low pressure systems such as
instrument/plant/utility air, potable water and diesel distribution
systems.
vi) Raise, check and record pressure in increments (check flanges,
valve glands, etc.), for leaks at each stage.
vii) In water filled systems, it is important to ensure all air is vented
and system is completely water filled.
viii) Hold the final test pressure for at least 30 minutes with no visible
leaks to atmosphere.
(Use soapy water to bubble check for AIR/N2 TESTS).
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 37
ix) Pressures should always be checked and recorded following;
Completion of Test
• Isolation from the pressure source
•
•
when de pressurisation/venting has taken place
The above should always be done immediately prior to the start of
any further work on the system.
t)
Test Medium
Select test medium from:
• Air
Potable Water
• WI Water
•
N2 (Quads/Tanks)
• N2/Helium
Test pressure as specified in the Commissioning Procedure.
•
Note! consideration should be given to ensure that during Nitrogen
injection and bleeding the temperature does not fall to a level where
a loss of structural integrity could occur in the test piece.
u)
Post Test Requirements
On completion of Tests the following action is to be taken;
• Slowly de-pressure the system
• Make a tannoy announcement that Leak-testing is complete
• Remove
the
pressuring
connection,
remembering
to
include/indicate joints on connection, vents, etc., that will become
witness joints and require inclusion in the certification (servicetest), if applicable
• Remove barriers and warning signs
• Return the work permit
• Mark up a relevant P&ID indicating the system limits and
complete the SL1 certificate refer to 3.2.2.
• Ensure JI1 certificate is available for post test integrity servicetests.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 38
3.2.3
Critical Joint Installation
a)
The following Procedure, in conjunction with the Joint Integrity
Procedure 3.1 (3.1.1) and the Safe Isolation and Re-instatement
of Plant (SIRP) UKCS-SSW-001, shall be followed for the
preparation, pulling up and tightening of certain flanged joints on
critical duties, when specified by the Commissioning/Operations
Authority. Such joints will normally be, but will not be limited to,
pipework carrying hydrocarbons which will not be subject to a
pressure and/or leak test.
b)
Advise Commissioning/Operations Authority prior to joint(s) installation
to enable assessment for requirement to witness joint installation.
c)
Flange faces to be examined and seen to be clean and damage free.
d)
Gasket to be examined and seen to be damage free and of correct
specification and size.
e)
Nuts and stud bolts to be examined and seen to be damage free and
of correct specification and size.
f)
Check flange faces are parallel and alignment is in accordance with
specification.
g)
Check that joint is progressively tensioned evenly using a "crisscross" bolt tightening sequence.
h)
All nuts to be pulled up to the required tightness, a minimum of one
thread should be seen through each nut, no excessive length of
stud bolt should protrude through each nut
i)
Check that no visible damage to the gasket when joint is compressed.
j)
Mark up a relevant P&ID indicating the appropriate joint(s) and
complete the relevant section of the JI1 (Joint Integrity Certificate),
refer to 3.1.2. Use of Forms e) Joint Integrity Certificate.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 39
3.2.4
Service-Testing Procedure
a)
A service-test is required in conjunction with the critical joint
installation Procedure and Joint Integrity Procedure, on high risk
pipework or when it would be impracticable to leak test the system
on completion of work scope. The service-test will utilise the process
fluid to test the pipework for leaks.
b)
After all stages of the critical joint(s) installation and the Joint Integrity
Procedure 3.1 (3.1.1) have been complete, ensuring all outstanding
items on Punch List that would affect system integrity have been
cleared.
c)
Joints that have been split are closely scrutinised for leaks (i.e. fluid
leakage, soapy bubble in gas systems and gas detection for
hydrocarbons) during early stages of pressurisation.
d)
Observe all joints that are under scrutiny for leaks until desired
pressure (i.e. normal operating pressure) is achieved.
e)
The relevant parts of the JI1 (Joint Integrity Certificate) should be
signed off on completion, refer to 3.1.2 Use of Forms e) Joint
Integrity Certificate for full details.
f)
When a service-test in lieu of a Leak Test is carried out a waiver or
concession has been granted, by the Approving Authority and/or the
Operating Authority. As a result of the wavier/concession a SL1
System Leak Test Certificate will not be raised.
The JI1 (Joint
Integrity Certificate) will detail in the ‘Leak-tested by’ and ‘SL1 Leak
Test Number’ boxes that a waiver/concession has been given, by
entering the Engineering Query (EQ) or Operating Query (OQ) or
Technical Query (TQ) identification number in these boxes.
NOTE: Critical joint installation will ALWAYS be followed
by a Service-Test.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
g)
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 40
Service-test on pipework with low-risk potential, containing, but not
limited to; Seawater, Firewater, Plant Air, Instrument Air, Domestic
Waste, Potable Water/Towns Water and Industrial Water, will not be
subject to the Flange/Joint Tagging Procedure, or a system Leak
Test.
Quality of work is still important on low-risk systems and as such will
be subject to inspection and/or service-testing, where appropriate to
ensure Technical Integrity has been achieved and/or maintained.
A service-test will be required for systems where the operating
pressure is above 100 psig for water and 15 psig for air and a JI1
(Joint Integrity Certificate)d will be raised accordingly. Refer to Use
of Forms e) Joint Integrity Certificate for full details of the intent of the
JI1 (Joint Integrity Certificate). (Refer to Mechanical Technical
Integrity Flowchart in Section 1)
Where the operating pressure is below 100 psi for water and 15 psi
for air then no formal testing or certification is required and the activity
will be recorded in the Maintenance Management system when
applied to maintenance activities or on the MC1 and SH1 when
applied to Projects or Modifications. (Refer to Mechanical Technical
Integrity Flowchart in Section 1)
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 41
3.2.6
Certification
a)
Complete the SL1 or JI1 certificates, including the following
information: (Wherever applicable)
b)
i)
MC1/SH1 numbers
ii)
All line numbers
iii)
iv)
Vessel numbers
Tie-in numbers
v)
Valve numbers at test limits
vi)
Test medium
vii)
viii)
Test pressure
Test duration
ix)
Service-test pressure
x)
xi)
xii)
Exclusions or exemptions
Commissioning or completing assignee signature
Operations or testing approval signature
Attach an A3 size copy of the relevant P&ID's to the SL1 and/or JI1
with the system leak test/witness joints/service-test limits highlighted
and clearly identified.
c)
For N2/Helium testing the contractors certificate is to be attached to
the SL1.
d)
The original SL1 and the marked-up P&ID's are to be passed to the
Certification Engineer or the Delegated Authority nominated by BP.
e)
Mark up the master System P&ID.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SECTION 3.0
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
REVISION: 3
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
•
•
PAGE: 42
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
Functional Certification Flowchart.
Discipline: Mechanical (Piping)
MP1
MP1
MC1
SF1
SL1
SH1
JI11
MC1
SF1
SL1
SH1
JI1
: Piping Completion Certificate.
: Mechanical Completion Certificate.
: System Flushing Certificate .
: System Leak Certificate.
: System Handover Certificate.
: Joint Integrity Certificate.
Note! Where Welding is carried out an MW1 - Welding Completion Summary
is required - Refer to GOC Section 2
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- PIPE TESTING
SECTION 3.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 43
EXHIBIT 1
STANDARD FORMS
Form No.
Form Title
MP1
Piping Completion Certificate
SF1
System Flushing Certificate
SL1
Leak Test Certificate.
JI1
Joint Integrity Certificate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
D.I.S. 01
SHEET
LOCATION :- __________________
DATA INPUT SHEET 01
PROJECT :- ____________________
NO.
HANDOVER ID
RAISED BY:
TEST PACK No
P&ID No
__________________________________
NOTE:- JP No FOR HYDROTESTING
LINE No
DATE:-
WORKSCOPE ID :- ______________________
SECTION 3 PIPE TESTING
J.P
ISO No
MAINTENANCE ID No :- ______________________
AS-BUILT
TEST
REQ'D
(LAD)
PRESSURE
(BAR.G)
PIPING CERTIFICATES REQUIRED
MW1
MP1
AS1
AS2
SF1
DATA ENTERED BY :- ____________________
______________
GOC ©
OF
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
SL1
REMARKS
DATE:___________
Euro Revision 03
PIPING COMPLETION
CERTIFICATE
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM MP1
Test Pack No
SHT
SITE:
LOCATION
OF
P & ID No
SCOPE OF TEST
TEST PACK LIMIT FLUSHED PRIOR TO STRENGTH TEST?
MW1 Complete
Welding & NDE
Pro 3.1.1 Complete
Joint Integrity
Pro 3.1.2 Complete
Pre-Test Inspection
Pro 3.1.3 Complete
Cleaning & Flushing
YES/NO*
SIGNATURE:
YES/NO*
SIGNATURE:
YES/NO*
SIGNATURE:
YES/NO*
SIGNATURE:
OPERATING PRESSURE
BAR.G
STRESS RELIEVED*
YES/NO*
N.D.E. MEDIUM: *
M.P.I* / D.P.*
TEST PRESSURE
BAR.G
YES/NO *
FLUSHING MEDIUM:
Pro 3.1.4 Complete
Hydrostatic Testing
Pro 3.1.5 Complete
Pneumatic Testing
Pro 3.1.6 Complete
Piping Completion)
Pro 3.1.7 Complete
Piping Completion (F&G)
OPERATING TEMP
INTERNAL LINING*
100%* / 10%*
ISO No
SIGNATURE:
YES/NO*
SIGNATURE:
YES/NO*
SIGNATURE:
YES/NO*
SIGNATURE:
DEG C
YES/NO*
U.T* / RAD*
TEST MEDIUM:
YES/NO*
FLOW MEDIUM:
EXTERNAL FINISH*
100%* / 10%*
NDE ACCEPT.
TEST DURATION:
LINE No
VIBRATION
TEST REQ
PAINT*
WRAP*
YES/NO*
INSULATE*
LINE SPEC:
TEST DATE:
EQUIPMENT NUMBER
(FROM)
(TO)
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
ALL LINES REQUIRING VIBRATION TESTS MUST BE DETAILED ON THE HANDOVER PUNCH LIST
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
SYSTEM FLUSHING CERTIFICATE
FORM SF1
SITE:
SHT
OF
TITLE:
Procedure 3.1.3 Complete
Cleaning & Flushing
FLUSH MEDIUM
√ FLUSH
* YES/NO/NA
√ VISUAL
Signature:
P&ID DRAWING & LINE No(s)
SIGN
DATE
REMARKS:
√ TICK AS APPROPRIATE
SYSTEM WALKED AND CHECKED AGAINST P&ID(s) AND INTEGRITY CHECK COMPLETE
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
***NOTE ! ONE (1) SF1 TO BE RAISED PER HANDOVER CERTIFICATION PACK (HCP) ***
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM SL1
SITE:
LEAK TEST CERTIFICATE
SHT
LOCATION
SL1 REF
SCOPE OF TEST
SYSTEM
FLUSH MEDIUM
Pro. 3.1.1 Complete
Joint Integrity
Pro. 3.1.6 Complete
Piping Completion
Pro. 3.2.1 Complete
System Flushing
OF
JI1 REF
FLUSH DETAILS COLUMN: MARK ‘F’ FOR LINE FLUSHED OR ‘V’ IF VISUAL ONLY
* YES/NO/NA
SIGNATURE:
* YES/NO/NA
SIGNATURE:
* YES/NO/NA
SIGNATURE:
Pro. 3.2.2 Complete
Leak Test
Pro.3.2.3 Complete
Witness Joint
Complete
Reinstatement
OPERATING PRESSURE
BAR G
OPERATING TEMP
TEST PRESSURE
BAR G
TEST DURATION
P & ID No
LINE No
DEG C
* YES/NO/NA
SIGNATURE:
* YES/NO/NA
SIGNATURE:
* YES/NO/NA
SIGNATURE:
FLOW MEDIUM:
TEST MEDIUM:
FLUSH
DETAILS
VIBRATION
TEST REQ
EQUIPMENT NUMBER
(FROM)
(TO)
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
* YES/NO
REMARKS
ALL LINES REQUIRING VIBRATION TESTS MUST BE DETAILED ON THE HANDOVER PUNCH LIST
PIPING INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RELEVANT CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS, AND GOC SECTION 3 - PIPE TESTING.
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Procedure 3.1.1 Complete
Joint Integrity
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
JOINT INTEGRITY CERTIFICATE
* YES/NO/NA
SIGN:
Procedure 3.1.3 Complete
Cleaning & Flushing
* YES/NO
SIGN:
Procedure 3.1.6 Complete
Piping Completion
* YES/NO
SIGN:
Procedure 3.2.3 Complete
Witness Joint
* YES/NO/NA
SIGN:
Procedure 3.2.4 Complete
Service Test
* YES/NO
SIGN:
LOCATION :
FORM JI1
SITE:
SHT of
SYSTEM :
Tag
Number
Part A
Part B
Part C
Installation Phase
Commissioning Phase
Operational Phase
Location
(P&ID and Description)
Joint
Installed
by
Date of
Installation
Leak
Tested by
SL1 Leak Test
Number
Service
Test after
start up
Parts A & B
To be completed before the SH1 can be signed and the equipment safely operated
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
Service
Test after
warm up
Service
Test
Period
Service
Test
Period
Service
Test
Period
Service
Test
Period
Tag
Removal
Date
Complete Post SH1 acceptance - the equipment can be operated safely without
jeopardizing plant, personnel or the environment
REMARKS;
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
* DELETE AS APPLICABLE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
JOINT INTEGRITY CERTIFICATE
Form JI1 SHT of
Part A
Tag
Number
* DELETE AS APPLICABLE
Location
(P&ID and Description)
Part B
Joint
Installed
by
Date of
Installation
GOC ©
Leak
Tested
by
SL1 Leak
Test
Number
Part C
Service Test
after start up
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Service
Test after
warm up
Service
Test
Period
Service
Test
Period
Service
Test
Period
Service
Test
Period
Tag
Removal
Date
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 1
SECTION 4.0
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 2
4.1
ACTIONS
4.1.1
General
This document covers only the installation and pre-handover
activities and does not specify requirements for suppliers of
equipment.
4.1.2
Pumps & Compressors
a) Machinery Procedure No. 4.1 lays down the checks that are required
to ensure that the equipment is correctly installed. On completion of
installation, the Construction Authority Mechanical Engineer will be
required to complete the Mechanical Installation form MM1.
b)
Machinery Procedure No. 4.2 lays down the method to adopt for
alignment checks, which will be recorded on Certificate form MM2,
and accepted by the Commissioning Authority Mechanical Engineer.
Submersible pumps will not require an MM2 alignment certificate.
4.1.3
a)
Skid Mounted Units
These will generally consist of vessels, pumps, compressors,
drivers, pipework, instrumentation, etc., mounted on a common
frame. Other disciplines will carry out their respective checks as
required. The Construction Authority Mechanical Engineer will be
required to carryout Machinery Procedure 4.2 for the units and
record this fact on the Mechanical Installation Certificate form MM1.
b)
The Mechanical section of Handover Certification Packages for the
units will typically contain:
1 - MM1 Certificate for the installation of the skid unit.
1 - MM1 Certificate for each pump or compressor.
1 - MM2 Certificate for each pump or compressor and associated
driver unit.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
4.1.4
a)
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 3
Vessels And Tanks
Vessels and tanks fabricated off and on-site will be installed in
accordance with this Procedure.
b)
Each vessel installed shall be identified by the Construction Authority
to ensure the installation conforms to drawings and specifications.
Each installation shall be approved by acceptance of the certificate
form MV1. Final closure shall be witnessed and accepted by the
client/operations representative.
c)
Base line thickness checks, prior to insulation, where applicable,
shall be performed and recorded on the nominated NDT Contractor's
proformas.
4.1.5
a)
Mechanical Handling
Introduction
This section gives the recommended minimum requirements to show
that the Mechanical Handling Equipment is installed, and ready to be
handed over to Commissioning for Proof Load Testing.
Installation, test and inspection of lifting appliances shall comply with
the Statutory and mandatory requirements SI 1998 No 2307 Lifting
Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations (LOLER). Theses
regulations became law on the 5th of December 1998 and revoked
numerious regulations including SI 1976/1019; SI 1961/1581 and SI
1992/195.
Although LOLER covers all aspects of lifting operations and lifting
equipment, reference is made to two other Statutory Instruments,
upon which LOLER builds.
They are SI 1998/2306 Provision and
Use of Work Regulations 1998 (PUWER 98) and SI 1992/2051
Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations 1992
(MHSWR).
It is essential that reference benmade to these
regulations whem planning any lifting operations or procuring lifting
equipment.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 4
The range of LOLER is all encompassing and the following, by no
means a complete list of equipment and situations, will be covered by
the regulations;
•
Pedestal Cranes
•
•
Mobile Cranes
Overhead Gantry Cranes
•
•
Loose lifting gear – chains hoists, slings, shackles, pendants etc.
Wire line masts
•
•
Lifts for persons or goods
Abseiling equipment
•
•
Sling-sets attached to containers or pieces of equipment
Runway beams and padeyes to which lifting equipment is
anchored or fixed.
Emergency escape equipment found on offshore installations such
as lifeboats (including and davits, winches, ropes, etc) DONUT’s,
although covered by PFEER – SI 1995/743, Offshore Installations
(Prevention of Fire and Explosives and Emergency Response)
Regulations, would also be required to follow a maintenance and
examination programme under LOLER.
b)
General
Certain classes of lifting equipment will require the attendance of a
third party to review/witness the design and/or fabrication and/or
testing. The full range of lifting equipment requiring third party
involvement will be laid down by BP.
Certain classes of lifting equipment may require the completion of the
proof-load testing programme to be carried out on-site and these are
highlighted in the relevant procedures, e.g. Main Deck Cranes,
Lifeboat Davits.
All Mechanical Handling Equipment will be required to undergo the
inspections and tests as laid down here-in. The resulting certificates
are required as part of the System Test Dossier and are mandatory.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
c)
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 5
Mechanical Procedures
Mechanical Handling Procedures lay down the checks that are
required to ensure that the equipment is correctly installed and have
been subjected to a proof-load testing programme.
Installation completion checks will culminate in the raising of a
Mechanical Handling Installation Certificate - MH1.
The successful completion of the MH1 releases the subject
mechanical handling equipment for start of the proof load testing
programme.
Proof load testing shall be recorded on the mechanical Handling
Acceptance Certificate - MH2.
If load testing of an off-site installed lifting appliance [off-site module
fabrication yard] has been completed offsite then the testing will not
normally be repeated on-site [on-site final location, platform/refinery].
This does not apply to "man-riding" equipment.
Lifting Appliances shall be load tested prior to:
i) Access being restricted, e.g. by the installation of the platform
equipment (pumps, skids etc.) they are associated with;
ii) Painting or coating of themselves or the structure they are
attached to.
d)
Applicable to all Lifting Appliances
During the examination of Lifting Appliances, the following must be
recorded on the reverse side of the MH2. A Third Party Certificate
Examination of Lifting Appliances, recording the load testing of
appliances witnessed by the "Competent Person" are considered
acceptable.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 6
i) Parts not accessible for thorough examination.
ii) Parts that require opening up at the next examination.
iii) Particulars of defects and remedy, particulars of any defect found
in the lifting appliance of lifting gear which affects the safety of the
appliance, and the repairs (if any) required, either immediately or
within a specified time (which must be stated), to enable the lifting
appliance to continue to be used with safety.
iv) Safe Working Load subject to the repairs, renewals and alterations (if
any) specified in (c) above. In the case of a crane with a variable
operating radii, including a crane with a derricking jib, the safe working at
various radii of the jib, trolley or crab is to be stated.
The Mechanical Handling section contains the following procedures:Procedure No 4.6 - Cranes
Procedure No 4.7 - Hoists, Trolleys & Gantries
Procedure No 4.8 - Runway Beams & Pad Eyes
Procedure No 4.9 - Lifeboats & Davits
e)
Painting & Marking of Lifting Appliances
i) Runway Beams, lifting points (including associated supporting
steelwork) and other pertinent appliances shall be painted
BS4800 class 08E51 yellow.
ii) The Safe Working Load (SWL) and Tag/WIN numbers shall be
painted onto the appliances in black letters, minimum 100mm tall.
The lettering shall be legible from the ground and operating
position and routinely applied on both sides. For Beams of greater
lengths than 3 metres the SWL shall be applied at each end.
iii) The SWL and Tag/WIN numbers shall be stamped into the
appliance at the end adjacent to the operating position.
iv) For lifting points, the requirements described in i) & ii) above shall
apply to the associated supporting steelwork.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
f)
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 7
Lifeboats and Davits (if applicable)
i) Where lifeboats (TEMPSC) are installed offshore, an MH1
certificate shall be raised to show correct installation of the
lifeboat davits, and an MH2 for the load testing. Welding and NDE
shall be recorded on the appropriate forms and reports, refer to
Section 2
ii) An MH1 certificate will be raised to show correct installation of the
lifeboats and launch/retrieval system.
iii) The complete system must be tested to the satisfaction of the
HSE and in compliance with LOLER (SI 1998 No 2307)
4.1.6
a)
Use of Forms
MM1: Mechanical Installation Certificate:
To record that the installation of pumps, compressors and skid
mounted units has been carried out in accordance with Machinery
Procedure 4.1. The form shall be signed by the Construction and
Commissioning Authorities.
Any outstanding items shall be identified on the standard GOC
punchlist form PL1.
b)
MM2: Machinery Alignment Certificate:
To record that pumps, compressors and other mechanical equipment
have been aligned to interfacing equipment, such as motors,
couplings etc., in accordance with Machinery Procedure 4.2.
This shall be completed prior to MM1 above and signed by the
Construction and Commissioning Authorities.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
c)
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 8
MV1: Vessel/Tanks Caisson Installation/Inspection Certificate:
To record that all checks and tests have been carried out prior to
closing the vessel, caisson or tank as described in section 4.2.3 and
in accordance with Vessel Procedures No's 4.3, 4.4 and 4.5.
The form shall be signed by the Construction, Commissioning,
Platform and Vendor Authorities as applicable, to indicate
satisfactory completion of modification, testing and inspection.
The back up documentation shown in the flowchart contained in this
document should be checked for availability and completion.
Any outstanding work shall be punchlisted and recorded on the PL1
form.
c)
MH1: Mechanical Handling Installation Certificate:
Used as a checklist to record that the lifting appliance has been
installed correctly. This shall be signed by the Construction Authority
prior to proof load testing being carried out.
d)
MH2: Mechanical Handling Acceptance Certificate:
To record the proof load test and that the installation is mechanically
complete.
e)
MH2: Mechanical Handling Acceptance Certificate (Cont. Sht):
Record any defects, remedies, recommendations from examination
of lifting appliances on the reversed side of the MH2.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 9
MECHANICAL PROCEDURES
Machinery
Procedure No. 4.1
-
Pump/Compressor/Skid Mounted Unit Installation
Procedure No. 4.2
-
Machinery Alignment
Procedure No. 4.3
Procedure No. 4.4
-
General Requirements
Vessel & Tanks Fabricated (Off Site)
Procedure No. 4.5
-
Vessel & Tanks Modified (On Site)
Procedure No. 4.6
Procedure No. 4.7
Procedure No. 4.8
-
Cranes
Hoists, Trolleys and Gantries
Runway Beams and Pad Eyes
Procedure No. 4.9
-
Lifeboat Davits and Lifeboat
Vessels
Mechanical Handling
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 10
Procedure No. 4.1
1.1
1.1.1
Pumps and Compressors
General
The following points are to be checked on all pumps, compressors
and skid mounted units: -
a)
Check that the pump/compressor or skid unit is correct in all aspects
to the drawings and data sheets, and has been installed to the
manufacturer's recommendations.
b)
Check that the pump/compressor or skid unit is free from mechanical
damage and is internally clean.
c)
Check that the holding down bolts of the skid unit, pump/compressor
and driver to the base plate and the base plate to the floor are
correctly installed and tightened.
d)
Check that the unit is level, correctly shimmed and fixed to the door.
e)
Check dissimilar metals isolation is achieved.
f)
Check that all ancillary equipment is installed and operational.
g)
Check that all drains and vents - including bedplate drains are fitted
and clear.
h)
Check that all mechanical seals are clean and completed.
i)
Check that all pipework is complete and correctly aligned, e.g. seal
and lube oil systems are flushed correctly (pickled where necessary)
and filled with the correct oil.
j)
Check that all interface points are correct to the vendors drawing(s).
k)
Check that all ladders and walkways are complete.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
l)
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 11
Check that all the painting, heat tracing and insulation is completed
and the appropriate certificates are approved.
m)
Check that all bearings have correct lubrication.
n)
Check that all gearboxes and fluid couplings, where fitted, are filled
with the correct lubrication.
o)
Check that all instrumentation, including PSV's, are correctly fitted,
visible, accessible for maintenance purposes and tested.
p)
Check that all suction and discharge pipework is completed, correctly
aligned and fitted with correct gaskets installed.
q)
Check that all temporary and permanent strainers are fitted and
easily identified.
r)
Check that all rotating equipment is free to turn by hand.
s)
Check that the driver is in the correct direction of rotation.
t)
Check that the drive couplings, belts and guards are correctly fitted.
u)
Check that the machinery Alignment and Certificate MM2 is
completed.
v)
Check that the mechanical Punchlist is raised, (form PL1).
Refer to the requirements of RP32-2 Inspection & PreCommissioning of New Plant, RP34-1 Rotating Equipment and API
RP 686 Machinery Installation.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 12
1.1.1
Certification
a)
Mechanical Installation Certificate MM1 and/or the Machinery
Alignment Certificate MM2 will be completed as appropriate by the
Construction Authority Mechanical Engineer when the above checks
have been carried out.
Note:- Paint, insulation and trace heating have not been included in
this procedure as they will be covered by certification raised by other
disciplines, i.e. (Architectural Services Section 7.0, and Electrical
Section 9.0).
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 13
Procedure No. 4.2
2.1
Machinery
2.1.1
Machinery Alignment
a)
The following Procedures are to be performed in conjunction with the
Machinery Alignment Certificate Form MM2.
b)
Abbreviations:- DTI
= Dial Test Indicator
DBSE = Distance Between Shaft Ends
TDC
c)
= Top Dead Centre
All machinery will have the alignment checked by one of the following
methods described below.
Tolerances are to be within the
manufacturers standard requirements.
d)
Always rotate the shafts in the direction of rotation, and view the
readings from the Driver to the Driven equipment.
e)
Enter the type of Alignment Procedure to be used on Form MM2 i.e.
Reverse/Optical/Face & Rim. If Face & Rim is to be used, delete the
titles Driver hub and Driven hub and insert the titles Face and Rim.
f)
Enter the target alignment that is to be achieved in the Required
Alignment section.
g)
Always rotate the equipment by hand a couple of rotations, just prior
to taking alignment readings.
h)
Prior to any of the following methods of alignment being undertaken,
the concentricity checks must be carried out.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 14
2.1.2
Concentricity Checks, Coupling Hub Run-Out
a)
Mount 2 Nos. DTI off the shaft of the Driven machine, and place the
pointers in their mid positions, one on the rim and one on the face of
the Driver hub, and zero the clocks.
Note: When taking the face readings ensure the end float in the
shafts does not give inaccurate readings, i.e. push end float all one
way.
b)
Rotate the Driver hub in the direction of rotation at least twice, at 90
degree intervals take the actual rim and face run-out, and enter
readings on the Form MM2.
c)
Repeat above for the Driven hub.
2.1.3
Face and Rim Alignment
a)
Rim - Mount a DTI support bar on the Driver hub, place the pointer in
its mid position of the Driven hub, and zero the clock at TDC (0
degrees).
b)
Turn both shafts together in the direction of rotation, at least twice,
and enter readings taken at 90 degree intervals on the Form MM2.
c)
Face - Mount a DTI between the faces of the Driver and Driven
coupling hubs, ensuring that the shafts end float does not have any
inaccuracies, i.e. push end float all one way.
d)
Set the DTI pointer in the mid range and zero the clock.
e)
Turn both shafts together in the direction of rotation, at least twice
and enter readings taken at 90 degree intervals on the Form MM2.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 15
2.1.4
Reverse Alignment
a)
Using offset DTI supports, mount the support for the DTI on the
Driver hub and DTI on the Driven hub rim. Vice versa for Driven hub
to Driver hub.
b)
Set the DTIs in mid range, and zero the clocks when both clocks are
at TDC (0 degrees).
c)
Turn both shafts together in the direction of rotation, take reading
simultaneously off both DTI's at 90 degree intervals, and enter them
on the Form MM2.
2.1.5
Optical Alignment
a)
Complete the alignment using the Optical Manufacturers Alignment
Procedure.
b)
Enter all readings on to the Optical Manufacturers Alignment sheet
and attach it to the Form MM2.
2.1.6
Distance Between Shaft Ends
a)
Using an internal micrometer or vernier calliper, check the required
DBSE between the Driver and Driven hubs, and enter on the Form
MM2, taking into consideration any end float in the Driver or Driven
equipment.
2.1.7
Soft Footings
a)
Both Driven Unit and Driver should be checked for "soft footing".
Slacken off one holding down bolt at a time and try to slide a 1 thou.
feeler gauge all round the foot. If the feeler gauge slides into the foot
corrective action must be taken.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SECTION 4.0
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
REVISION: 3
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 16
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
Procedure No. 4.3
3.1
Vessels General Requirements
3.1.1.
General
The following points are to be checked on vessels and tanks, both fabricated
offsite or modified onsite, and are in addition to any other specific procedure.
a)
All inspections will be in accordance with BP RP32-2; GS 146-1
together with applicable Contract Specifications.
b)
All vessel platforms, ladders and access arrangements will be
inspected by the Construction Authority Mechanical Engineer to
ensure compliance with design drawings, specifications, standards
and safety aspects.
c)
The
Construction,
Commissioning
and
Platform
Inspection
Authorities, where applicable, will conduct an internal inspection of
the vessel, to confirm cleanliness, damage free condition, and
completion of internals installation to specification, including but not
confined to the following:
i)
ii)
iii)
Demisting Pads
Trays
Coils
iv)
v)
vi)
Baffles
Vortex Breaker
Lining
vii)
viii)
Packing
Internal nuts suitably locked.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 17
d)
Internal coating to be checked by a Paint Inspector.
e)
Check all insulation is correct and complete.
f)
Check all instrumentation is visible and accessible.
g)
Check earth boss and bonding correct to specification.
h)
Check all piping connections, and manways are bolted up correctly
and that the correct specification gaskets have been installed.
i)
Check that the holding down bolts are correctly tightened.
j)
Check that fixing and details of Vessel Identification Plate are correct.
k)
Prior to final closure of the vessel/tank it shall be inspected internally
by the Construction and Commissioning Authorities (and Platform
Inspection Authority if required), discipline punch listing carried out as
applicable, and the relevant PL1 forms raised.
3.1.2
Pressure Safety Valves
3.1.2.1 General
a)
At site, safety valves will be checked for freedom from damage and
deterioration and the lifting pressure shall be tested on a suitable
pressure rig.
The testing authority will be subject to BP approval.
All test methods must be agreed with BP before being put into
operation.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 18
The following standard is applicable to this procedure:
•
API 510 - Requirements for Inspection & Repair of Pressure
Relieving Devices
•
•
API RP 576 - Inspection of Pressure Relieving Devices
API RP 527 - Seat Tightness of Pressure Relief Valves
•
ANSI B147.1 - Commercial Seat Tightness of Safety Relief
Valves with Metal to Metal Seats (formerly API Standard 527).
It is important that Pressure Safety Valves are stored in a secure
warehouse with the valves standing vertically. When received, the
valve blanking plates should be checked for damage, which could
have allowed the passage of foreign material into the inlet nozzle and
the body cavity.
If Pressure Safety Valves are shipped without test-gags in place,
then it will be necessary to strip down every valve to ensure that
there has been no damage on seats or discs during transit and to
remove any loose material.
A Relief Valve shall be put into service within 60 days of being tested,
calibrated and re-set. (RP 32-2 section 7.4.2)
3.1.2.2 Test Procedure
a)
Pressure safety valves shall be tested immediately prior to
installation. If installation is deferred, the protective flange covers
shall be refitted and the valve stored in a vertical position. When
required for service, the valve must be re-tested.
All tests on pressure safety valves shall be the responsibility of the
Construction Authority, and shall be recorded on certificate MV1 (side
2). Tests shall be witnessed by the Commissioning or Inspection
Authority, who shall countersign the MV1 (side 2) to indicate
witnessing.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 19
The safety valves tests are in two stages:
b)
i)
Popping and reseating.
ii)
Seat leakage test.
Popping and Reseating
Before popping the safety valve, the outlet flange shall be removed.
The inlet nozzle should be wiped clean prior to testing.
The safety valve 'cold set pressure' shall be ascertained and entered
on the test record sheet. This pressure should be found on the valve
data plate or on the valve data sheet.
The test pressure shall be increased slowly until the safety valve is
observed to pop and the pressure (as indicated by the 'maximum'
pointer on the test gauge) shall be noted on the test record sheet. If
the difference between the measured popping pressure and the cold
set pressure is outside acceptable tolerances, the valve setting shall
be adjusted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
The test pressure shall then be lowered and the reseating pressure
noted and checked that it agrees with the safety valve specification.
c)
Seat Leakage Test
Unless otherwise specified, the seat leakage rate shall be tested in
accordance with ANSI B147.1. This test procedure is summarised as
follows:
The outlet flange shall be refitted complete with safety plug and the
open end of the bleed pipe shall be immersed in water to a depth of
13 mm below the surface. The leakage rate in bubbles per minute
will then be checked in accordance with ANSI B147.1.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 20
Should the leakage rate exceed the permitted tolerance, the popping
and leakage tests shall be repeated to ensure that foreign particles
are not preventing complete closure.
Dismantling the valve and lapping the disc and seat in accordance
with the manufacturer’s instructions shall correct failure of the
leakage test.
After testing, the valve shall be identified by a suitable colour sticker.
The bonnet cap shall be firmly secured and locked using a metal link
and lead seal.
Note: During testing to API 527 using the cap method, it is possible
for air leakage to occur around the top bonnet flange; the
outlet flange made off for the test; and the cap. These should
be soap tested during the test to prove that there is no
leakage.
Alternatively, a flooded seat test should be
nominated for valve discharge flanges greater than 2 inches
and, after such test, the body cavity shall be thoroughly dried
with instrument air.
d)
Pilot Operated Safety Relief Valves
A variety of Pressure Safety Valves operate with pilots and in every
case pressure in the system activates a mechanism that is
independent of the basic Relief Valve, which opens the valve to full
capacity.
Inspection, testing, maintenance and setting of the Pilot-Operated
Relief Valves may be divided into two separate phases; the pilot
mechanism phase and the basic relief valve phase. With test
connections, the set pressure of some types of valve may be
accurately tested while the valve is in service. (If there is no isolation
block valve under the relief valve, it may be inspected and repaired
only while the vessel is out of service.)
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 21
Because of the many varied types of Pilot-Operated Relief Valves
available, the valve manufacturers recommendations for inspection
and repair should be consulted and followed, along with API RP 576
Inspection of Pressure Relieving Devices.
3.1.3
Certification
a)
Form MV1 shall be completed by the Construction, Commissioning
and Platforms Authorities to record that the vessel checks have been
carried out satisfactorily, to the requirements of the following Vessel
Procedures:
Procedure No. 4.3 - General Requirements
Procedure No. 4.4 - Vessels and Tanks Fabricated (Off Site)
Procedure No. 4.5 - Vessels and Tanks Modified (On Site)
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 22
Procedure No. 4.4
4.1
Vessels and Tanks Fabricated (Off Site)
4.1.1.
General
This section covers the inspection procedures to be carried out on pressure
vessels and atmospheric tanks fabricated and tested in Vendors Works and
should be carried out in conjunction with Vessel Procedure No. 4.3 - General
Requirements.
The following points are to be checked:
a)
Ensure the vessel is correct in all respects to the Vendor drawings
and data sheet.
b)
Prior to vessel placement, the foundation/steelwork construction is to
be checked for compliance with design drawings, specifications and
for completion.
c)
The vessel is to be initially inspected for transit damage, and after
placement for installation damage.
d)
Check PSV's have been installed correctly and are still in certification.
e)
Check "Expansion end bolting to be loose".
f)
If it is intended to include the vessel within a piping pressure test
pack, the Construction Authority Mechanical Engineer shall verify the
existence on site of the dedicated vessel test certificate, and sight the
Inspection Release Note.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
g)
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 23
The piping system test pressure shall be compared with the vessel
pressure, and the Construction Authority Mechanical Engineer will
ensure that the pressure ranges are compatible, before authorising
the inclusion of the vessel in the piping system test.
4.1.2
Certification
a)
Form MV1 shall be completed by the Construction, Commissioning
and Platform Authorities, to record that the vessel checks and
documentation are complete, and that the requirements of Vessel
Procedure No. 4.3 - General Requirements, and Vessel Procedure
No. 4.4 - Vessels and Tanks Fabricated (Offsite), have been carried
out satisfactorily.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 24
Procedure No. 4.5
5.1
Vessels and Tanks Modified (On Site)
5.1.1
General
This section covers the inspection procedures to be carried out during the
onsite modification of vessels and tanks, in addition to the inspection activities
outlined in BP RP 32-1, design specifications and drawings, and should be
carried out in conjunction with Vessel Procedure No. 4.3 - General
Requirements.
a)
All materials employed for the fabrication are to have passed
inspection on receipt at stores operated by BP or their Delegated
Authority.
b)
Before authorising release of the vessel/tank for pressure testing, the
Construction Authority Mechanical Engineer must be satisfied that
the following inspection functions have been satisfactorily executed.
i)
All NDE requirements and welding must have been completed to
the satisfaction of the Construction Authorities Welding Inspector
and all welded attachments completed.
ii)
All temporary dog clips and plate alignment brackets shall have
been removed, and weld deposits ground off, to the satisfaction of
the Construction Authorities Welding Inspector, prior to stress
relieving if required.
iii)
Stress relieving, if a requirement, must be completed prior to
pressure testing, and dedicated documentation certifying this
activity completion made available.
iv)
Internal vessel inspection conducted to ensure completion of all
works and applicable certification completed made available.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
v)
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 25
The vessel is correct in all respects to the fabrication drawings and
data sheets, and that all necessary fabrication records are available
and correct.
c)
When the Construction Authorities Mechanical Engineer is satisfied
that all construction activities in the modification of the vessel have
been completed, a vessel release authorisation is to be issued for
commencement of the pressure test to an agreed procedure.
d)
The vessel will be released by the Construction mechanical Engineer
for any internal lining/painting and external insulation/painting work.
Inspections will be executed by the Construction Authorities
Mechanical Engineer/Inspector during and after completion of these
works.
e)
Vessel/Tank/equipment shall be re-certified and stamped by the
Certifying Authority prior to being returned service, if so designated.
5.1.2
Certification
a)
Form MV1 shall be completed by the Construction, Commissioning
and Platform Inspection Authorities, to record that the vessel checks,
fabrication documentation and testing records are complete, and the
requirements of Vessel Procedure No. 4.3 - General Requirements,
and Vessel Procedure No. 4.5 - Vessels and Tanks Modified (On
Site), have been carried out satisfactorily.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 26
Procedure No. 4.6
6.1
Cranes
6.1.1
General
This procedure lays down the checks that are required to ensure that the
subject Crane is correctly installed and has been subjected to a full proof load and function testing.
Installation, Test and Inspection of all lifting appliances shall comply with the
Statutory and mandatory requirements of SI 1998 No 2307 Lifting Operations
and Lifting Equipment Regulations (LOLER).
Cranes will be erected and tested in accordance with the Vendor’s approved
procedures and under the supervision of their representative. On-site welding
or any modification to the Crane is subject to authorisation by the Vendor’s
Design Authority and BP Site Engineer or delegated authority.
The following are to be checked on all Cranes and are in addition to the
applicable text in the in Procedure 4.1.5 Mechanical Handling.
a)
All mountings (Turret/Slewing Ring etc.) are to be checked against
Vendor Drawings for correct installation, and all major fixing bolts
checked for correct grade and torque setting.
b)
The settings and function of all safety devices are to be checked and
proved.
c)
All rope systems are to be checked to ensure that they are reeved in
accordance with the Vendors instructions, that the rope remains
captive within the sheave and drum and does not foul the crane
during operation.
d)
All lubricants and coolants shall be checked for correct grade and
quantity.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SECTION 4.0
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
REVISION: 3
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
e)
PAGE: 27
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
Check that the Vendor has provided certification that will cover but
not be limited to the following:
i)
Crane as a whole Including Statutory requirements.
ii)
Hooks.
iii)
Snatch Blocks.
iv)
Ropes, hoist and boom hoist.
v)
Special tackle, lifting, beams etc. for crane maintenance.
vi)
Pressure vessels (air receiver for diesel air start).
vii) All electrical/instrument
certificates.
items
including
hazardous
area
viii) Structural steel and NDE reports.
ix)
Slewing ring and fastenings.
x)
All loose equipment for handling the crane (spreader beams,
slings etc.).
f)
Pedestal Cranes are to be load tested to Statutory requirements
using certified test weights and/or calibrated load cell in the presence
of the Certifying Authority Site Surveyor.
g)
If load testing of a crane has only been partially achieved off-site, the
testing will be completed when the crane is installed in its permanent
location on-site.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
h)
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 28
Non Pedestal Cranes are to be proof load tested to Statutory
requirements with certified test weights and/or calibrated load cell, in
the presence of a third party inspector as assigned by BP.
i)
All fabrication certification and load test certification of any supporting
structure is available in addition to the crane load test.
j)
On completion of the tests a thorough examination of the crane will
be undertaken by the Surveyor to ensure no damage or permanent
strain has occurred.
Some spot checking by NDT may be required
at the discretion of the Surveyor.
6.1.2
Certification
a)
Form MH1 - Mechanical Handling Installation Certificate, is to be
used to record the satisfactory completion of the checks which are to
be carried out, and requires endorsement to confirm that the
required Vendor certification is correct and available on-site, that
the requirements of this procedure have been carried out, and that
the crane has been installed in accordance with the specified design
requirements.
The successful completion of the MH1 releases the crane for start of
the proof load-testing programme.
b)
Form MH2 - Mechanical Handling Acceptance Certificate is to be
used to record the proof load testing certificates and any other
relevant certificates and/or restrictions.
The MH2 requires
endorsement to confirm the completion and witness of the proof
load testing and will have attached the third party reports and test
certificates.
c)
The Crane can be commissioned in advance using temporary
supplies and be used as an installation aid during construction and
commissioning of the facility.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 29
Procedure No. 4.7
7.1
Hoists, Trolleys & Gantries
7.1.1.
General
This procedure lays down the checks that are required to ensure that the
Hoists, Trolleys & Gantries are to specification, correctly installed and have
been subjected to a full proof-load testing programme.
Installation, inspection and testing of all lifting equipment will comply with the
requirements of SI 1998 No 2307 Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment
Regulations (LOLER).
The following are to be checked on all Hoists, Trolleys & Gantries and are in
addition to the applicable text in the in Procedure 4.1.5 Mechanical Handling
a)
All lifting equipment has been installed in accordance with the
Vendors approved procedures and drawings.
b)
Mounting Beams, Rails and Guides must be inspected to ensure
that the installation complies with the specified geometrical
tolerances.
c)
The lifting devices themselves must be checked against Vendor
and/or design drawings for correct assembly and installation.
d)
All rope systems are to be checked to ensure they are reeved in
accordance with the Vendors instructions and that the rope remains
captive within the sheave and drum and does not foul the lifting
elements during operation.
e)
Safety catches on hooks must be checked for correct function.
f)
Check that the lifting equipment Vendor, and Third Party Inspection
Authority have provided the necessary Load Test certification for the
equipment.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
g)
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 30
Trolleys and Gantries must be travelled over all working conditions to
ensure there are no clashes with other equipment.
h)
When the equipment has been partially dismantled to aid installation,
those bolts removed must be replaced and torque correctly. If the
bolts were load bearing then the equipment must be tested as
described in Mechanical Handling Procedure No. 4.8
7.1.2
Certification
a)
Form MH1 - Mechanical Handling Installation Certificate, is to be
used to record the satisfactory completion of the checks which are to
be carried out, and requires endorsement to confirm that the
required certification is correct and available on site, that the
requirements of the relevant procedure have been carried out, and
that the lifting equipment has been installed in accordance with the
specified design requirements.
The successful completion of the Mechanical Handling Installation
Certificate Form MH1 releases the installation for the start of the
proof-load testing programme.
b)
Form MH2 - Mechanical Handling Acceptance Certificate, is to be
used to record the proof-load testing certificates and any other
relevant certificates and/or restrictions.
The MH2 requires
endorsement to confirm the completion and witness of the proof-load
testing, and will have attached the Third Party Reports if the
installation has been subjected to Third Party Inspection.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 31
Procedure No. 4.8
8.1
Runway Beams and Pad Eyes
8.1.1 General
This procedure lays down the checks that are required to ensure that the
Runway Beams and Pad Eyes are to specification, correctly installed and
have been subjected to a full proof-load testing programme.
Installation, inspection and testing of all lifting equipment will comply with the
requirements of SI 1998 No 2307 Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment
Regulations (LOLER).
The following are to be checked on all Beams and Pad Eyes and are in
addition to the applicable text in the Mechanical Handling section 4.1.5
The following are to be checked on all Runway Beams and Pad Eyes and are
in addition to the applicable text in the Mechanical Handling section 4.2.3.
a)
All lifting equipment has been installed in accordance with approved
procedures and drawings.
b)
The Runway Beams and Pad Eyes must be checked against design
drawings for correct assembly and installation.
c)
All bolts are to be checked to ensure the correct grade and torque
setting.
d)
All site fabricated Runway Beams, main attachment points, Pad
Eyes and other lifting appliances shall be considered primary
structure with respect to material traceability, welding and NDE.
e)
Where a dedicated trolley is specified for a Runway Beam it is
preferred to test using the trolley. Hoists should be trial erected on
trolleys and Pad Eyes.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
f)
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 32
Lifting equipment is to be proof-load tested to Statutory requirements,
with certified test weights or calibrated load cell, in the presence of
Third Party Inspector as assigned by BP.
g)
Runway Beams should have the SWL traversed along the beam,
deflections should be checked at the greatest span of the beam.
The deflection should not exceed 1/500th of the span, for cantilever
sections 1/250th at the SWL. An overload of 1.25 x SWL should be
applied at the point of maximum deflection. Measure and record this
deflection, remove all load and ensure the deflection returns to zero.
Pad eye design and test loads will be specified by the design
contractor.
h)
All items must be stamped with TAG or WIN No. and SWL to show
dedication to a particular Mechanical Handling Installation.
i)
Runway Beams without dedicated trolleys will be proof-load tested
using a "test” trolley. This must be clearly stated on the Mechanical
Handling Acceptance Certificate Form MH2
j)
The Safe Working Load, TAG No and WIN No, and any limiting
conditions, shall be clearly painted on the Runway Beam or adjacent
to Pad Eye so as to be clearly visible to the operator.
k)
On completion of each proof-load test, the Surveyor, to ensure no
damage, shall undertake a thorough examination of the tested lifting
equipment or permanent strain has occurred. Checking by NDT will
be required.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 33
8.1.2
Certification
a)
Form MH1 - Mechanical Handling Installation Certificate, is to be
used to record the satisfactory completion of the checks which are to
be carried out, and requires endorsement to confirm that the
required certification is correct and available on site, that the
requirements of the relevant procedure have been carried out, and
that the lifting equipment has been installed in accordance with the
specified design requirements.
The successful completion of the Mechanical Handling Installation
Certificate Form MH1 releases the installation for the start of the
proof-load testing programme.
b)
Form MH2 - Mechanical Handling Acceptance Certificate, is to be
used to record the proof-load testing certificates and any other
relevant certificates and/or restrictions.
The MH2 requires
endorsement to confirm the completion and witness of the proof-load
testing, and will have attached the Third Party Reports if the
installation has been subjected to Third Party Inspection.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 34
Procedure No. 4.9
9.1
Lifeboat Davits and Lifeboat
9.1.1 General
Emergency escape equipment found on offshore installations such as
lifeboats (including and davits, winches, ropes, etc), although covered by
PFEER – SI 1995/743, Offshore Installations (Prevention of Fire and
Explosives and Emergency Response) Regulations, would also be required to
follow a maintenance and examination programme under LOLER.
This procedure lays down the checks that are required to ensure that the
davits and Lifeboats for Offshore use are to specification, correctly installed
and have been subjected to a full proof-load testing programme.
The Lifeboat and Davits will be installed off-site and tested in accordance with
the Vendors approved procedures, under the supervision of their
representative and the Third Party Inspection Authority. Additional on-site
welding or any modification to the Davits is subject to authorisation of the
Vendors design office and the BP Site Engineers approval.
The following points are to be checked on all Lifeboat installations and are in
addition to the applicable text in the in Procedure 4.1.5 Mechanical Handling.
a)
The Davits and Lifeboat are correct in all respects to the Vendors
drawings.
b)
The Davits and Lifeboat are free from damage.
c)
The Davits and Lifeboat have been installed as required by Vendors
design drawings and procedures.
d)
The settings and function of all safety devices are to be checked and
proved.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
e)
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 35
Check that the Vendor has provided certification that will cover but
not be limited to the following:
i) Davits and Lifeboat as a whole including Statutory requirements.
ii) Ropes, shackles, pulleys and hoist.
iii) All electrical and instrumentation cables and equipment.
iv) Structural steel and NDE reports.
v) All life support equipment.
f)
The Lifeboat and Davits as a single unit will be proof-load tested offsite and shall be witnessed by a Surveyor from the Department of
Transport Maritime Division, pursuant to the statutory examination
requirements.
g)
Further testing and drops to sea-level will be carried out on-site in line
with (f) above.
h)
On completion of each part of the proof-load testing programme a
thorough examination of the Davits, Lifeboats and support structure
will be carried out to ensure no damage or permanent strain has
occurred. Checking by NDT will be required.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
9.1.2
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 36
Certification
Form MH1 -
Mechanical Handling Installation Certificate is to be
used to record the satisfactory completion of the checks which are to
be carried out, and requires endorsement to confirm that the required
Vendor Certification is correct and available on site, that the
requirements of the procedure have been carried out, and the Davits
and Lifeboat have been installed in accordance with the specified
design requirements.
The successful completion of the Mechanical Handling Installation
Certificate Form MH1 releases the Davits/Lifeboat installation for the
start of the proof-load testing programme.
If the Davits have been part proof-load tested prior to the installation
of the Lifeboat, then a second MH1 will be raised for checking and
approving this subsequent installation.
Form MH2 - Mechanical Handling Acceptance Certificate is to be
used to record the proof-load testing certificates and any other
relevant certificates. The MH2 requires endorsement to confirm the
completion and witness of the proof-load testing.
If the Davits have been part proof-load tested prior to installation of
the Lifeboat then the MH2 must be clearly marked to reflect this.
Standard Proformas
Form No
MH1
MH2
Proforma Description
Mechanical Handling Installation Certificate
Mechanical Handling Acceptance Certificate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SECTION 4.0
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
REVISION: 3
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
FLOWCHART 1
•
•
PAGE: 37
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
1
Functional Certification
Discipline: Mechanical
MM1
MM1
MC1
MM2
SL1
SH1
MC1
MM2
SL1
SH1
: Machinery Installation Certificate.
: Mechanical Completion Certificate.
: Pre-Operations Alignment Certificate .
: System Leak or Service Test / Witness Joint Certificate.
: System Handover Certificate.
Note! Where Welding is carried out an MW1 - Welding Completion Summary
is required - Refer to GOC Section 2
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SECTION 4.0
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
REVISION: 3
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
PAGE: 38
FLOWCHART 2
•
•
Functional Certification Flowchart.
Discipline: Mechanical (Vessels)
MV1
MC1
SL1
SH1
MV1 : Pre-Operations Inspection.
MC1 : Mechanical Completion Certificate.
SL1 : System Leak or Service Test / Witness Joint Certificate.
SH1 : System Handover Certificate.
Note! Where Welding is carried out an MW1 - Welding Completion Summary
is required - Refer to GOC Section 2
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 39
FLOWCHART 3
•
•
Functional Certification Flowchart.
Discipline: Mechanical (Handling Equipment)
MH1
MH2
MC1
SH1
MH1 : Mechanical Handling Installation Certificate.
MH2 : Mechanical Handling Load Test Certificate.
MC1 : Mechanical Completion Certificate.
SH1 : System Handover Certificate.
Note! Where Welding is carried out an MW1 - Welding Completion Summary
is required - Refer to GOC Section 2
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 4.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 40
EXHIBIT 1
STANDARD FORMS
Form No.
Form Title
MM1
MM2
Mechanical Installation Certificate
Machinery Alignment Certificate
MV1
Vessel/Tank/Caisson Installation/Inspection Certificate
MH1
Mechanical Handling Installation Certificate
MH2
Mechanical Handling Acceptance Certificate
Note:
Final acceptance of each report as complete and correct shall
be authorisation by the Construction and Commissioning
Group, and other approved authorities.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
D.I.S. 02
SHEET
LOCATION :- __________________
DATA INPUT SHEET 02
PROJECT :- ____________________
J.P
NO.
HANDOVER ID
EQUIP No
WIN No
SWL
RAISED BY:- ______________________________________
NOTE:- JP No FOR INSTALLATION / TESTING EQUIPMENT
LOAD
TEST
WORKSCOPE ID :- ______________________
SECTION 4 MECHANICAL
P&ID No
DRG No
DATE :- ___________________________
GOC ©
AS-BUILT
REQ'D
(LAD)
OF
MAINTENANCE ID No :- ______________________
MW1
MECHANICAL CERTIFICATES REQUIRED
MM1
MM2
MV1
MH1
MH2
SL1
DATA ENTERED BY :- _________________________
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
AS2
COMMENTS
DATE :- ___________
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM MM1
SITE:
MECHANICAL INSTALLATION CERTIFICATE
PACKAGE NO.
SYSTEM
EQUIPMENT NO.
LOCATION
SHT
OF
* PROCEDURE 4.1 Complete : Unit Installation
SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
* PROCEDURE 4.2 Complete : Machinery Alignment
SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
P&ID NO.
REMARKS
PUNCH LIST NO.
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM MM2
SITE:
MACHINERY ALIGNMENT CERTIFICATE
SHT
PACKAGE NO.
LOCATION
P&ID No
GA No
PROCEDURE 4.1 Complete : Unit Installation
SIGNATURE
EQUIP No
DATE
OF
/
/20
DESCRIPTION
WIN No
SERIAL No
MANUFACTURER
DESCRIPTION
WIN No
SERIAL No
MANUFACTURER
ALIGNMENT TO
EQUIP No
REQUIRED ALIGNMENT
0°
DRIVER HUB
DRIVEN HUB
D.B.S.E.
COUPLING HUB
RUN OUT
90°
DRIVER
180°
RIM
FACE
ACTUAL ALGINMENT WITH PIPEWORK FREE
0°
DRIVER HUB
DRIVEN HUB
D.B.S.E.
DRIVEN
90°
ACTUAL ALGINMENT WITH PIPEWORK CONNECTED
0°
90°
DRIVER HUB
DRIVEN HUB
D.B.S.E.
0O
90O
270 O
180 O
RIM
FACE
180°
270°
180°
270°
READINGS VIEWED DRIVER TO DRIVEN
0O
90O
270 O
270°
DRIVER
DRIVEN
D.B.S.E.
180 O
COMMENTS
Reverse Alignment attach Graph
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM MV1
SITE:
VESSEL/TANK/CAISSON INSTALLATION/PSV
INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
SHT
OF
(SIDE 1)
EQUIP TAG No
WIN No
LOCATION
PSV TAG No.
SERIAL No
DESCRIPTION
PACKAGE No
OPERATING PRESSURE
BAR.G
P&ID No
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
DEG.C
DRAWING No
MANUFACTURERS TEST CERT No
TEST PRESSURE
TEST MEDIUM
TEST DURATION
TEST DATE
(see over)
THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE COMPLETED BY THE VENDOR, CONSTRUCTION, COMMISSIONING AND
PLATFORM AUTHORITIES TO RECORD THAT THE VESSEL CHECKS, FABRICATION DOCUMENTATION
AND TESTING RECORDS ARE COMPLETE, AND THAT THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING
PROCEDURES HAVE BEEN CARRIED OUT SATISFACTORILY WHERE APPLICABLE.
YES
NO
N/A
1. VESSEL PROCEDURE 4.3 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
2. VESSEL PROCEDURE 4.4 - VESSELS & TANKS FABRICATED (OFF SITE)
3. VESSEL PROCEDURE 4.5 - VESSELS & TANKS MODIFIED
(ON SITE)
COMMENTS
NOTES
WHERE THESE TANKS FORM PART OF MODULE STRUCTURES, THIS INSPECTION MAY DUPLICATE
PARTS OF THE MAIN MODULE ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURES.
INSPECTION TO BE CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH RELEVANT SECTIONS OF BP ENGINEERING
PRACTICE SECTION 20, TOGETHER WITH APPLICABLE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS.
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
FORM MV1
PSV INSPECTION
(SIDE 2)
PSV TAG No.
WIN No.
P&ID No.
REPORT No.
LOCATION
SYSTEM
EQUIPMENT LINE
SERVICE DUTY
TYPE INSPECTION
INSPECTED BY
DATE LAST INSPECTION
DATE OF INSPECTION
NAMEPLATE DETAILS
MAKE
INLET SIZE
MODEL
OUTLET SIZE
COLD SET PRESS
ORIFICE
COLD DIFF. SET PRESS
SPRING RANGE
BACK PRESS
SERIAL NO.
INSPECTION
SPRING DETAILS
BELLOWS FITTED
LENGTH
TRIM MATERIAL
DIAMETER
VALVE OVERHAULED
NO. OF COILS
BONNET CONDITION
MATERIAL
BODY CONDITION
MAT. DIAMETER
SPRING CONDITION
COLOUR CODE/NO.
TEST DETAILS
PRE POP PRESSURE
TEST MEDIUM
ACTUAL SET PRESSURE
ADJUSTING BOLT MEASUREMENT
BELLOW/BODY TEST
BLOW DOWN RING SET
mm
NOTCHES DOWN
REMARKS/RECOMMENDATIONS
INSPECTION PERIOD
LIMITATIONS
DATE OF NEXT INSPECTION
MAJOR INSPECTION:
SPECIAL INSPECTION:
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM MH1
SITE:
MECHANICAL HANDLING INSTALLATION CERTIFICATE
EQUIPMENT No.
LOCATION
WIN No.
DRAWING No
SERIAL No.
DESCRIPTION
G.A. No
PUNCH LIST No
ITEM/DESCRIPTION OF CHECK
SHT
OF
SIGNATURE
DATE
-------------------------------
--------------
-------------------------------
--------------
-------------------------------
--------------
1. TRANSIT DAMAGE CORRECT
2. FIXED EQUIPMENT INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED DRG's AND SPEC.
3. TRAVEL & OPERATION OF EQUIP. UNRESTRICTED & IN ACCORDANCE WITH DESIGN
SPEC.
4. ASSOCIATED ALIGNMENT CHECKS COMPLETE ON:
(a)
RUNWAY BEAMS
(b)
GANTRIES
(c)
BEAM TRANSFER AND LATCH MECHANISMS
(d)
ASSOC. MECH. EQUIP. i.e. WINCHES, HOISTING MECHANISMS
(e)
OTHER:
5. ASSOCIATED LIFTING APPLICANCES CORRECTLY INSTALLED, TAGGED AND CERTIFIED:
(a)
BEAM TROLLIES
(b)
COMBINED TROLLEY HOISTS
(c)
CHAIN HOISTS
(d)
OTHERS:
6. ASSOCIATED DESIGNATED LIFTING TACKLE CORRECTLY INSTALLED, TAGGED &
CERTIFIED:
(a)
WIRE ROPES
(b)
SHEAVE BLOCKS
(c)
SHACKLES
(d)
BEAM CLAMPS
(e)
SLINGS
(f)
EYEBOLTS
(g)
OTHERS:
7. CHECK S.W.L.S. IF ALL EQUIP, WITHIN AN INSTALLED LIFTING SYSTEM ARE COMPATIBLE
8. PERSONNEL PROTECTION AND SAFETY DEVICES CORRECTLY INSTALLED
9. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION AND S.W.L. CLEARLY MARKED
10. CHECK THAT ALL MATERIAL AND FABRICATION REQUIREMENTS AS PER SPECIFICATION
AND APPROVED DRAWING HAVE BEEN MET AND ALL CERTIFICATION IS RECORDED.
(APPLICABLE TO INSTALLATION OF FIXED EQUIPMENT)
11. ALL EQUIPMENT CORRECTLY INSTALLED AND AVAILABLE FOR PROOF LOAD TEST
COMMENTS
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM MH2
(SIDE 1)
SITE:
MECHANICAL HANDLING ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE
SHT
ITEM
LOCATION
EQUIPMENT No
S.W.L.
WIN No
PROOF LOAD
SERIAL No
PROOF LOAD CERTIFICATE No
CERTIFYING AUTHORITY
DRAWING No
MAKER & DATE OF MAKE
DATE FIRST PUT INTO USE
OF
DATE OF LAST RECORD EXAMINATION (IF SEEN). NAME
OF PERSON WHO CONDUCTED LAST EXAMINATION AND
OF HIS EMPLOYER.
PARTS NOT ACCESSIBLE FOR THOROUGH EXAMINATION
PARTS THAT REQUIRE OPENING UP AT THE NEXT
EXAMINATION
PARTICULARS OF DEFECTS AND REMEDY PARTICULARS
OF ANY DEFECT FOUND IN THE LIFTING APPLICANCE AND
THE REPAIRS (IF ANY) REQUIRED, EITHER ;
i IMMEDIATELY OR,
ii WITHIN A SPECIFIED TIME (WHICH MUST BE STATED) TO
ENABLE THE LIFTING APPLICANCE OR LIFTING GEAR TO
CONTINUE TO BE USED WITH SAFETY. (IF NO SUCH
REPAIRS ARE REQUIRED, THE WORK 'NONE' IS TO BE
ENTERED)
SAFE WORKING LOAD SUBJECT TO THE REPAIRS,
RENEWALS AND ALTERATIONS (IF ANY) SPECIFIED ABOVE
IN THE CASE OF A CRANE WITH A VARIABLE OPERATING
RADIUS, INCLUDING A CRANE WITH DERRICKING JIB, THE
SAFE WORKING LOAD AT VARIOUS RADII OF THE JIB,
TROLLEY OR CRAB TO BE STATED
SECTION 1 (TO BE COMPLETED WHERE APPROPRIATE TO PERMANENT LIFTING TACKLE INCLUDED IN PROOF LOAD TEST)
ITEM DESCRIPTION
TAG/IDENTIF. No
S.W.L.
CERTIFICATE No
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
SECTION 2:
IF APPLICABLE, STATE ANY SPECIFIC LIFTING RESTRICTIONS WHICH MAY APPLY TO THE LIFTING EQUIPMENT OR
SYSTEM AND WHICH IS REQUIRED TO BE CLEARLY MARKED ON THAT EQUIPMENT
SECTION 3:
IF APPLICABLE, REFERENCE ANY FABRICATION, NDT, MATERIAL CONTROL CERTIFICATION AND INSPECTION
REPORTS RELATING TO THE CONSTRUCTION INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES
COPIES OF ALL PROOF LOAD CERTIFICATION LISTED ABOVE TO ACCOMPANY THIS CERTIFICATE
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
MECHANICAL HANDLING EXAMINATION REPORT
FORM MH2
(SIDE 2)
EQUIPMENT No.
SH1 No
WIN No.
MC1 No.
SERIAL No.
S.W.L.
DRAWING No
PROOF LOAD TEST CERTIFCATE No
EXAMINATION REPORT
COMMENTS
PUNCH LIST NO.
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- STRUCTURAL
SECTION 5.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 1
SECTION 5.0
STRUCTURAL
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- STRUCTURAL
5.1
ACTIONS
5.1.1
General
SECTION 5.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 2
Construction Management responsibilities and associated Quality
Planning for structural activities, is normally categorised and
managed as follows:a)
On Site Works. The Construction Authority is responsible for the
Inspection and Test activities and management of the construction
Contractor who provides labour and equipment only;
b)
Off Site Works. The Construction Authority monitors the performance
of the Management Contractor who is directly responsible for the
fabrication and Inspection and Test activities.
c)
For On Site Works, those Inspection and Test activities that require
to be performed and recorded to fulfil the minimum quality control
requirements, are clearly defined on the specified Inspection and
Test Schedule (ITS) for the works.
d)
For Off Site Works, those Inspection and Test activities performed by
the Managing Contractor that are deemed by BP or delegated
authority to be at critical stages in the fabrication process and require
to be witnessed before the Contractor can proceed, will be clearly
defined within the Managing Contractor's quality plan (QP), or the
supplied ITS.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
e)
MECHANICAL- STRUCTURAL
SECTION 5.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 3
The acceptance of structural Works is a composite function of
Fabrication, N.D.E. and Inspection (Section 2), Architectural Services
(Section 7). Input by the relevant discipline engineers is required in
quality planning and subsequent development of an ITS for both
offsite and onsite Works.
f)
Flow charts give guidelines on handover of onsite Works.
g)
All reporting and recording of inspection and acceptance of structural
Works shall be on the GOC standard forms or alternatives where
agreed by BP or the delegated authority.
h)
The Construction Authority shall exercise sufficient dimensional
control over the Works and shall monitor or conduct surveys
throughout prefabrication, fabrication, construction and installation
stages of the Works to ensure that the specified design tolerances
are achieved. Reference marks and levels required to assist fit-up
shall be established by the fabricator prior to installation.
i)
The Construction Authority shall prepare, maintain and issue reports
which describe the extent, and contain the results, of all dimensional
surveys carried out onsite and shall monitor reports produced by the
fabricator offsite.
5.1.2
Use of Forms
a)
Off Site Structural Acceptance
The MS1 will certify that all offsite fabrication activities for a discrete
structure or its component parts, complies in all particulars with the
required Design and that all specified Inspection and Testing is
completed and accepted.
The Structural Engineer authorised by BP or the Delegated Authority
shall break down all discrete structures into the following
classifications for certification purposes:GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- STRUCTURAL
SECTION 5.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 4
•
Discrete Structure (i.e. Module, Jacket, Module Support Frame, etc.)
•
Assembly (i.e. Module Truss or Jacket Truss, deck extension, etc.)
Sub-Assembly (i.e. Truss Node or Tubular, etc.)
•
As a minimum, all sub-assemblies will require an MS1 certificate
before they can be installed in to an assembly. All assemblies will
require an MS1 certificate before they can be installed into the
discrete structure. All discrete structures will require an MS1
certificate before they can be released for shipment onsite for
installation.
b)
On Site Structural Acceptance
The MS1 will certify that all onsite activities relating to the onsite
fabrication and installation of structural Works have been completed
and comply in all particulars with the approved Design, Fabrication
and Installation Specifications and that all specified Inspection and
Testing is completed.
c)
Concealed Area Acceptance
Where subsequent Works will prohibit further access and as a result
re-inspection of structural steel (i.e. boxing in of stiffeners, covering
with deck-plate or cladding, etc.). The MS1 certificate must note that
the area was inspected by the Construction Authority, prior to boxing
in or covering the deck area or cladding.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
•
•
MECHANICAL- STRUCTURAL
SECTION 5.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 5
Functional Certification Flowchart.
Discipline: Mechanical (Structural)
MS1
MC1
SH1
MS1 : Structural Completion Certificate.
MC1 : Mechanical Completion Certificate.
SH1 : System Handover Certificate.
Note! Where Welding is carried out an MW1 - Welding Completion Summary
is required - Refer to GOC Section 2
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL- STRUCTURAL
SECTION 5.0
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 6
EXHIBIT 1
STANDARD FORMS
Form No.
MS1
Form Title
Structural Completion Certificate
Note:Final acceptance of the MS1 - Structural Completion Certificate will be by the
Structural Engineer authorised by BP or their Delegated Authority.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
D.I.S. 03
SHEET
LOCATION :- __________________
DATA INPUT SHEET 03
PROJECT :- ____________________
J.P
NO.
RAISED BY:-
HANDOVER ID
____________________________________
NOTE:- JP No FOR INSTALLATION / WELDOUT
WORKSCOPE ID :- ______________________
SECTION 5 STRUCTURAL
DESCRIPTION
DRAWING No
DATE :- __________________
GOC ©
OF
MAINTENANCE ID No :- ______________________
AS-BUILT
REQ'D
(LAD)
MW1
STRUCTURAL
AS1
AS2
MS1
DATA ENTERED BY :- ____________________
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
COMMENTS
DATE :- ___________
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
STRUCTURAL COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
FORM MS1
(SIDE 1)
SITE:
SHT
OF
THIS CERTIFICATE VERIFIES THAT THE WORKS SHOWN ON THE LISTED DESIGN DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN
FABCRICATED, INSTALLED AND TESTED IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED DESIGNS,
SPECIFICATIONS AND PROCEDURES.
STRUCTURE/FABRICATION DESCRIPTION
DRAWINGS
ITEM
REV
DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITY
SIGNATURE
*1
*2
*3
MATERIAL TRACEABILITY VERIFIED
MATERIAL LOCATION PLAN APPROVED
MATERIAL TRACEABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM VERIFIED
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER
*1
*2
*3
WELDING INSPECTOR
*4
*5
NDE RESULTS SATISFACTORY
PWHT RESULTS SATISFACTORY
WELDING TRACEABILITY VERIFIED (WELDER IDENTS &
PROCEDURES)
WELD/NDE TRACEABILITY LOCATION DRAWING APPROVED
WELD COMPLETION SUMMARY APPROVED
3
*1
*2
DIMENSIONAL CONTROL CHECKS SATISFACTORY
DIMENSIONAL AS-BUILT SURVEYS APPROVED
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER
4
*1
WEIGHT CONTROL AND C of G CHECKS COMPLETE
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER
5
*1
FINAL VISUAL INSPECTION SATISFACTORY
WELDING INSPECTOR & STRUCTURAL
ENGINEER
6
*1
PAINTING/COATINGS & INSULATION SATISFACTORY
PAINT INSPECTOR
1
2
ENSURE THE STRUCTURAL ACTIVITY CHECK LIST ON THE REVERSE SIDE OF THIS FORM, IS COMPLETE & APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
STRUCTURAL ACTIVITY CHECK LIST
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER
SH1 NUMBER
ITEM
DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITY
1
ERECTION & FIT-UP OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OR FRAME COMPLETE
2
ALL BOLTS, NUTS & WASHERS INSTALLED & TIGHTENED
3
DECK PLATE INSTALLED
4
DECK GRATING INSTALLED & FULLY SECURED
5
HANDRAILS INSTALLED & FULLY SECURED
6
KICK FLAT INSTALLED & FULLY SECURED
7
VERTICAL LADDER ASSEMBLIES INSTALLED & FULLY SECURED TO STRUCTURE
8
ACCESS STAIR ASSEMBLIES INSTALLED & FULLY SECURED TO STRUCTURE
9
DOOR FRAMES INSTALLED AND FULLY SECURED TO THE STRUCTURE
10
DOORS HUNG, ALL FITMENTS FITTED & DOORS FULLY OPERATIONAL
11
ELECTRICAL / INSTRUMENT TRANSIT FRAMES INSTALLED
12
PIPE PENETRATIONS INSTALLED
13
EXTERNAL BULKHEAD CLADDING INSTALLED
14
ALL WELDING COMPLETE
15
ALL TEMPORARY INSTALLATION AIDS REMOVED
AND REMAINING STRUCTURE DRESSED & MADE GOOD
16
P.W.H.T. COMPLETE
17
N.D.E. COMPLETE
18
PASSIVE FIRE PROTECTION COMPLETE
19
ENVIRONMENTAL INSULATION COMPLETE
20
PAINTING COMPLETE
21
VERIFICATION OF REVIEW & APPROVAL OF CONTRACTORS/SUBCONTRACTORS
FABRICATION, INSPECTION & TEST DOSSIER
COMPLETED BY
YES
NO
N/A
COMMENTS
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 1
SECTION 6.0
HVAC
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 2
6.1
ACTIONS
6.1.1
General
a)
Input by the relevant discipline engineers is required during Quality
Planning and the subsequent development of the ITS, taking account
of the latest revisions of drawings and schedules, and any applicable
specifications, standards and codes of practice.
a)
Installation
b)
Equipment/Material shall be inspected on receipt onsite.
Any
remedial work carried out onsite by the vendor to correct transit
damage or faulty workmanship will be supervised by the Construction
Authority.
c)
Installation shall be carried out under supervision of the Construction
Authority.
d)
On completion of construction activities, the Construction Authority
shall advise the Commissioning Authority accordingly. Where
required, the Commissioning Authority shall witness all inspections
and tests which are to be recorded, unless the Commissioning
Authority waive this requirement.
The Commissioning Authority shall monitor construction activities
wherever possible, so that inspection and testing can be carried out
as work proceeds.
e)
Following the satisfactory completion of inspection and testing, the
Construction Authority shall complete the relevant records, which
shall be witnessed by the Commissioning Authority as appropriate.
No further work shall be carried out by construction on this completed
plant unless by agreement with the Commissioning Authority.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
f)
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 3
Vendors' assistance may be required during the pre-commissioning
and/or commissioning of HVAC systems.
g)
Where required testing of HVAC systems will be witnessed by the
Certifying Authority.
6.1.2
Use Of Forms
a)
General Requirements
For all HVAC works, all recording of inspection and tests shall be on
the GOC standard forms.
In addition to the SP2 HVAC System
Performance Test Certificate, the Independent Verification Authority
(IVA) are particularly interested in the following test recording sheets
and they will have to be retained and attached to the SP2 - System
Performance Test Certificate.
i)
TR1
HVAC System Installation & Function Test Certificate
ii)
TR2
Fire Dampers Tests.
iii)
iv)
TR15
TR17
Smoke Test.
Room Pressurisation Test (Part 1).
All remaining test record sheets are completed and used as part of
the assessment process to establish if the HVAC system as a whole
meets design criteria. When this is established and the SP2 is
approved then the TR's are superfluous and may be discarded with
the exception of the TR1, TR2, TR15 and TR17.
b)
SP2: System Performance Test Certificate
To be used by Commissioning Authority to record satisfactory
completion of HVAC installation and tests by individual sections.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
c)
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 4
PL1: Punchlist
To be used by Construction/Commissioning Authorities by discipline,
to record outstanding items/defects on installation completion by
Construction, prior to any Commissioning activities.
d)
Test Recording Sheet No. 1: TR1
To be used by the Commissioning Authority for collating instrument
installation and function test data.
e)
Test Recording Sheet No.2: TR2
To be used by Commissioning Authority for collating Damper Test
data.
f)
Test Recording Sheet No.3: TR3
To be used by Commissioning Authority for collating Filter /
Coalescer / Separator Test data.
g)
Test Recording Sheet No.4: TR4
To be used by Commissioning Authority for collating Heater Battery
Test data.
h)
Test Recording Sheet No.5: TR5
To be used by Commissioning Authority for collating Centrifugal Fan
Test data.
i)
Test Recording Sheet No.6: TR6
To be used by Commissioning Authority for collating Humidifier Test
data.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
j)
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 5
Test Recording Sheet No.7: TR7
To be used by Commissioning Authority for collating Constant
Volume/Terminal Re-Heat Unit Test data.
k)
Test Recording Sheet No.8 : TR8
To be used by Commissioning Authority for collating Terminal Air
Conditioning Unit Test data.
l)
Test Recording Sheet No.9: TR9
To be used by Commissioning Authority for collating Air Handling
Unit Test Unit Test data.
m)
Test Recording Sheet No.10: TR10
To be used by Commissioning Authority for collating Cooling Coil
Test data.
n)
Test Recording Sheet No.11: TR11
To be used by Commissioning Authority for collating Cooling Tower
Test data.
o)
Test Recording Sheet No.12: TR12
To be used by Commissioning Authority for collating Grille & Diffuser
Test data.
p)
Test Recording Sheet No.13: TR13
To be used by Commissioning Authority for collating Ductwork Air
Leakage's Rate Test Data.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
q)
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 6
Test Recording Sheet No.14: TR14
To be used by Commissioning Authority for collating System Balance
Test Data.
r)
Test Recording Sheet No.15: TR15
To be used by Commissioning Authority for collating Internal
Conditions Test Data.
s)
Test Recording Sheet No.16: TR16
To be used by Commissioning Authority for collating Smoke Test
Data.
t)
Test Recording Sheet No.17: TR17
To be used by Commissioning Authority for collating Room
Pressurisation Test Data.
u)
Test Recording Sheet No.18: TR 18
To be used by Commissioning Authority for collating Pressurisation
Unit Test data.
6.1.3
Calibration
a)
Any test equipment, whether in-house or vendor supplied, used in the
pre-commissioning and/or commissioning of HVAC systems, shall be
accompanied by current Calibration Certification.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 7
HVAC PROCEDURES
Procedure No.6.1 - General Requirements
Procedure No.6.2 - Dampers
Procedure No.6.3 - Filtration
Procedure No.6.4 - Heating and Cooling Coils
Procedure No.6.5 - Centrifugal Fans and Drivers
Procedure No.6.6 - Humidifiers
Procedure No.6.7 - Terminal Unit, Grills & Diffusers
Procedure No.6.8 - Air Conditioning Units
Procedure No.6.9 - Air Handling Unit
Procedure No.6.10 - Ductwork
Procedure No.6.11 - Sound Attenuators
Procedure No.6.12 - Cooling Towers
Procedure No.6.13 - Areas Receiving HVAC Supply
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 8
Procedure No. 6.1
1.1
General Requirements
1.1.1
General
This procedure lays down the checks that are required to ensure that the
overall system is to specification and correctly installed prior to carrying out
specific checks on individual parts of the installation.
The following points are to be checked:a)
Check supplied equipment for damage.
b)
Check that nameplate is in a readable location and that the data
corresponds with the relevant equipment index/specification/data
sheet/drawing with regard to identification/tag number ratings and
other data.
c)
Check that equipment has been installed as per the specifications,
AFC drawings and vendors instructions.
d)
By reference to the area classification drawing, check the
classification of locations where electrical equipment is installed and
ensure that equipment installed in hazardous areas ( Zones 1 & 2 )
carries the appropriate certification.
e)
Ensure that the applicable installation procedures, inspections and
tests have been carried out for mechanical, electrical and control
equipment, compressors, fans, pumps, motors, cabling switchgear,
instruments, etc. Refer to the appropriate section of the GOC for
guidance i.e., Mechanical section 3.0, Control section 8.0 and
Electrical section 9.0.
f)
Ensure that equipment is properly earthed: measure earth path
resistance's in accordance with the relevant Electrical Procedures
refer to section 9.0
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
g)
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 9
Ensure that painting (section 7) has been carried out in accordance
with the project painting specification or to the manufacturers own
agreed application, and that no damage has occurred during
installation.
h)
Check that there is adequate space to maintain/inspect the
equipment.
i)
Check that the equipment is internally and externally clean.
1.1.2
Certification
a)
With reference to e) above the relevant discipline inspection and test
certificates shall be used to record that the applicable installation
procedures, inspection and tests have been carried out and are
acceptable.
The SP2 Test Certificate shall be used for all HVAC procedures as
detailed in this section, any items of non-conformance should be
indicated on the particular certificate, relating to that part of the
installation concerned, and also be fully identified on the relative
discipline punchlist, Form PL1.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 10
Procedure No. 6.2
2.1
Dampers
2.1.1
General
This procedure lays down the checks/tests that are required to ensure that all
types of dampers in the HVAC system are to specification, certified and
installed correctly.
Although the Certifying Authority may demand additional tests for fire
dampers, the following points are to be checked:a)
Carry out the relevant checks listed in Procedure No. 6.1 - General
Requirements.
b)
Check that access doors adjacent to the dampers are installed where
applicable.
c)
Check that the damper blade clearance and sealing is satisfactory.
d)
Check that the damper blades move freely.
e)
Check that the blade position external indicator is fitted and gives
correct indication.
f)
Check that the blade position locking quadrant is satisfactory.
g)
Check that movement of the damper corresponds to the type of
control called for in the specification.
h)
Check that the damper blades are adequately supported where
damper width exceeds 1000 mm.
i)
Check that the blades are enclosed within the casing with the damper
in the fully open position.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
j)
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 11
Check that the damper actuators are free to move and suitably
enclosed.
k)
Ensure that damper controls move freely and are unobstructed for
the purpose of routine maintenance and periodic certification
inspections.
l)
Check that the local hand lever moves freely.
m)
Check visually that the damper is adequately supported and that the
correct specification gaskets are fitted to the connecting ductwork.
Ensure that the damper is bolted correctly and that any dissimilar
metal isolation is achieved.
n)
Ensure that where required, the integrity of the bulkhead penetration
is maintained.
o)
Ensure that the tension spring is fitted, and that there is adequate
space via the enclosure access plate, to maintain tension spring
adjustment for pressure setting.
p)
Check that the damper is internally clean and is left in the fully open
position.
q)
Check that the access cover to the enclosure has been replaced.
r)
Check that the limit switches actuation is satisfactory.
s)
Check that pneumatic piping is correctly fitted and that pneumatic
functions are correct.
t)
Check that the mechanical reset mechanism re-opens electric
dampers.
u)
Check that the frangible bulb of the correct rating is fitted and
accessible, and that the mechanical latch functions correctly.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
v)
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 12
Check that the insulation, fire rated where specified, has been
correctly fitted after ensuring that the damper material and finish are
to specification and undamaged.
w)
Ensure that the fire dampers carry appropriate fire resistance test
certificates, e.g., BS476 Pt.8
x)
Ensure that where appropriate, dampers carry Certifying Authority
certification.
2.1.2
Damper Test
a)
Test recording sheet No.2 is provided for collation of test data, to
enable subsequent signing of the applicable part of the SP2 Test
Certificate.
2.1.3
Certification
a)
Form HVAC; TR2 shall be completed by the BP HVAC
Representative
and/or Vendor as appropriate, to record that all
necessary inspections and tests relevant to either type of damper,
have been carried out satisfactorily, to the requirements of HVAC
Procedures 6.1 & 6.2. Any deviation outwith the Design/Operating
Parameters and Vendor instructions shall be recorded on the Test
Record Sheet.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 13
Procedure No. 6.3
3.1
Filtration
3.1.1
General
This procedure lays down the checks/tests that are required to ensure that
the air filters and filter/coalescers are to specification and correctly installed.
The following points are to be checked as appropriate to the subject item of
equipment.
a)
Carry out the relevant checks listed in Procedure 6.1 - General
Requirements.
b)
Check visually that the equipment is adequately supported and that
the correct specification gaskets are fitted to the connecting
ductwork. Ensure that the equipment is bolted correctly and that any
dissimilar metal isolation is achieved.
c)
Check that the filter elements and removal guide rails have been
properly installed and ensure that there is adequate space to
maintain/remove filters.
d)
Check that access doors adjacent to the unit have been installed
where applicable.
e)
Check that the inclined manometer (or other device) for measuring
the pressure drop across the filter is located in a readable position
and that all associated pipework is installed correctly.
f)
Check that the spray nozzles are clean.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
g)
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 14
Check that drain connections and traps are located correctly and free
of blockages and restrictions, and that traps can be visually checked
for water level.
h)
Check that trace heating has been installed if required and that it has
been inspected in accordance with the relevant Electrical Procedures
refer to section 9.0.
3.1.2
Filter/Coalescer/Separator Test
a)
Test recording sheet No.3 is provided for collation of test data, to
enable subsequent signing of the applicable part of the SP2 Test
certificate.
3.1.3
Certification
a)
Form HVAC; TR3 shall be completed by the BP HVAC
Representative and/or Vendor as appropriate, to record that all
necessary inspections and tests relevant to the subject equipment
type have been carried out satisfactorily, to the requirements of
HVAC Procedures 6.1 & 6.3.
Any deviation outwith the
Design/Operating Parameters and Vendor instructions shall be
recorded on the Test Record Sheet.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 15
Procedure No. 6.4
4.1
Heating and Cooling Coils
4.1.1
General
This Procedure lays down the checks/tests that are required to ensure that
The Heating and Cooling Coils are to specification and correctly installed.
The following points are to be checked as appropriate to the subject item of
equipment:
a)
Carry out the relevant checks listed in Procedure 6.1 - General
Requirements.
b)
Check visually that the Heater Battery/Cooling Coil is adequately
supported and that correct specification gaskets have been fitted to
connection ductwork.
Ensure that components are bolted /fixed
correctly and that any dissimilar metal isolation is achieved.
c)
Check that heating elements are clean, undamaged and readily
accessible, and ensure that adequate space has been provided for
element withdrawal/maintenance.
d)
Check that the cooling coil has been correctly installed, is
undamaged, and that it is level and complete with guide rails to slide
coil section out of its holding frame. Ensure that adequate space is
provided for coil withdrawal.
e)
Ensure that the high air temperature and high element temperature
cut-out thermostats, are of the correct type and are accessible for resetting/maintenance where applicable.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
f)
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 16
Check that all electrical connections to the heater have been
terminated correctly and that all associated cables have been
inspected and tested in accordance with the Electrical Procedures
refer to section 9.0. Ensure that the terminal box access cover is
readily accessible.
g)
Check access cover installed in ductwork adjacent to heater.
h)
Check that distributors and all pipework has been correctly
connected and that all interior connections are clean.
i)
Check that drain tray is correctly fitted, and if the coil is split vertically,
ensure that both sections have trays fitted.
j)
Check that interconnecting pipework between upper and lower drain
trays is installed and that a drain trap is correctly fitted with pipework
taken to a suitable discharge.
l)
Check air venting facility if fitted.
4.1.2
Heating and Cooling Coils Test
a)
Test recording sheet No.4 is provided for collation of Heater Battery
test data, and No.10 for Cooling Coil test data, to enable subsequent
signing of the applicable parts of the SP2 Test Certificate.
4.1.3
Certification
a)
Form HVAC; TR4 for Heater Battery/Cooling Coil shall be completed
by the BP HVAC Representative and/or Vendor as appropriate, to
record that all necessary inspections and tests relevant to subject
equipment type, have been carried out satisfactorily, to the
requirements of HVAC Procedures 6.1 and 6.4. Any deviation
outwith the Design/Operating Parameters and Vendor instructions
shall be recorded on the Test Record Sheet.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 17
Procedure No. 6.5
5.1
Centrifugal Fans and Drivers
5.1.1
General
This procedure lays down the checks/tests that are required to ensure that
the centrifugal fans and their drivers are to specification and have been
correctly installed.
a)
Carry out the relevant checks listed in Procedure No. 6.1 - General
Requirements.
b)
Check visually that the fan assembly is adequately supported and
that the correct specification gaskets are fitted to the connecting
ductwork. Ensure that all components are bolted /fixed securely and
that any dissimilar metal isolation is achieved.
c)
Check that fan and motor are correctly mounted in the right angular
position, and that the motor is level and aligned with the specified
drive fitted. Ensure that the motor has been inspected in accordance
with the Electrical Procedures refer to section 9.0.
d)
Check that anti-vibration mountings are installed and adjusted
correctly for the specified deflection.
e)
Check that inlet/outlet flexible connections are correctly fitted and do
not take up offsets.
f)
Check that all internal shipping brackets/packing have been removed
and that fan is internally and externally clean.
g)
Check that fan and motor bearings are lubricated and that the grease
nipples are accessible.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
h)
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 18
Remove fan belt drive guard and visually check fan shaft level and
bearing aligned. Ensure that belts comply with BS 1440 and are
correctly tensioned.
i)
Check free rotation of fan impeller, key secure and clearance satisfactory.
j)
Check that there is adequate space to withdraw impeller or motor
assembly for maintenance.
k)
Check that fan belt guard is lined with non ferrous material.
l)
Check that fan guards are fitted securely.
m)
Check that the manually operated inlet guide vane control damper
has been correctly fitted and that it has been inspected in
accordance with Procedure 6.2.
n)
Check that the outlet non return damper has been correctly fitted and
that it has been inspected in accordance with Procedure 6.2
o)
Check direction of rotation is correct.
5.1.2
Centrifugal Fans and Drivers Test
a)
Test recording sheet No.5 is provided for collation of test data, to
enable subsequent signing of the applicable part of the SP2 Test
Certificate.
5.1.3
Certification
a)
Form HVAC; TR5 shall be completed by the BP HVAC
Representative and/or Vendor as appropriate, to record that all
necessary inspections and tests relevant to the subject Centrifugal
Fan and Drive have been carried out satisfactorily, to the
requirements of HVAC Procedures 6.1, and 6.5. Any deviation
outwith the Design/Operating Parameters and Vendor instructions
shall be recorded on the Test Record Sheet.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 19
Procedure No. 6.6
6.1
Humidifiers
6.1.1
General
This procedure lays down the checks/tests that are required to ensure that
the humidifiers are to specification and correctly installed.
The following points are to be checked on all humidifiers:a)
Carry out the relevant checks listed in Procedure 6.1 - General
Requirements.
b)
Check visually that mounting arrangements and supports to the
humidifier and steam injection duct are adequate
c)
Check that steam injection duct is installed to the manufacturers
recommendations and that it drains back to the humidifier.
d)
Check that all ductwork is bolted correctly and that flanged
connections have correct specification gaskets fitted.
e)
Check that balance pipe from humidifier to ductwork is installed and
properly sealed.
f)
Check that utility pipework connections to humidifier are correctly
installed and adequately supported.
g)
Check that the water inlet valve is fitted and operating correctly.
h)
Ensure that drain and overflow are fitted and piped to a suitable
drain.
i)
Ensure that there is adequate space to maintain humidifier internals
(i.e. water storage tank/steaming chamber etc.)
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
j)
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 20
Check that the heating elements are clean, undamaged and readily
accessible.
k)
Check that the water and heater thermostats are fitted within the
humidifiers integral electrical compartment and that a removable
access cover is provided.
l)
Check that the water level in the storage tank is correct and that the
level gauge reads correctly.
m)
Ensure that adjacent ductwork connections and traps are located
correctly, are free of blockages and restrictions, and traps can be
visually checked for water level.
n)
Check that the humidifiers are operable for the duct pressure (water lock).
6.1.2
Humidifier Test
a)
Test recording sheet No.6 is provided for collation of test data, to
enable subsequent signing of the applicable part of the SP2 Test
Certificate.
6.1.3
Certification
a)
Form HVAC; TR6 shall be completed by the BP HVAC
Representative and/or Vendor as appropriate, to record that all
necessary inspections and tests relevant to Humidifiers have been
carried out satisfactorily, to the requirements of HVAC Procedures
6.1, and 6.6.
Any deviation outwith the Design/Operating
Parameters and Vendor instructions shall be recorded on the Test
Record Sheet.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 21
Procedure No. 6.7
7.1
Constant Volume/Terminal Re-Heat Units, Grills & Diffusers
7.1.1.
General
This Procedure lays down the checks/ tests that are required to ensure that
the units are to specification and correctly installed.
The following points are to be checked on all Terminal Units, Grilles and
Diffusers:
a)
Carry out the relevant checks listed in Procedure No. 6.1 - General
Requirements.
b)
Check visually that the Terminal Re-Heat Unit is properly aligned,
adequately supported, and that the correct specification gaskets have
been fitted to the connecting ductwork, ensuring that components are
bolted/fixed correctly and that any dissimilar metal isolation is
achieved.
c)
Check the free movement of valve linkage mechanism and ensure it
is pre-set for the correct pressure drop rating.
d)
Check that there is adequate space to maintain the constant volume
control valve via the access cover to damper section.
e)
Check that internal acoustic lagging has been installed to prevent
noise breakout.
f)
Check that heating elements are undamaged, readily accessible, and
ensure that adequate space has been provided for element
withdrawal/maintenance.
g)
Ensure that the high air temperature and high element temperature
cut-out thermostats are accessible for re-setting/maintenance.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 22
h)
Check that the unit is internally clean and free from moisture.
7.1.2
Constant Volume/Terminal Re-Heat Units Test
a)
Test recording sheet No. 7 is provided for collation of test data, to
enable subsequent signing of the applicable part of the SP2 Test
Certificate.
7.1.3
Grilles and Diffusers Test
a)
Test recording sheet No.12 is provided for collation of test data, to
enable subsequent signing of the applicable part of the SP2 Test
Certificate.
7.1.4
Certification
a)
Form HVAC; TR7 and TR12 for Constant Volume/ Terminal Re-Heat
Units and Grilles and Diffusers shall be completed by the BP HVAC
Representative and/or Vendor as appropriate, to record that all
necessary inspections and tests relevant to the subject equipment
type have been carried out satisfactorily, to the requirements of
HVAC Procedures 6.1 and 6.7.
Any deviation outwith the
Design/Operating Parameters and Vendor instructions shall be
recorded on the Test Record Sheet.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 23
Procedure No. 6.8
8.1
Air Conditioning Units
8.1.1
General
This procedure lays down the checks/tests that are required to ensure that Air
Conditioning Units are to specification and correctly installed.
The following points are to be checked on all Air Conditioning Units:
a)
Carry out the relevant checks listed in Procedure No. 6.1 - General
Requirements.
b)
Check visually that the unit is adequately supported and that the
correct specification gaskets are fitted to the connecting ductwork.
Ensure that the equipment is bolted correctly and that any dissimilar
metal isolation is achieved.
c)
Check that the fans and compressors are installed correctly with
reference to Procedure 6.5 - Centrifugal Fans and Drivers (in the
case of compressors - for fan read compressor).
d)
Check that the filters are installed correctly with reference to
Procedure 6.3 - Filtration.
e)
Check that all pipework connections are correct and adequately supported.
f)
Check that the drip tray and drain pipes are installed correctly and
that the drains are routed to a suitable location.
g)
Ensure that all inspection doors , hatches and locks are operable.
h)
Ensure that all valves are operable.
i)
Check that all insulation is to specification and correctly fitted and
free of damage.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 24
8.1.2
Terminal Air Conditioning Unit Test
a)
Test recording sheet No.8 is provided for collation of test data, to
enable subsequent signing of the applicable part of the SP2 Test
Certificate.
8.1.3
Certification
a)
Form
HVAC;
TR8
shall
be
completed
by
the
BP
HVAC
Representative and/or Vendor as appropriate, to record that all
necessary inspections and tests relevant to the Air Conditioning Unit
have been carried out satisfactorily, to the requirements of HVAC
Procedures 6.1, 6.3, 6.5.
Any deviation outwith the
Design/Operating Parameters and Vendor instructions shall be
recorded on the Test Record Sheet.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 25
Procedure No. 6.9
9.1
Air Handling Unit
9.1.1
General
This Procedure lays down the checks/tests that are required to ensure that Air
Handling Units are to specification and correctly installed.
The following points are to be checked on all Air Handling Units.
a)
Carry out the relevant checks listed in Procedure No. 6.1 - General
requirements.
b)
Check that the Air Handling Units skid base holding down
arrangement is correct.
c)
Check visually that all components are properly fitted together and
that any dissimilar metal isolation is achieved.
d)
Check that all equipment installed within the Air Handling Unit is
checked against the following procedures.
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
Fans
Shut-off Dampers
Heating and Cooling Coils
Filters
HVAC Procedure No. 6.5
HVAC Procedure No. 6.2
HVAC Procedure No. 6.4
HVAC Procedure No. 6.3
e)
Check that all Ductwork connections to unit have the correct
specification gasket fitted.
f)
Check that the Air Handling Unit equipment compartment sections
are fitted with bulkhead light fittings as indicated in the project
specification, and ensure the cabling and fittings are tested and
inspected in accordance with the Electric Procedures.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
g)
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 26
Check that inspection/access doors have been provided for the
individual equipment compartments and that all handles,
and locks are operable.
catches
9.1.2
Air Handling Unit Test
a)
Test recording sheet No.9 is provided for collation of test data, to
enable subsequent signing of the applicable part of the SP2 Test
Certificate.
9.1.3
Certification
a)
Form HVAC; TR9 will be completed by the BP HVAC Representative
and/or Vendor as appropriate, to record that all necessary
inspections and tests relevant to Air Handling Units have been
carried out satisfactorily, to the requirements of HVAC Procedures
6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 and 6.9.
Any deviation outwith the
Design/Operating Parameters and Vendor instructions shall be
recorded on the Test Record Sheet.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 27
Procedure No. 6.10
10.1
Ductwork
10.1.1 General
This Procedure lays down the checks and tests that are required to ensure
that the system ductwork is to specification and correctly installed.
The following points are to be checked on all system ductwork.
a)
Carry out the relevant checks listed in Procedure 6.1- General
Requirements.
b)
Ensure that ductwork systems are clearly identified and marked with
directional flow arrows.
c)
Check flexible connections have been fitted and sealed correctly and
ensure that no flexible connection has been used to take up misalignment between sections of ductwork or connections to plant
equipment.
d)
Check that the correct jointing and sealants have been used as
specified in the project specification.
e)
Check that all flanged ductwork joints are bolted correctly and correct
specification gaskets fitted.
f)
Check that location of ductwork doors/panels/hatches are correct and
that they are properly fastened and sealed.
g)
Check that all stiffening and turning vanes have been correctly
installed.
h)
Check that instrument test holes have been drilled and suitably
plugged.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
i)
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 28
Check that ductwork is supported correctly and that all ductwork is
insulated from supports.
supply ductwork.
Ensure insulator blocks are fitted to all
j)
Ensure any dissimilar metal isolation is achieved.
k)
Check that all diffusers and grilles are installed and sealed correctly,
and that diffusers/grilles and their associated volume control dampers
are left in the open position.
l)
Check that all intake and discharge louvers have been installed
correctly and that any necessary bird mesh protection screens have
been fitted.
m)
Check that ductwork systems are internally clean and that no internal
damage exists.
n)
Check that the air filter cells are fitted.
o)
Check that the fire dampers are installed in their correct location and
that the correct rated frangible bulbs have been fitted.
p)
Check that the filter/coalescer is loaded, separators clean, drains
piped and traps functioning.
q)
Check that all sound attenuators are correctly installed.
r)
Ensure that the material, protective coatings/finish of ducting is in
accordance with project specifications and in an undamaged
condition.
s)
Ductwork systems shall be leak tested in accordance with the HVAC
test classes as laid down in the project specifications and HVAC
Procedure 6.13.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
t)
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 29
Ductwork shall be insulated in accordance with project specifications
only after ensuring that a duct leakage rate test certificate has been
accepted and signed. Extent of ductwork to be insulated shall be
determined on the current general arrangement drawings.
10.1.2 Certification
a)
Form SP2 shall be completed by the BP HVAC Representative
and/or Vendor as appropriate, to record that all necessary
inspections and tests relevant to the system Ductwork, have been
carried out satisfactorily, to the requirements of Procedures 6.1, 6.10
and 6.11, and within the Design/Operating Parameters and Vendor
instructions.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 30
Procedure No. 6.11
11.1
Sound Attenuators
11.1.1 General
This procedure lays down the checks that are required to ensure that the
Sound Attenuators are to specification and correctly installed.
The following points are to be checked on all Sound Attenuators:
a)
Carry out the relevant checks listed in Procedure 6.1 - General
Requirements.
b)
Check location and orientation of the Sound Attenuator is correct,
and ensure that the unit is installed for the correct air flow direction.
c)
Check that the Sound Attenuator is adequately supported, that the
correct specification gaskets are fitted to the connecting ductwork,
ensuring that the unit is bolted correctly and that any dissimilar metal
isolation is achieved.
d)
Check that the Sound Attenuator is internally clean, that no damage
exists to the acoustic lining or splitters, and that no moisture has
entered the unit.
e)
Check that the fire/thermal insulation has been correctly fitted after
ensuring that the Sound Attenuator material and finish are to
specification, and that no damage has occurred during installation.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 31
11.1.2 Certification
a)
Form SP2 shall be completed by the BP HVAC Representative
and/or Vendor as appropriate, to record that all necessary
inspections and tests relevant to the Sound Attenuators have been
carried out satisfactorily, to the requirements of HVAC Procedures
6.1 and 6.11, and within the Design/Operating Parameters and
Vendor information.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 32
Procedure No. 6.12
12.1
Cooling Tower
12.1.1 General
This Procedure lays down the checks/tests that are required to ensure that
the Cooling Towers are to specification and are correctly installed.
The following points are to be checked on all Cooling Towers.
a)
Carry out the relevant checks listed in Procedure 6.1 - General
Requirements.
b)
Fan Section: Refer to HVAC Procedure No. 6.5 - Centrifugal Fans
and Drivers.
c)
Coil Section: Check that the spray nozzles are clean and that the
eliminators are undamaged.
d)
Pan Section: Check that the immersion heater is installed and
undamaged.
e)
Check that spray pump is aligned and rotation is correct.
f)
Check that water level is correct.
g)
Check that the bleed line is operational.
h)
Check that strainer is clean.
i)
Check that corrosion inhibitor installed.
j)
Check that the water make-up valve is open and float operational.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 33
12.1.2 Cooling Tower Test
a)
Test recording sheet No.11 is provided for collation of test data, to
enable subsequent signing of the applicable part of the SP2 Test
Certificate.
12.1.3 Certification
a)
Form SP2 shall be completed by the BP HVAC Representative
and/or Vendor as appropriate, to record that all necessary
inspections and tests relevant to Cooling Towers have been carried
out satisfactorily, to the requirements of HVAC Procedures 6.1, 6.5
and 6.12, and within the Design/Operating Parameters and Vendor
information.
12.1.4 Pipework
a)
Ensure that all associated pipework has been fabricated, inspected
and tested in accordance with the project specification. Refer to the
Pipe Testing section 3.0.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 34
Procedure No. 6.13
13.1
Areas Receiving HVAC Supply
13.1.1 General
The following HVAC tests will be required to be carried out by an HVAC
Vendor/Engineer and the results recorded, to ensure that all necessary
inspections and tests have been carried out. Any deviation outwith the
Design/Operating Parameters and Vendor instructions shall be recorded on
the appropriate Test Record Sheet.
13.1.2 Ductwork Leakage Rate Test
Test recording sheet No.13 is provided for collation of test data, to enable
subsequent signing of the applicable part of the SP2 Test Certificate.
13.1.3 System Balance Test
Test recording sheet No.14 is provided for collation of test data, to enable
subsequent signing of the applicable part of the SP2 Test Certificate.
13.1.4 Grille and Diffuser Test
Test recording sheet No.12 is provided for collation of test data, to enable
subsequent signing of the applicable part of the SP2 Test Certificate.
13.1.5 Internal Conditions Test
Test recording sheet No.15 is provided for collation of test data, to enable
subsequent signing of the applicable part of the SP2 Test Certificate.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 35
13.1.6 Smoke Test of Pressurised Room & Halon Protected Areas
Test recording sheet No 16 is provided for collation of test data, to enable
subsequent signing of the applicable part of the SP2 Test Certificate.
13.1.7 Room Pressurisation Tests ( Parts 1 & 2 )
Test recording sheet No 17 are provided for collation of test data, to enable
subsequent signing of the applicable parts of the SP2 Test Certificate.
13.1.8 Room Pressurisation Unit Test
Test recording sheet No.18 is provided for collation of test data, to enable
subsequent signing of the applicable part of the SP2 Test Certificate.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
•
•
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 36
Functional Certification Flowchart.
Discipline: Mechanical (HVAC)
MM1
MC1
SP2
SH1
MM1 : Machinery Installation Certificate.
MC1 : Mechanical Completion Certificate.
SP2 : System Performance Test(s).
SH1 : System Handover Certificate.
Note! Where Welding is carried out an MW1 - Welding Completion Summary
is required - Refer to GOC Section 2
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 6.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
MECHANICAL - HVAC
PAGE: 37
EXHIBIT 1
STANDARD FORMS
Form No.
Form Title
SP2
TR1
System Performance Test
Control Installation & Function Test Certificate
TR2 - 18
HVAC Installation & Test Record
(General HVAC Certificate to cover activites TR2 - TR18
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
D.I.S. 04
SHEET
LOCATION :- __________________
PROJECT :- ____________________
J.P
NO.
HANDOVER ID
DESCRIPTION
EQUIP
NUMBER
RAISED BY:- __________________________________
NOTE:- JP No FOR INSTALLATION / TESTING
TAG
NUMBER
DATA INPUT SHEET 04
WORKSCOPE ID :- ______________________
SECTION 6 HVAC
DRAWING
NUMBER
DATE :- ____________________
GOC ©
AS-BUILT
REQ'D
(LAD)
OF
MAINTENANCE ID No :- ______________________
SPECIFY
SP2
TEST
RECORD
SPECIFY
SP2
TEST
RECORD
SPECIFY
SP2
TEST
RECORD
SPECIFY
SP2
TEST
RECORD
SPECIFY
SP2
TEST
RECORD
SPECIFY
SP2
TEST
RECORD
DATA ENTERED BY :- ____________________
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
SPECIFY
SP2
TEST
RECORD
COMMENTS
DATE :- ___________
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM SP2
SITE:
HVAC - SYSTEM PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE
EQUIPMENT No :
SHT
OF
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION :
LOCATION :
SYSTEM :
TEST
RECORDING
SHEET No
TESTS
APPLICABLE
INSTRUMENTATION
TR1
*YES/NO
*YES/NO
6.1 & 6.2
DAMPERS
TR2
*YES/NO
*YES/NO
6.1 & 6.3
FILTRATION
TR3
*YES/NO
*YES/NO
6.1 & 6.4
HEATING BATTERY
TR4
*YES/NO
*YES/NO
6.1 & 6.5
CENTRIFUGAL FANS
TR5
*YES/NO
*YES/NO
6.1 & 6.6
HUMIDIFIERS
TR6
*YES/NO
*YES/NO
6.1 & 6.7
TERMINAL RE-HEAT UNITS
TR7
*YES/NO
*YES/NO
6.1,6.3, 6.5 & 6.8
AIR CONDITIONING UNITS
TR8
*YES/NO
*YES/NO
1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 9
AIR HANDLING UNITS
TR9
*YES/NO
*YES/NO
6.1,6.10 & 6.11
DUCTWORK & ATTENUATORS
*YES/NO
*YES/NO
PROCEDURE
Nos.
SECTION 8.0
6.1 & 6.4
DESCRIPTION
CONFORMITY
ACCEPTANCE CHECK
REVIEWED
DATE
COOLING COILS
TR10
*YES/NO
*YES/NO
6.1 -6.5 & 6.12
COOLING TOWERS
TR11
*YES/NO
*YES/NO
6.1 -6. 7 & 6.13
GRILLES & DIFFUSERS
TR12
*YES/NO
*YES/NO
6.13
AIR LEAKAGE RATE
TR13
*YES/NO
*YES/NO
6.13
SYSTEM BALANCE
TR14
*YES/NO
*YES/NO
6.13
INTERNAL CONDITIONS
TR15
*YES/NO
*YES/NO
6.13
SMOKE TEST
TR16
*YES/NO
*YES/NO
6.13
ROOM PRESSURISATION
TR17
*YES/NO
*YES/NO
6.13
PRESSURISATION UNIT
TR18
*YES/NO
*YES/NO
THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE COMPLETED BY THE BP HVAC COMMISSIONING REPRESENTATIVE AND/OR
VENDOR AS APPROPRIATE, TO RECORD THAT ALL NECESSARY INSPECTIONS AND TESTS HAVE BEEN
CARRIED OUT SATISFACTORILY, TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE HVAC PROCEDURES AND WITHIN
DESIGN/OPERATING PARAMETERS AND VENDOR INSTRUCTIONS. ANY VARIANCE SHALL BE DETAILED
ON THE APPROPRIATE TEST RECORD SHEET AND ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE.
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Work Pack No:
FORM TR1
Maintenance No:
(SIDE 1)
FUNCTION TEST REQUIRED? *YES / NO
SH1 No:
SITE
(IF YES COMPLETE SIDE 2)
MC1 No:
SHT
HVAC SYSTEM - CONTROL COMPLETION CERTIFICATE & FUNCTION TEST CERTIFICATE
P&ID No:
OF
*YES
*NO
Loop Diagram Drawing No:
Equipment Installed as per Design (If No Raise an EQ)
Area Classification Check - Electrical Procedure 9.15 Complete
*YES
*NO
*N/A
Process Hook-Up Drawing No:
Junction Box Inspection
*YES
*NO
*N/A
Pneumatic Hook-Up Drawing No:
Orifice Plate Measurement Completed (where appropriate)
*YES
*NO
*N/A
Instrument Tie-in Point Number:
Orifice Plate Measurement : Diameter
NDE Location Drawing No:
*YES
*NO
Impulse Line Welding
* YES/NO if YES - is MW1 Complete? *YES/NO
- Electrical Procedure 9.19 Complete
mm /
Check Flatness
Record All Deviations/Comments:
Loop Number
Tag Number
Procedure No.
8.1
Completed By
Procedure No. 8.1
8.2
Manufacturer
Model & Serial No
Data Sheet No
Calibrated
Range/Setting
Procedure No. 8.3
Asset Specific Procedure
Approved By
8.3
Procedure No. 8.2
Company
Signature
Print Name
Date
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM TR 2 - 18
SITE:
HVAC - INSTALLATION & TEST RECORD
EQUIP / TAG No :
SHT
OF
LOCATION:
CIRCLE BELOW THE TEST RECORDS (TRs) THIS REPORT COVERS
TR2 TR3 TR4 TR5 TR6 TR7 TR8 TR9 TR10 TR11 TR12 TR13 TR14 TR15 TR16 TR17 TR18
DESCRIPTION :
REPORT AND TEST RESULT:
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
HVAC - SYSTEM CONTROL FUNCTION TEST
EQUIPMENT No :
FORM TR1
(SIDE 2)
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION :
LOCATION :
SYSTEM :
COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE NO :
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
SUBJECT:
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 7.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
MECHANICAL - ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES
(PAINTING, COATING AND INSULATION)
PAGE: 1
SECTION 7.0
ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES
(PAINTING, COATING AND INSULATION)
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SUBJECT:
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 7.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
MECHANICAL - ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES
(PAINTING, COATING AND INSULATION)
7.1
ACTIONS
7.11
General
PAGE: 2
This section summarises the recording procedure for certification
relating to the surface preparation, internal and external paint
coatings, linings, spray applied fire-proofing applications and other
types of insulation.
The construction or maintenance authority is responsible for issue of
work instruction to the painting/insulation and protective coating
contractor(s) who shall be responsible for management and
inspection requirements.
The contractor shall maintain reports
which describe the preparation and environmental conditions during
construction activities.
7.1.2
Use Of Forms
a)
All reporting and recording of results of inspection shall be on the
GOC standard forms - see Exhibit 1.
b)
AS1: Final Paint Acceptance Certificate.
To record acceptance on completion of painting.
c)
AS2: Final Coating/Insulation Completion.
i) Covering Architectural and Structural Acceptance, (Paint, Linings
and Fire Proofing). To record acceptance of fire proofing and
related activities. N.B. The Certifying Authority may be required
to endorse this document for Passive Fire Protection.
ii) Piping/Equipment Insulation Acceptance Certificate.
To record insulation acceptance on completion of insulation
applied to piping systems, mechanical equipment and vessels.
N.B. Prior to acceptance of insulation, it shall be confirmed that all
corrosion monitoring pockets have been identified and correctly
installed.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SUBJECT:
•
•
•
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 7.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
MECHANICAL - ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES
(PAINTING, COATING AND INSULATION)
PAGE: 3
Functional Certification Flowchart.
Discpilne: Mechanical (Architectural Services)
(Painting, Coatings and Insulation)
AS1
MC1
SH1
AS2
AS1 : Final Paint Certificate.
AS2 : Final Coating / Insulation Certificate.
MC1 : Mechanical Completion Certificate.
SH1 : System Handover Certificate.
Architectural Services covers the following Sections ;
Section 3
Section 4
Pipe Testing
Vessels and Tanks
Machinery
Mechanical Handling
Section 5
Section 6
Structural
HVAC
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SUBJECT:
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 7.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
MECHANICAL - ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES
(PAINTING, COATING AND INSULATION)
PAGE: 4
EXHIBIT 1
STANDARD FORMS
Form No.
Form Title
AS1
Final Paint Acceptance Certificate
AS2
Covering Architectural and Structural Acceptance Certificate,
(Paint, Linings and Fire Proofing) and Piping/Equipment
Insulation Acceptance Certificate.
Note:
Final acceptance of each report as complete and correct shall
be authorised by the painting/insulation foreman or dedicated
painting inspector.
The AS2 may require to be endorsed by the I.V.A.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM AS1
SITE:
FINAL PAINT ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE
CONTRACTOR
SHT
OF
CONTRACT NO.
SCOPE OF CERTIFICATE
REMARKS
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT ALL PAINTING AS DEFINED ABOVE HAS BEEN COMPLETED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH PAINT SPECIFICATION.
INSPECTED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM AS2
(SIDE 1)
SITE
ARCHITECURAL INSULATION COATINGS
ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE
AREA
SYSTEM
GRID REF.
LOCATION
ELEVATION
P & I.D. NO.
DRG. NO.
TEST PACK NO.
SHT
OF
P & I.D.
PIPING/EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION NO. :LINE NUMBER OR EQUIPMENT
NO. & DESCRIPTION
FINAL PAINT
ACCEPTED
*YES/NO
INSULATION
TYPE
(FIREPROOFING
THERMAL,
ACOUSTIC)
INS
THICKNESS
mm
INSULATION
INSTALLED IN
ACCORDANCE
WITH SPEC
YES
NO
FOR ITEMS MARKED 'NO' RAISE PUNCH LIST
INSPECTED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
DATE
PRINT NAME
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
ELEVATION
AREA LOCATION
SIGNATURE
APPROVED BY
STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY STEELWORK MODULE WALLS
EAST
WEST
GRID REF.
INSPECTED BY
SOUTH
ROOF
SHT
SH1 No :
MC1 No :
(SIDE 2)
WORKPACK No :
Euro Revision 03
DECK
OF
FORM AS2
MAINTENANCE ID No :
COMPANY
SURFACE
PREPARATION &
FINAL THICKNESS
AVG. dfi
COMMENTS
SPECIFICATION
DESCRIPTION
FIRE PROOFING
SPECIFICATION
DESCRIPTION
LINING
SPECIFICATION
DESCRIPTION
COATING
NORTH
ARCHITECTURAL INSULATION COATINGS
ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE
PROJECT TITLE :
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 1
SECTION 8.0
CONTROL
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 2
8.1
ACTIONS
8.1.1
General
a)
This document details the certification requirements for the installation
and testing of standard process control equipment as used in the
petrochemical industry, including Fire & Gas detection/ protection and
Telecommunications.
Any special tests required to show conformance to specifications for
specialised systems shall be agreed between the Supplier and BP or
their Delegated Authority.
The procedural requirements detailed herein are the recommended
minimum requirements for the inspection and testing for Control
including that used for Instrumentation, Fire and Gas detection/
protection and Telecommunications and must be carried out with due
regard to the relevant manufacturers instructions.
Full reference shall be made to Section 9.0 Electrical with respect to
Equipment Classification (Electrical Procedure 9.15), Electrical
Inspection (Procedure 9.19) and where the voltage demarcation
between Control/Electrical is reached.
For active fire protection, reference shall be made to Section 3 "Pipe
Testing", refer to procedure 3.1.7 Piping Completion (Fire & Gas).
For passive fire protection, reference shall be made to Section 7
"Painting , Coating and Insulation", form AS-2, "Architectural and
Structural Acceptance Certificate, Paint, Lining, and Fire Proofing"
b)
Inspection
Package units and loose equipment received are to be visually
inspected for damage and shortages.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 3
Any equipment/device not accompanied by the appropriate certification,
or referenced as being reviewed and accepted on the appropriate ITS,
shall be quarantined until such time as the certification is available.
c)
Damage
Any shipping damage shall be recorded and the condition of packaging
noted by the Materials/Stores Department. Equipment which is
damaged or suspected to be faulty as a result of damage to either
equipment or packaging shall be quarantined pending assessment by
the appropriate authority.
The Engineering Authority shall determine whether the equipment may
be :i)
released without further action
ii)
iii)
returned to the vendor for repair
repaired, if possible without invalidating the vendor's warranty;
The Engineering Authority will advise the materials department
accordingly.
d)
Storage
Devices and materials, as received, shall be stored as recommended
by the supplier and protected against adverse weather conditions.
Where special storage requirements are stipulated, they shall be stored
under cover or in air conditioned stores etc., with shipping stops and
protective devices in place. Devices shall be examined, on receipt, to
check that they are correctly tagged.
To ensure early detection of damage, all equipment inherently suitable
shall be calibrated in the workshop as soon as practicable after receipt
into store and a calibration sticker showing calibrated range/setting; the
date and responsible person attached to the equipment. The material
control department shall be responsible for co-ordinating this activity.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
8.1.2
Use Of Forms
(a)
General Requirements
PAGE: 4
For onsite works, all reporting and recording of the results of
inspections and tests shall be on the GOC standard forms, listed in
Exhibit 1.
(b)
Roles and Responsibilities
Construction/Maintenance Authority
The construction/maintenance authority will be responsible for the
calibration and installation of all devices, their associated piping,
pneumatic and electrical hook-up and all powered down loop checks
relevant to the device, and completion of the relevant certificates.
Commissioning Authority
The commissioning authority will be responsible for powering up and
completing the loop checking and all associated Function Testing.
(c)
CC1 Control Acceptance Certificate
The CC1 form is used to by the construction dept to confirm and record
the following :That the Device(s) and the associated hook-up have been supplied,
calibrated, installed and tagged correctly as per relevant design
drawings and specifications.
Relevant Electrical certification has been completed .
Pneumatic / Impulse lines have (where applicable) been blown through
and pressure tested.
Orifice plate inspection and dimensional checks carried out.
Bursting Disc Inspection and Manufactures Data sheets/recording.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
d)
PAGE: 5
SC1: System Control (Function Test) Certificate
The SC1 form is used by Commissioning to record;
i)
ii)
All powered loop tests and the associated function testing.
Detail and record the test the test requirements for
Programmable Logic Controller Panels as detailed in
Procedure 8.7
Function testing will be carried out on all critical/complex loops (refer
to procedure 8.4).
Items not requiring function testing which are solely covered by the CC1
form and Testing are typically :- PI's, TI's and RO's i.e. completely local
non-interactive items.
e)
SP1: System Performance Certificate (HIPS)
The SP1 form is used by Commissioning to record HIPS Performance
Test(s).
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 6
CONTROL PROCEDURES
Procedure 8.1
Impulse line Pressure Testing
Procedure 8.2
Control Cable Testing & Fibre Optic Cables
Procedure 8.3
General/Calibration/Installation/Cold Loop Checking
Procedure 8.4
Powered Up Loop and Function Testing
Procedure 8.5
System Control Testing (Function Test)
Procedure 8.6
System Performance HIPS Tests
Procedure 8.7
Programmable Logic Controller Panels
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 7
PROCEDURE 8.1
1.1
Impulse Line Pressure Testing
1.1.1
General
Ensure all air supply/transmission/process/hydraulic lines are correctly
hooked up, as per relevant drawing.
a)
Instrument Air Distribution Systems
Instrument air systems shall be checked for air leakage using dried,
filtered, oil free air or N2 from a compressor or storage cylinder. Main
air headers and branch lines to individual instrument isolating valves
shall be tested to 110% of maximum working pressure. Devices should
not be connected during this test. Service test the last joint after
reconnection.
Apply the required input pressure to the process connection, close the
inlet and disconnect the pressure source. Observe the gauge on the
inlet and ensure that there is no fall-off of pressure. Where leaks are
evident these shall be eliminated and the test repeated.
Tests shall have a duration of at least 10 minutes and a test gauge
shall be observed to detect leakage. All joints shall be leak tested with
a soap and water (bubble) solution, should the above test fail.
Testing of pneumatic piping with liquids is not permitted.
Instrument air tubing downstream of pressure regulators and instrument
pneumatic signal lines shall be blown clear and leak tested using
bubble solution.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
b)
PAGE: 8
Instrument Piping Systems
Instrument piping systems may be categorised as either "Impulse
Lines" or "Process Piping" as follows:"Impulse Line" means the whole of the instrument piping downstream of
the process line isolating valve, but not instrument piping through which
continuous process flow occurs, such as for on-stream analysers, which
shall be treated as "Process Piping" for the purposes of inspection and
testing.
Instrument pipework classed as:i)
"Process Piping" shall require full welding traceability, and form
MW1 and associated NDT certificates completed where welding
activities are performed (refer GOC-2.1);
ii)
"Impulse Piping" socket weld activities only require MPI or DP to
be performed; all butt-welds require UT or radiographic testing and
shall have full traceability as per process piping.
Record
conformation of completion of MW1 on the CC1;
iii)
Hydraulic Piping IP12 shall be cleaned in accordance with NAS
1638.
All instrument pipework shall be flushed. Prior to flushing main process
lines, all displacement meters, turbine meters, control valves softseated valves, orifice plates, etc., should be removed from the process
lines and suitable spool pieces inserted.
Instrument pipework, during the testing of main process lines, should
be positively isolated or removed from the device downstream of the
first isolation valve. In the case of hydro-testing against a positive
isolation of an instrument, the instrument should be equalised and/or
vented, or removed.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 9
All the instrument pipework and manifold shall be tested separately
from the process piping using a suitable test pump and calibrated test
gauge.
Instrument pipework categorised as "Impulse Piping" shall be leak tested using a suitable test medium at 110% of the maximum working
pressure, for a minimum period of 15 minutes, the limits of which will
be indicated on the appropriate hook-up drawing.
Where a "Dublok" (Double Block and Bleed) valve is employed for
primary isolation, the pressure test source shall be connected to the
vent of the "Dublok" valve. The instrument pipework shall be capped at
the instrument end and vent valves shall be opened with the outlets
blanked off.
All
pressure
testing
is
the
responsibility
of
the
Construction/Maintenance, who shall sign as satisfactorily tested on the
Final Control Completion Certificate CC1.
For pressure testing of instrument pipework and design requirements,
refer to RP32/2, RP42-1 and ANSI B31.3 respectively.
Where tubing and compression fittings are used (as opposed to N.B.
pipe) the Inspection and Test requirements in RP30-10 shall be
followed.
The use of RP30-10 AS A project or Asset practice has
resulted from a number of failures of compression fittings ‘in service’.
The additional and specific requirements of testing instrument
compression fittings on process pipe work are;
i)
100 % inspection of fittings.
ii)
Training and Qualifications of installers.
iii)
Maintain Training and Qualifications of qualified installers.
iv)
Hydrostatic test pressure shall be 150% MAWP, which is the
same as process pipe work, ANSI B31.3.
v)
Any equipment removed (breaking containment) and re-instated
shall be subject to a formal Leak Test at 110% MAWP.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 10
PROCEDURE 8.2
2.1
Control Cable Testing & Fibre Optic Cables
2.2.1
General
The following inspection and test procedures are applicable to all cable sizes and
types.
2.2
Post - Installation Inspection
a)
Compare the cable size, type, routing and numbering with the cable
schedule and relevant electrical drawings, paying particular attention to
any special requirements, e.g. toxicity.
Ensure that the core
identification agrees with the connection diagrams.
b)
Ensure that the gland certificates meet the area classification and
specification requirements.
c)
Inspect the cable glands for tightness and good workmanship. Ensure
that the correct type of gland has been used for the size and type of
cable installed, and that, where specified, insulating gland adapters
have been installed.
d)
Ensure that the gland plates for single-core cables have been
manufactured from non-magnetic materials, where this is applicable.
e)
Where conductors have been terminated using crimped connections,
ensure that the correct size and type of crimped connection has been
used.
f)
Inspect the earth connections.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
g)
PAGE: 11
For MICC cable, the additional inspection as listed below should be
carried out:i)
Check that the glanding is in accordance with the manufacturers'
instructions and that earth tails have been terminated at a
suitable earthing terminal.
ii) Check that surge suppression voltage dependent resistors, where
specified, are correctly fitted and that the correct type has been
fitted.
iii) Where applicable, ensure the appropriate requirements of
Electrical Procedures 9.15 and 9.19 are carried out.
h)
Fibre Optic Cable; Check that the interconnection devices and passive
components are installed as per the Manufactures instructions and
procedures. Fibre Optic Specialists will perform all the testing to the
approved Vendor and/or Manufactures specifications and procedures.
Reference to BS EN 61300:1997 Fibre Optic Basic Test and
Measurement Procedures and BS 7718:1996 for Installation of Fibre
Optic Cabling,
Form EE12 will be used as a carrier certificate for the Specialist’s
installation, inspection, testing and certification of Fibre Optic Cables.
The EE12 will be endorsed by the Fibre Optic Specialist’s
representative and BP Commissioning and/or Operating Authority.
In addition specifications, methods of test and certification, risk analysis
statements should be understood with particular notice to the COSHH
regulations relating to fibre shards and hazardous substances.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 12
2.3
Insulation Resistance Testing
a)
Before any cables are tested, all cleating, supports, etc. shall be
completed. Intermediate insulation resistance tests shall be carried out
before cleating. Before making any measurements, the inspector
should ensure that one gland of the cable has been de-glanded and is
clear of any metal. After measurements have been taken, a final test
should be made when the gland in question has been re-glanded,
i.e. core to core, core to screen, and core to earth.
Measure the insulation resistance of the cable and record on the EE1
test certificate. The table below gives the test voltages and minimum
acceptable values of insulation resistance. Where necessary measure
the conductivity of the earth conductor.
For all multicore cables, insulation resistance should be measured core
to core, core to earth and screen to armour. Only the lowest figure
obtained shall be recorded.
Cable
Voltage
(Working
Range)
Test Voltage
(between
Conductor
and to Earth)
Minimum
Insulation
Resistance
Volts
24
240/440
Volts
500
500
Meg-Ohms
10
10
After the above tests each cable shall be discharged and the
conductors earthed until the cable is put into service.
The test voltage are as tabulated above.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 13
2.4
Certification
a)
All cable testing is the responsibility of the construction/maintenance
authority who shall sign Form EE-1.
The EE1 is to be used to record the results of the testing and to confirm
that all the requirements of this procedure, and electrical procedures
9.15 and 9.19 if appropriate, have been carried out.
b)
Form EE12 to be used as a carrier certificate for Fibre Optic Cables.
The EE12 will be endorsed by the Fibre Optic Specialists and BP
Commissioning and/or Operating Authority.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 14
PROCEDURE 8.3
3.1
General Calibration / Installation / Cold Loop Checking
3.1.1
General
Device calibration shall be carried out in a calibration workshop, except
where devices form a part of an integrated system, in which case they
shall be calibrated in situ. Calibration shall be completed with due
regard to the specific requirements of each type of device.
A suitable means shall be made available for simulating the required
process conditions and that test equipment is available with sufficient
accuracy for the test to be performed. Construction/Maintenance shall
provide current test certificates for all calibration equipment.
Before calibration, all devices shall be visually inspected for damage
(any damage being rectified before any tests are attempted). The data
plate on the device, and the available power source, whether electric or
pneumatic shall agree with that called for on the device specification
sheet.
The Supplier's Instruction Manual shall be made available.
A label shall be attached to the device, giving details of the calibration
check, including date test completed and the name of tester.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 15
3.1.2
Energy Supply Source and Output
a)
This procedure applies to all devices requiring a power supply and
which generate a signal output.
b)
Pneumatic
i)
The air supply to pneumatic instruments shall be clean, dry and oil
free.
ii)
Connect the air supply and adjust the air supply regulator to the
correct setting, e.g. 1.4 bar gauge for a standard transmitter with
operating range of 0.2-1.0 bar gauge; 20 psig for an operating
range of 3-15 psig.
iii)
Connect the output to a suitable test gauge via a capacity
chamber.
iv)
Care should be taken to ensure that all pneumatic connections are
leak free. If in doubt, leak test joints with soap and water (bubble)
solution.
c)
Electronic
i)
Connect a suitable power supply. Electronic devices shall be
energised for the minimum period as stated by manufacturers
recommendations.
Correct polarity of supply should be
maintained at all times.
ii)
Connect the output to a suitable test meter.
3.1.3
Transmitters/Receivers
a)
This procedure applies to all transmitting, receiving and direct reading
devices, other than local pressure/temperature gauges, and switches.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
b)
PAGE: 16
Leak Test
i)
Apply the maximum signal input pressure to the process
connection, close the inlet and disconnect the pressure source.
Observe the gauge on the signal inlet and ensure that there is no
fall-off of pressure over a given period. Where leaks are evident,
these shall be eliminated and the test repeated.
c)
Calibration Test
Check device at 'ZERO' reading and adjust if necessary.
i)
Raise the process input signal and record the corresponding
output signal and/or scale readings at 0-25-50-75-100% of the
device range. Differential pressure devices shall be subject to a
static alignment check.
Note: The readings should always be taken when the signal is
in the 'rising' state.
ii)
Lower the process input signal and record the corresponding
output signal and/or scale readings at 100-75-50-25-0%.
Note: The readings should always be taken when the signal is
in the 'falling' state.
iii) The percentage error calculated for the above tests should not
exceed the manufacturer's stated limits for accuracy and
hysteresis.
iv) Where necessary, adjustments should be made according to the
manufacturer's instructions and the tests repeated. Accuracy of
reading should be better than or equal to the accuracy limits stated
in the manufacturer's specification.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 17
3.1.3
Controllers
a)
This procedure applies to conventional analogue, field or panel
mounted controllers and would not apply to micro processor type
controllers which form part of an integrated system. Such systems
would usually be factory calibrated and any field tests or adjustment
would be subject to special agreement with the engineer.
3.1.4
Receiver Controller (Closed Loop Method)
a)
Receiver controllers, either pneumatic or electronic should be tested by
the closed loop method. This entails connecting the controller output to
the process input connection and the following performed.
i)
Place controller action in reverse (decreasing output for increasing
input), set Proportional Band to a low value, set Integral or
Derivative action (if fitted) to minimum time values.
ii)
Check that the settings of any limit stops allow full scale pointer
movement.
iii)
Adjust the set point to 50% of scale and set the Auto/Manual
transfer switch to Auto. The controller output should now read
50%, if there is a deviation scale, it should be a null balance point
(centre scale).
iv)
Move the set-point upscale and down scale whilst observing the
output meter. The output meter should continuously track the setpoint and deviation point should always read null. Always allow
time at each set-point setting to permit the controller to balance
correctly.
v)
With the controller set-point and output at 50% move the
Proportional Band setting from minimum to maximum. During this
movement, the output or null balance pointer should remain
stationary.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
vi)
PAGE: 18
Change the Auto/Manual transfer switch to 'Manual', it should be
possible to vary the output manually from 0 to 100% of the output
scale.
In the event of the controller performing incorrectly adjustments should
be made in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions until
satisfactory test results are obtained.
NOTE: The above procedure may vary from one manufacturer to
another.
3.1.5
Direct Connected Controllers (Open Loop Method)
a)
For controllers connected directly to the process, connect a suitable
signal generating source to the process connection together with a
means of isolating and regulating the same, with a suitable accurate
indicator. A power supply should be connected and an output gauge
provided if one does not already exist on the controller.
Checks should be made for controller alignment and synchronisation as
follows.
i)
Controller Alignment
Set the controller action to 'Direct', the Auto/Manual transfer switch
to 'Auto', and the Proportional Band to a low value. Adjust the
Integral and Derivative settings (if fitted) to minimum values.
Set the set-point to 50% (mid-scale) and increase the process
variable to mid-scale at which point the controller output should
change from minimum to maximum. If this does not occur, make
adjustments in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.
When correct change-over occurs, reverse the controller action
and re-check the operation to ensure the controller is correctly
aligned.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
ii)
PAGE: 19
Controller Synchronisation
Having checked the alignment, set the controller action to the
required mode for operation and set the Proportional band to
100% with the process variable and set-point at 50% (mid-point).
The controller is normally synchronised at 50% of the output range
and should therefore indicate mid-output range when the set-point
and process variables are at mid-scale.
With the controller set up at mid-scale, adjust the Proportional
Band setting from minimum to maximum, during which the output
pointer should remain stationary. If the controller performs
incorrectly, adjustment should be made in accordance with the
manufacturers instructions, and the test repeated.
Change the Auto/Manual transfer switch to 'Manual'; it should be
possible to vary the output manually from 0 to 100% of the output
scale.
3.1.6
Pressure Gauges
a)
Pressure gauges should be checked by means of a Hydraulic Pressure
Gauge Comparator. The standard pressure gauge shall be calibrated
on site against a Dead Weight Tester before initial use and then
periodically. The date for such tests shall be recorded.
The Gauge Comparator should be firmly fixed to a bench, and a test
gauge of range comparable to the gauge being tested is fitted to the
other branch with the hand pump on the comparator operated in order
to check the gauge against the reading of the test gauge.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 20
Reading should be checked for pressure corresponding to 0-50-100%
of the range of the gauge under test. Actual gauge readings shall be
noted for both rising and falling signals. Gauges for use on oxygen
service must be tested by oil-free means.
3.1.7
Pressure Switches
a)
Pressure switches shall be tested at their operating point using either a
compressed air source or a dead-weight tester depending upon the
range of the switch under test.
A continuity test-circuit should be
connected across the contacts to ensure correct operation.
Care should be taken to ensure the switch operation is in the correct
mode, i.e. with a rising or falling signal according to the device
specification.
Where the switching differential is stated in the specification this should
also be checked.
3.1.8
Temperature Indicators
a)
Local temperature indicators (dial thermometers) shall be checked
using a temperature bath. They should normally be checked at
approximately 50% of the range unless otherwise agreed. During the
test both shall be continuously stirred to ensure even temperature
throughout.
3.1.9
Temperature Switches
a)
Temperature switches shall be tested at their operating point using a
temperature bath. During the test both shall be continuously stirred to
ensure even temperature throughout. A continuity test-circuit should be
connected across the contacts to ensure correct operation. Care
should be taken to ensure the switch operation is in the correct mode,
i.e. with a rising or falling signal according to the device specification.
Where the switching differential is stated in the specification, this
should also be checked.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 21
3.1.10 Level Switches
a)
Float switches should be tested mechanically prior to installation with a
continuity test-circuit connected across the contacts to ensure correct
operation. Care should be taken to ensure the switch operation mode
is correct.
Where possible all float or displacer elements shall be checked for pin
hole leaks i.e. immerse element in bath of clear hot water and inspect
for Air Bubble Streams.
Before commissioning, water should be used to check the operation of
the switch in situ.
3.1.11 Solenoid Valves
a)
Connect an appropriate power supply via a switch and connect an air
supply to the appropriate port or ports. The operation of the valve shall
be checked by operating the switch and observing the change-over
action. Tightness of shut-off shall be checked by connecting a flexible
tube to the outlet port or ports and immersing the free end in water to
ensure that the valve closure is bubble-tight at the stated design
pressure.
Where applicable, check electrical and manual reset, over-ride and
time delay features as called for in the specification; that the coil
resistance is correct and any bridge rectification is intact. Also check
any internal suppression diodes.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 22
3.1.12 Flow Elements
a)
Flow elements, e.g. orifice plates, venturies, variable area meters,
turbine meters etc., should not be installed until line flushing has been
completed.
Flow elements such as turbine meters, magnetic flow meters etc.,
cannot usually be tested in the field and manufacturers test certificates
are normally accepted.
Before installation, the flow element shall be inspected to ensure that
the data and material specification stamped on the data plate or tab
handle agrees with the specification.
b)
Orifice plates should be examined for flatness and to ensure that they
are undamaged. The dimensions should be checked against the
relevant data sheet with a Vernier and recorded on form CC1 by
Construction/Maintenance, and upon installation
Commissioning to ensure correct direction of flow.
checked
by
Inspection of orifice flange installation shall be carried out to ensure
adequate weld dressing and orientation of flange taps. Pipeline internal
dimension measurement certificates shall be inspected.
3.1.13 Rupture Discs
a)
Rupture Discs (Bursting Discs) are pressure containing devices that are
used in service where a large relieving capacity is required to give a
rapid drop in pressure.
A rupture disc is the pressure-containing and pressure-sensitive
element of a rupture disc device.
Rupture Discs maybe designed in
several configurations, such as flat, domed (pre-bulged), or reverse
acting. Most discs may require a rupture holder to enclose, seal, and
clamp the rupture disc in position. This combination of the disc and
holder is called a rupture disc device.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 23
Because rupture discs cannot be tested, they should be replaced on a
regular schedule based on their
recommendations and past experience.
application,
manufactures
Reference should be made to API RP 576 Inspection of Pressure
Relieving Devices and API RP 520 Parts 1 and 2 on rupture discs.
Care should be taken on installation, to ensure that the data and
material specifications stamped on the data plate or tab handle agrees
with the required specification and recorded on form CC1 by the
Construction Authority.
During installation, the Commissioning
Authority will check to ensure the correct direction of flow.
3.1.14 Control Valves
a)
Diaphragm Valves (Without Positioner)
Note the bench setting operating range of the diaphragm actuator from
its data plate or specification sheet.
Connect a suitable regulated air supply with an accurate test gauge to
the diaphragm case connection. Increase the air pressure to load the
diaphragm and check the valve spindle position from the valve stem
position indicator. The travel should be checked at the following
positions 0-25-50-75-100% of valve stroke. Where necessary, adjust
the valve spring tension nut to obtain the correct start point and retest.
When tight shut-off is specified, a test rig should be fabricated
comprising of a blind flange on the valve outlet, fitted with a bleed pipe
and a suitable rated isolation valve. The open end of the bleed pipe
should be immersed in water so that discharge bubbles can be
observed. The valve inlet should be connected to a source of pressure
equal to the valve shut-off pressure.
The specified signal corresponding to the valve closed position under
normal operating conditions should be applied to the valve actuator
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 24
and, if necessary, adjustments made to the valve, until the leakage
bubble-rate is within the specified tolerance.
b)
Diaphragm Valves (With Positioner)
Note the bench setting operating range of the diaphragm actuator from
its data plate or specification sheet, i.e. bench-set of actuator
irrespective of positioner.
Note the operating range of the positioner input and output. Where the
positioner is fitted with a by-pass valve (omitted in split-range service)
switch the valve to the signal input connection. If a positioner by-pass
is not fitted, disconnect the air connection from the actuator case and
connect the variable air supply, with test gauge, direct to the diaphragm
head.
The actuator should then be checked for travel, independent from
positioner with rising and falling signals at 0-25-50-75-100% of valve
stroke.
After checking the valve stroke without positioner, the stroke should be
checked with the positioner in service. Connect an air supply to the
Positioner 'supply' connection and adjust to 0.4 bar above the
maximum operating range of the actuator. Switch the positioner bypass valve to the 'on' position. If no by-pass is fitted, re-connect the
positioner output to the actuator and connect the variable air supply to
the positioner signal connection.
If necessary, adjust in accordance with manufacturers instructions and
then re-test.
Control valves with other types of actuator, e.g. piston operators, air
cylinder operators, electro/hydraulic or electric motor operators should
be tested for stroking and failure action in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 25
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
All valve accessories shall be checked for correct function, this shall
include limit switches, solenoid valves and any associated test over-ride
facilities.
c)
Electrically Actuated Valve Testing
Where actuators have not been tested with the valves in the Vendors'
Works, consideration shall be given to testing the combined valve and
actuator unit to demonstrate that the actuator will open the valve with
the specified differential pressure in the associated pipework.
Initial testing shall be performed by winding the valve by hand to the
mid-position before operating the actuator to check that the motor
phase rotation is correct, noting that incorrect rotation will damage the
valve.
The settings of torque and limit switches, valve position indicators,
indicating lights and remote/locate controls shall be checked by a full
operation test, using both the medium and low voltage supplies.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 26
Where more than one electrically operated valve is associated with a
system of interlocks, all valves shall be operational to ensure that the
required valves only are affected.
Field installed powered -up testing shall only be carried out with the
full involvement of the Operating Authority.
3.2
Fire & Gas and Telecommunications
a)
Due to the diverse nature of F & G and Telecomms equipment general
calibration procedures are not recommended. Calibration were
applicable shall be carried out in accordance with the individual
manufactures instructions and conjunction with the relevant specialised
vendor where applicable.
3.3
Certification
a)
Calibration Checks
All calibration checks are the responsibility of the Construction /
Maintenance, and shall be recorded on Form CC1. All devices are to
be calibrated on receipt (refer to 8.1.1. d ).
b)
Inspecting & Tests
The following inspections and tests shall be completed the Construction
/ Maintenance before a loop is offered for acceptance.
i)
All supports for piping, tubing and cabling have been fitted.
ii)
Hydraulic/hydrostatic pressure testing (Procedure 8.1) has been
completed.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 27
iii) All field/panel cabling has been installed as per appropriate
drawing. Instrument (Procedure 8.2) completed.
iv) General calibration/installation (Procedure 8.3) complete, were
appropriate, and recorded on the CC1.
v)
All equipment is installed, tagged and located, as per design.
vi) All equipment certification is correct for area classification.
Electrical (Procedure 9.15) has been completed and recorded on
the CC1.
vii) All "cold" powered down continuity loop checks are completed inline with the relevant design drawings.
viii) All associated junction boxes have been checked and electrical
(Procedure 9.19) has been completed and recorded on form CC1.
ix) Mechanical protection of equipment, particularly Fire and Gas,
critical to the overall completion of the detection and protection
systems the necessary precautions shall be taken to ensure the
integrity of the installed equipment and systems is maintained.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 28
PROCEDURE 8.4
4.1
Powered Up Loop And Function Testing
4.1.1
General
Loop Testing shall be completed for Control, Fire & Gas and
Telecommunications
Loop testing will be carried out by the Commissioning Authority.
Prior to commencing with powered-up loop checks confirm the
completion of procedures 8.1, 8.2 & 8.3.
Confirm all relevant
certification is complete and available for inspection.
Full regard shall be taken of all relevant documentation prior to
commencing loop function testing including:- manufacturers
instructions, O & M manuals, Control and Shutdown Philosophy, Cause
and Effect's, and specialised vendor input that may be required.
4.1.2
Loop Categories
a)
Loops are basically divided into 4 categories ;
i) Local non-interactive, e.g. PI, TI. This category does not require
function testing; calibration and installation are covered by the CC1
as completed by Construction .
ii) Local control and indication with no local/remote panel interaction,
e.g. PT & PCV. This category requires loop function testing.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 29
iii) Control and Detection/Indication with local/remote interaction, no
complex control functions or shutdown interface, e.g. PT-PIC-PCV
and/or PT-PSL-PSH-PAL-PAH. This category requires loop function
testing.
iv) Control and Detection/indication with local/remote interaction,
complex control functions or shutdown interface, e.g. from any High
High / Low Low initiating devices, Fire & Gas detection, Executive
actions. This category initially requires the standard loop function
test and then the system function test for the control/shutdown
interfaces and should be tested in accordance with the relevant
commissioning procedure, control philosophy and cause and effect.
For instruments connected to the Distributed Control System (DCS) or
safety systems, the loop shall include system measurement,
processing, control action and display. This shall be achieved utilising
the control system monitoring facilities provided for the purpose.
The overall testing of the instrumentation system, which includes
DCS/safety systems, shall be carried out in conjunction with the Vendor
of the control system, under the supervision of the Construction control
engineer and the Commissioning Authority.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
4.1.3
Loop Function Testing Control
a)
General
PAGE: 30
Loop testing is applicable to all devices:- Control, F&G and
Telecommunications, except were specialised vendor involvement is
required; in these instances testing will be at the discretion of the
Commissioning Authority.
Ensure devices are powered-up and tested in accordance with
manufacturers procedures.
b)
c)
For Fire & Gas devices.
i)
Ensure correct operation of fire area override.
ii)
Ensure the area around the detector is free of gas.
iii)
Ensure that any optical surfaces and mirrors are clean.
iv)
Check alignment of detectors and reflector plates.
Apply an appropriate signal to the device, i.e. typical but not limited to:pressure/temperature/digital/analogue/UV-IR source/test sheet or
injection of test gas. Check each loop component for correct
action/operation. A check calibration/performance test shall be carried
out over the range of each loop device.
d)
Check / set any trip / alarm in the loop, simulate process signal to
initiate the transmitter/device and check the action, check for correct
LEL readings, check zero readings, including displays, alarms etc. at
operator console. All trips shall be set to the value on the data sheet.
e)
Check the action of the annunciator/LED or other indication against the
specification i.e. fleeting or maintained. The correct sequence of
operation and all outputs shall be proven to work satisfactorily including
audible and visible alarms.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
f)
PAGE: 31
Thermowells shall be visually inspected for correct insertion depth.
Thermal elements shall be inspected for damage and correct element
length to ensure contact with the base of the well.
g)
Resistance thermometer elements and thermocouples should be
checked at ambient, and at differing temperatures using suitable test
equipment connected at the field terminals, and the corresponding
output display and recorders checked over their range.
h)
Burn out features shall be checked where provided.
i)
Stroke valves by varying controller output. Check valve fail action and
positioner action.
j)
Ensure devices are powered up in accordance with manufacturers
procedures.
k)
All individual devices shall be checked as part of the loop function test.
l)
Shutdown input signals should be checked initially to the input LEDS
and associated annunciator.
m)
Outputs from the shutdown system should be simulated initially from
the output terminals to the field device.
n)
Shutdown inputs/outputs, Electrical, Fire & Gas, HVAC and Vendor
packages interfaces should be checked to ensure system compatibility
and correct function with the associated dept in question.
o)
Analytical and special installations shall be tested in accordance with
the manufacturers recommendations.
p)
Reference Procedure 8.5 for shutdown/complex loop functions
q)
Owing to the diversity of equipment involved in Telecommunications
systems e.g. satellite communications, aeronautical radios, beacons,
MF, HF, VHF, UHF communications equipment, antennae, TV, video,
etc., it is impractical to produce in-house test record proformas to
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 32
cover the full range of different manufacturers specialised equipment.
The objective of providing the diverse range of telecommunications
systems (Radio, Satellite, PA/GA, Telephone, etc.) is to ensure the
operational integrity of the platform or facility.
The basis for procuring the relevant telecommunications systems is to
use appropriate proprietary systems, and system testing is carried out
using manufacturer's procedures, with certification based on relevant
industry standards.
A system test is to be carried out for each system and all the devices
connected to it, and a summary of the results recorded on Form SC1System Control Certificate.
Telecom equipment can be placed in one of three categories for
inspection and test purposed.
I.
General Bulk Field Equipment
i)
P.A. Speakers
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
viii)
P.A. Visual Lamps
Telephone Sockets
Exe Telephone Installation
Data Sockets
Entertainment Distribution Components
Entertainment Office and Cabin Units
Fibre Optic Cable
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
II.
Specialist Field Equipment
i)
ii)
Muster Intercom Units
Operational Intercom Units
iii)
Hotline Telephones
iv)
v)
CCTV Cameras and Monitors
Meteorological Sensors
vi)
Antennas
vii)
viii)
III.
PAGE: 33
Clocks
Drillers Intercom Units
ix)
Crane Radios
x)
Aeronautical Non Directional Beacon
xi)
xii)
Local Area Network (LAN) & Data Network
Entertainment System
xiii)
Survival Craft Radios and Beacons
xiv)
xv)
xvi)
P.A. Access Units
PMS
Line of Sight Radio Link
xvii)
Satellite System
Central Telecoms Equipment - Located in Equipment Rooms, Radio
Rooms and the CCR
i)
Public Address & General Alarm System
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
viii)
ix)
x)
xi)
xii)
xiii)
xiv)
xv)
xvi)
SITCOM Terminal
VHF Marine and Aeronautical Fixed Radios
MF/SSB Equipment
NDB Beacon and Monitor
UHF Radio and Paging Equipment
Hotline Central Equipment
Telex
Inmarsat
Meteorological Master and Salve Units
Weatherfac/Navfax/Fax
Shutdown System
Master Supervisory
Data Central Racks and Master Clock
Telephone Exchange System
Emergency Muster Point System
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 34
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
4.1.4
The
General
foregoing
commissioning
requirements
shall
apply
for
equipment
to
Control,
loop
function
testing
Instrumentation,
by
F&G,
Telecommunications equipment and systems as appropriate. Form SC 1 shall
be used for this purpose.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 35
PROCEDURE 8.5
5.1
System Control (Function) Testing
a)
Function testing of the system control scheme and the shutdown
system will be completed by Commissioning in accordance with
relevant commissioning procedure, control philosophy and cause and
effect for the system or part system, and SC1 certificate raised
accordingly. System function testing will be carried out on receipt and
acceptance of the Mechanical Completion Certificate (MC1).
Programmable Logic Control Panel inspection as detailed in Procedure
8.7 must be complete prior to the commencement of system control
function testing.
The SC1 shall be raised by the testing authority or nominated delegate.
The originator and technical authority shall be detailed on the SC1.
All relevant details of associated drawings and software that the system
has been tested to shall be recorded on the SC1.
The shutdown logic should be checked by the commissioning authority
as a separate exercise and an SC1 raised to cover all actions as
detailed in the associated Cause and Effect.
All trip and interlock devices, system inhibits and over-rides shall be
function tested. The function test will be simulated from the field in an
end-to-end test. Signals will not be simulated by disconnection or by
shorting, the control device in the field will be used to generate the trip
signal.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 36
PROCEDURE 8.6
6.1
System Performance HIPS Tests
6.1.1
Trip Testing Routine
a)
It is of paramount importance that systems installed for the protection of
plant and personnel will operate correctly and reliably when a
potentially dangerous condition is approached. Systems may remain
static and may not be called on to operate for long periods of time.
Failure of a component part of a system may not be apparent to the
plant operator since the system does not play any part in the normal
routine control of the plant. Trip testing routines shall be carried out for
the following:-
6.1.2
Category 1 Systems
If testing of the system is required on-line, a complete system of at least
single sensor, logic system, actuator and trip valve shall remain in
commission during testing.
Test facilities that prevent the system fulfilling its intended function
should be avoided.
The frequency and method of testing should be those which have been
shown by reliability analysis to give acceptable integrity.
The trip testing routine shall be provided as part of the system design /
commissioning procedure and shall be ratified by the relevant
authorities, any required deviation from the routine due to operational
circumstances should first be authorised by the engineering authority.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 37
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
6.1.3
Category 2A
a)
Category 2A systems with multiple sensors, logic and trip valves should
be tested as for the Category 1 system. For 2A systems using single
sensors and logic, the testing will be determined by the reliability
requirements.
The trip testing routine shall be provided as part of the system design /
commissioning procedure and shall be ratified by the relevant
authorities, any required deviation from the routine due to operational
circumstances should first be authorised by the engineering authority.
Form SP1 to be used to record the completion of the routine.
6.1.4
Category 2B
a)
Testing on line of the final actuator device may not be required. An
adequate level of integrity may be achieved by testing at plant or
spared equipment shutdown.
The trip testing routine shall be provided as part of the system design /
commissioning procedure and shall be ratified by the relevant
authorities, any required deviation from the routine due to operational
circumstances should first be authorised by the engineering authority.
HIPS Testing
6.1.5
ESD Valve (Emergency Shutdown )
a)
Inspection and testing of primary platform isolations ESD valves shall
be checked for correct position and orientation. Function Testing of
these valves should be carried out using the platform ESD system.
Form SP1 to be used to record the completion of the routine.
Refer to SI 1996 No 825 Pipeline and Safety Regulations.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
b)
PAGE: 38
Offshore ESDV’s must be inspected and function tested to assets and
statutory requirements of SI 1996 No 825 (formally SI 1029).
SI 1996 No 825 details the intervals between partial and full closure
test, for planned full closure tests it is recommended that a seal leak
test, wherever possible, is conducted at the pipeline Maximum
Allowable Operating Pressure (MAOP).
If the MAOP cannot be
achieved then an estimate of the leak rate at the MAOP should be
made using the actual test pressure achieved.
Form SP2 (side 2) to be used to record the valve closure test results.
Refer to SI 1996 No 825 Pipeline Safety Regulations. Although SI 1996
No 825 does not apply to onshore ESDV’s it is recommended that
onshore valves are also inspected and tested in accordance with this SI.
6.1.6
SSIV (Subsea Intervention Valve)
a)
Subsea Intervention Valve (SSIV) are not directly referred to in SI 1996
No 825, however the following guidelines should be considered.
i)
SSIV testing should be scheduled to coincide with SI 1996 No 825
closure tests.
ii)
Where the plant operability and control system design allows partial
and full closure tests should be carried out including seat leakage
test.
iii)
The time interval in seconds from the initiation of the shutdown
sequence for the SSIV to travel to the closed position should be
recorded and developed into a trend for use as a fault finding tool.
The frequency and type of function testing should be determined
based on the SSIV system reliability analysis, vendors
recommendations, operational experience and in accordance with
the Pipeline Operators Requirements.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
6.1.7
PAGE: 39
ESDV (Emergency Shutdown Valve)
Topside ESDV's as used for primary platform isolation shall be checked
in accordance with the relevant Asset specific, PFEER requirements.
Full closure testing, partial closure testing and seat leakage testing shall
be carried out in accordance with the relevant Commissioning /
Maintenance Procedure.
The time taken for ESD valves to stroke to their shutdown position shall
be recorded.
Valve installation shall be checked for correct position and orientation.
Form SP1 should be used to record the completion of the routine.
6.1.8
Miscellaneous (Analysers, Special Installations)
a)
Analysis and sampling equipment shall be checked against their
specification on receipt and shall be carefully examined for damaged
glassware and other easily breakable components. Any defects shall
be reported to the Witnessing Authority.
Construction shall not attempt any analysis testing without prior
consultation with the Witnessing Authority.
Commissioning in
accordance with specific procedures.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 40
PROCEDURE 8.7
7.1
Programmable Logic Controller Panels (PLCP)
a)
These panels generally fall into three categories :i)
Emergency and Process Shutdown Systems (ESD/ PSD)
ii)
iii)
Distributed Control Systems (DCS)
Fire and Gas
This is a generic procedure for the above systems, and covers the
panel inspection / testing at the vendors prior to delivery (if applicable),
pre-installation checks on site, and post installation checks and tests.
Due to the wide variety of PLCPs, ie. simplex, duplex etc. it is not
possible to be specific as to the tests requirements. The procedure
should be treated as a guide as to the test requirements, and it will be
the responsibility of the construction and commissioning engineers, in
liaison with the panel vendor as to what level of testing is required.
Details of these test requirements should be listed on the relevant SC1
certificate.
Test requirements for such generic panels should include as a
minimum, but not limited to the following checks and tests.
7.1.1
Pre-Delivery Inspection / Testing, at Vendors
a)
Ensure the panel conforms to the specified design drawings and
documentation
b)
Ensure that the panel certificates meet the area classification and
design specification requirements.
c)
Compare the panel equipment with the equipment schedule and vendor
documentation. Ensure that all power supply circuit ratings are as
specified. Note any circuit or hardware changes, and ensure that they
are covered by a project change notice, EQ, or similar.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
d)
PAGE: 41
Vendor documentation shall be reviewed and validated against panel
equipment.
e)
Produce a detailed commissioning and /or test procedure to cover the
functionality of the panel equipment, taking into account:i)
Power supply segregation/fusing.
ii)
iii)
All inputs and outputs
Controller functionality
iv)
Full Cause and Effect testing
7.1.2
Pre installation and Inspection
a)
Remove any temporary weatherproofing and silica gel drying agents
from the panel. Inspect the inside of the panel for cleanliness paying
particular attention to the PLC racks and terminations.
b)
Check internal hardware is fixed securely, and adequate access is
available to all panel equipment
c)
Ensure panel is not damaged and all connection hardware and cables
are included.
7.1.3 Post-Installation
a)
Inspect the entire panel assembly for alignment, level, tightness of
anchor bolts and fastening in general.
b)
Ensure that all panel doors, racks and are bonded to panel structure.
c)
Ensure that all equipment installed in the panel is in good order and in
clean condition. Verify bolt connections for tightness.
d)
Inspect panel grounding and earth connections for mechanical and
electrical continuity.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
e)
PAGE: 42
Ensure all single core panel wiring pins /crimps are secure. Check all
terminals for tightness post field cable termination
7.1.4
Panel Testing
a)
Before the function testing of any field device as detailed in procedure
8.5 can be carried out, panel functionality tests must be completed.
The detail and extent of such tests are the responsibility of the
commissioning engineer, who should liase with the panel vendor to
ensure adequate test requirements.
Panel functionality testing can only commence on receipt and
acceptance of the Mechanical Completion Certificate MC1 from the
construction group.
All AC / DC power supplies to the panel, including UPS supplies, are to
be connected and operational and terminated with-in the panel, with
their relevant cable test certificates completed and signed off.
i)
Ensure all breakers are switched off, and all main fuses are
removed with-in the panel, switch on each power supply in turn
and check for correct voltage and polarity.
ii)
Power-up the panel equipment in turn for each of the power
supplies and ensure stable operation. If necessary current
measurements are to be taken to ensure no overload condition
exists.
iii)
Check all PLC LEDs for correct status, and confirm PLC healthy
indication. Establish communications between the processor and
the I/O racks and check that correct data is flowing. In the case of
a dual redundant communication system, fail each comms link in
turn and check for auto change-over.
iv)
Power-up the system monitors and confirm satisfactory operation.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
v)
PAGE: 43
Examine the system status pages, and confirm that all PLC
system alarms and faults are genuine and accounted for.
vi)
Select a random number of digital and analogue inputs and
operate. Observe correct PLC I/O rack LED indication, and correct
status on the system monitors.
Note :- These tests need not include full application logic tests as per
the cause and effects. Full cause and effect function testing will be
performed during each of the system control function tests as detailed
in procedure 8.5
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
PAGE: 44
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
FLOWCHART 1
CONTROL CERTIFICATION FLOWCHART
•
•
Functional Certification Flowchart.
Discipline: Control ( Includes Instrumentation, Fire & Gas
and Telecoms)
SP1
CC1
MC1
SH1
SC1
CC1 : Control Completion Certificate.
MC1 : Mechanical Completion Certificate.
SC1 : System Control (Function Test) Certificate
SP1 : System Performance Certificate (HIPS)
SH1 : System Handover Certificate.
Note! Where Welding is carried out an MW1 - Welding Completion Summary
is required - Refer to GOC Section 2
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 8.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT: CONTROL,INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION
FIRE AND GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
PAGE: 45
EXHIBIT 1
STANDARD FORMS
Form No.
Form Title
EE1
Cable Test Certificate
CC1
Control Completion Certificate
SP1
System Performance Certificate (HIPS)
SC1
System Control (Function Test) Certificate
Note:
Final acceptance of each form as complete and correct shall be
approved by the Construction and/or Commissioning Authority as appropriate.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
D.I.S. 05
SHEET
HANDOVER No :- __________________
DATA INPUT SHEET 05
PROJECT:- ________________ LOCATION :- _______________
J.P
NO.
TAG No
LOOP DIAGRAM No
RAISED BY:- ___________________________________
NOTE:- JP No FOR (LOOP) TESTING
WIN No
WELL No
LOOP No
DATE :- _________________________________
GOC ©
WORKSCOPE ID :-__________________
SECTION 8 CONTROL
SLOT No
CC1
OF
MAINTENANCE ID :-__________________
SP1
SC1
*
SC1
REF
COMMENTS
DATA ENTERED BY :- __________________
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DRGS TO BE AS-BUILT
(LAD)
DATE :- __________
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
SH1 No:
Maintenance No:
MC1 No:
Work Pack No:
Package No:
FORM EE1
(SIDE 1)
SITE
Source/Equipment No:
LV CABLE TEST CERTIFICATE
SHT
IR TEST
CABLE No.
DRAWING REFERENCE(s)
CABLE SCHEDULE
INFORMATION
CORES
SIZE
CONTINUITY
CORE
TO
CORE
CORE TO
ARMOUR
SCREEN
MOHMS
MOHMS
CORE
OHMS
SCREEN
ARMOUR
OHMS
SCREEN ARMOUR
CONTINUITY
TO EARTH
OHMS
OF
PROCEDURE COMPLETE
(DELETE AS APPROPRIATE)
COMPLETED BY
9.1
9.15
9.19
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
DATE
APPROVED BY
DATE
USUALLY INDIVIDUAL CONDUCTORS IN A CABLE WILL HAVE SIMILAR VALUES OF INSULATION RESISTANCE. HOWEVER, WHERE THEY DIFFER, THE VALUE STATED ABOVE SHOULD BE THE LOWEST.
IF THEY DIFFER BY A SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT, THIS COULD BE AN INDICATION OF DAMAGE OR POOR WORKMANSHIP AND SHOULD BE INVESTIGATED.
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
IR TEST
CABLE No.
DRAWING REFERENCE(s)
CABLE SCHEDULE
INFORMATION
CORES
SIZE
CONTINUITY
CORE
CORE TO
CORE
SCREEN
TO
CORE
ARMOUR
SCREEN
OHMS
ARMOUR
OHMS
MOHMS
MOHMS
SCREEN ARMOUR
CONTINUITY
TO EARTH
OHMS
PROCEDURE COMPLETE
(DELETE AS APPROPRIATE)
COMPLETED BY
9.1
9.15
9.19
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
DATE
APPROVED BY
DATE
USUALLY INDIVIDUAL CONDUCTORS IN A CABLE WILL HAVE SIMILAR VALUES OF INSULATION RESISTANCE. HOWEVER, WHERE THEY DIFFER, THE VALUE STATED ABOVE SHOULD BE THE LOWEST.
IF THEY DIFFER BY A SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT, THIS COULD BE AN INDICATION OF DAMAGE OR POOR WORKMANSHIP AND SHOULD BE INVESTIGATED.
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Work Pack No:
FORM CC1
Maintenance No:
(SIDE 1)
SH1 No:
SITE
MC1 No:
SHT
CONTROL COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
P&ID No:
OF
Equipment Installed as per Design (If No Raise an EQ)
Area Classification Check - Electrical Procedure 9.15 Complete
YES
NO
Loop Diagram Drawing No:
YES
NO
N/A
Process Hook-Up Drawing No:
Junction Box Inspection
YES
NO
N/A
Pneumatic Hook-Up Drawing No:
Orifice Plate Measurement Completed (where appropriate)
YES
NO
N/A
Instrument Tie-in Point Number:
Orifice Plate Measurement : Diameter
NDE Location Drawing No:
YES
NO
Impulse Line Welding
* YES/NO if YES - is MW1 Complete? *YES/NO
- Electrical Procedure 9.19 Complete
mm /
Check Flatness
Record All Deviations/Comments:
Loop Number
Tag Number
Procedure No.
8.1
Completed By
Procedure No. 8.1
8.2
Manufacturer
Model & Serial No
Data Sheet No
Calibrated
Range/Setting
Procedure No. 8.3
Asset Specific Procedure
Approved By
8.3
Procedure No. 8.2
Company
Signature
Print Name
Date
Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM SP1
(SIDE 1)
SITE:
HIPS PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE
(CONTROL FUNCTION TEST)
EQUIPMENT No :
SHT
OF
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION :
LOCATION :
SYSTEM :
COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE NO :
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
FORM SP1
HIPS PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE
(VALVE CLOSEURE/LEAK TESTS)
(SIDE 2)
Name and Identification of Installation
SHT
0F
Name and Identification of Pipeline
TAG Identification
Actuator Identification
Name of Installation Owner
Description Of Test
Select & Date
INSPECTION RECORD
LEAKAGE RATE RECORD
PARTIAL CLOSURE RECORD
FULL CLOSURE RECORD
TRIP TESTING ROUTINE RECORD
Particulars Of Procedures Used
External Leaks Revealed
External Damage Revealed
External Corrosion Revealed
Closure Time (actual mechanical movement time)
Sec’s
Seat Leakage Rate
Oil
kg/min
Gas
Sm3/Min
Trip Testing Routine Carried Out
Other Observations
Recommended Remedial Work
I Certify the Above Particulars Are Correct
Technician Who Carried
Out Test & Inspection
Control Supervisor
Production
Supervisor
OIM or Nominated
Authority
Signature
Name
Date
Designation
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM SC1
SITE:
SYSTEM CONTROL FUNCTION TEST CERTIFICATE
EQUIPMENT No :
SHT
OF
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION :
LOCATION :
SYSTEM :
COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE NO :
IS RUNNING LOG
REQUIRED?
* YES
* NO
COMPLETED BY
IF "YES" ATTACH THE APPROPRIATE COMMISSIONING RUNNING LOG
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 1
SECTION 9.0
ELECTRICAL
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 2
9.1
ACTIONS
9.1.1
General
a)
This document details the onsite and offsite inspection and testing
procedures for the Electrical Discipline and includes standard forms
which are to be used to accurately record the results of the inspection
and tests and provide written evidence that all electrical equipment
and circuits comply with design parameters and function correctly.
b)
The procedures cover the inspection of electrical equipment prior to
installation and the inspection and testing of installed equipment and
circuits before and after energisation.
Although the inspection and test procedures in this section are
comprehensive, they may not necessarily cover all electrical
equipment and circuits included in the design. It is the responsibility
of the Construction Group to agree all electrical inspections and tests
and ensure that any further procedures, additional to those included
in this document, are developed in order to give complete coverage
and confirm that electrical circuits in all respects are fit for
energisation and service.
c)
The Engineering & Procurement Group shall ensure that prior to
inspection
and
testing
activities,
a
comprehensive
component/equipment list and cable schedule is available against
which all the required test certificates will be listed to give a concise
cross reference for the completion of system testing. These lists will
form the index of the Certification Database for the electrical
discipline. (refer to Section 1.0)
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
d)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 3
The Supplier may be required to carry out final inspection and
functional testing at site after installation. Such inspection and tests
are to be recorded on GOC test certificates unless specific test
certificates are prepared by the Supplier and agreed by The
Witnessing Authority prior to use.
e)
The requirements described herein which apply to equipment
specified to be installed in 'hazardous areas' shall also apply to
equipment specified suitable for use in 'hazardous areas' but to be
installed in 'safe areas' at the approval of BP or the Delegated
Authority.
9.1.2
Installation
a)
The installation of electrical equipment and circuits will be checked
for compliance with good engineering practice and the contractual
requirements as detailed in:•
•
•
•
•
b)
The latest revision of AFC Drawings and Schedules.
Plant and Project Specifications.
Equipment Specifications and Data Sheets.
National Codes and Standards.
BP Engineering Standards Procedures, Codes of Practice and
Procedures.
Electrical equipment and the electrical content of mechanical
equipment packages will be inspected on receipt onsite. Any
remedial work carried out onsite by the supplier to correct transit
damage or faulty workmanship not previously detected will be
supervised by Construction Authority.
Any final inspection and testing of electrical equipment and systems
carried out onsite by the supplier's representatives will be witnessed
and formally accepted by the Construction Group Electrical Engineer.
Prior to performing the above inspections or tests, the Witnessing
Authority shall be informed and shall identify those inspections and
tests which require to be witnessed.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 4
9.1.3
Pre-Acceptance Procedure
a)
Prior to energising, when Construction considers that the installation
of an electrical circuit or parts thereof is complete and is of such a
standard that pre-acceptance inspection and testing can commence,
he shall advise The Witnessing Authority accordingly. Unless a
specific waiver is given by said Authority, all inspection and tests
which are to be recorded in the HCP shall be witnessed by a
representative of The Witnessing Authority. Construction must
provide adequate notice of their intention to commence these
activities so that The Witnessing Authority has time to allocate an
engineer.
The Witnessing Authority shall monitor construction activities so that
inspection and testing can be carried out as work proceeds in order
to avoid the need for disconnection of cables for testing purposes
after the installation has been completed.
Wherever possible final inspection and testing should be carried out
immediately prior to acceptance for energisation. Where this is not
possible The Witnessing Authority may call for re-inspection and
testing.
Following the satisfactory completion of the inspection and testing of
a system or circuit, Construction shall complete the appropriate test
certificate(s), which shall be witnessed as appropriate by The
Witnessing Authority and submit them prior to formal notification that
work on the circuit is complete.
No work whatsoever shall be carried out on the circuit by
Construction subsequent to this submission unless full details of all
such works are agreed in writing by The Witnessing Authority.
The submission shall contain full details of all sub circuits not covered
and the means by which their isolation will be achieved.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
d)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 5
The Witnessing Authority Tests (Proformas Marked Thus **)
Certain test sheets detail tests that are to be carried out after
energisation and will therefore be completed by The Witnessing
Authority. The areas to be completed by The Witnessing Authority
will be indicated by a double asterisk (**).
The Construction work scope will therefore be completed where the
non-asterisks part of the form is completed.
The sheets affected by this work delineation are:EE3
- Busbar Phase rotation test only.
EE7
-
Polarity and Phase Rotation.
EE13 -
All tests associated with the 4 hour run.
EE14 -
All tests on sheet after - "Earth Path Resistance Check".
EE15 -
All tests on sheet after - "Earth Path Resistance Check".
EE16 -
Polarity Check, Volt drop measurement at furthest point of
circuit and checks on lighting levels.
EE17 -
Total Sheet.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
e)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 6
The Witnessing Authority Tests (Electrical Procedures Marked Thus
"Witnessing Test")
The electrical procedures also detail tests that are to be carried out
after energisation and will therefore be completed by The Witnessing
Authority. These tests have been indicated by placing "Witnessing
Authority" at the end of the test clause on the appropriate certificate.
f)
The Witnessing Authority (Electrical Procedures Marked Thus
"Witnessing Authority")
The electrical procedures detail required witnessing points during
construction/pre-commissioning. The witnessing points have been
indicated by placing "Witnessing Authority" at the end of the
procedure clause on the appropriate certificate.
9.1.4
Energisation And Commissioning
a)
Construction will notify The Witnessing Authority that work is
complete; arrangements will be made to energise the circuit at a
mutually convenient time. The energisation and commissioning of
the circuit will be carried out by, and be the responsibility of, The
Witnessing Authority and the Operator's Electrical Supervisor as
shown below:
- up to 415 volts, by The Witnessing Authority,
- over 415 volts, by the Operator's Electrical Supervisor.
Under no circumstances may a circuit be energised or commissioned
prior to it being inspected and tested, and the relevant certificate as
identified on the appropriate ITS, has been completed and approved.
Prior to initial energising a Work Permit shall be obtained.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 7
Under no circumstances may any test be carried out on cables or
equipment without the agreement and in the presence of a
representative of Construction or The Witnessing Authority.
If the results of the tests and checks carried out after energisation are
not satisfactory the circuit will be de-energised, locked off and
handed back to the Construction Authority for remedial action.
If the results of the energisation tests are satisfactory the circuit will
be accepted by The Witnessing Authority subject to any minor
modifications specified by them. Thereafter the circuit will become
the responsibility of The Witnessing Authority and no further work
may be carried out on it without their prior approval. Access to live
metalwork or the energisation of sub circuits must thereafter have the
express approval of The Witnessing Authority by means of the permit
to work system.
9.1.5
Permit To Work Procedures
a)
In order to achieve a safe co-ordinated approach to electrical
commissioning, the following procedural steps shall be followed:i)
All commissioning will be carried out in accordance with the
Operator's HS & E Regulations and Permit to Work
requirements.
ii)
All feeders to switchboards will always be the responsibility of
the platform Electrical Supervision as the platform authorised
person.
iii)
Before disconnecting any feeder cables to switchboards, the
appropriate Construction or The Witnessing Authority, must
provide the Electrical Supervisor with a full scope of work
including procedures on reinstatement etc.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
iv)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 8
The Witnessing Authority, even though some of them may be
authorised persons, will only be authorised to raise Isolation
Confirmation
Certificates
(ICC's)
and
de-isolate
uncommissioned equipment up to and including 415 volts; ICC's
and de-isolation will be done by the Operator's Electrical
Supervisor of equipment which is operational.
v)
All uncommissioned equipment must have a valid ICC raised by
The Witnessing Authority. This is to ensure that adequate
control of uncommissioned equipment is in force . When an ICC
is not in force, the relevant Work Permit must be held to allow
the equipment to be energised.
9.1.6
Safety Precautions
a)
In no circumstances may any test be carried out in such a manner as
to cause danger and all due safety precautions must be taken.
No test should be undertaken until it has been confirmed that the
equipment to be tested is properly isolated and has been effectively
discharged, and an electrical work permit obtained.
Areas where HV testing is to take place should be roped off prior to
and during testing and cautionary notices should be displayed at all
points of access. Similar precautions should be taken in all other
instances where danger could arise, e.g. motor running tests.
All equipment should be effectively discharged at the completion of
testing; where necessary, e.g. in the case of large cables and motors,
the earth bond should be left on for 15 minutes or more.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 9
Electrical Procedures
9.1
Power and Control Cables.
9.2
Switchboards and Busbars.
9.3
9.4
Circuit Breakers.
Contactor Starters.
9.5
Fuse Switches.
9.6
9.7
Power Transformers.
Motors.
9.8
Batteries and Battery Chargers.
9.9
U.P.S.
9.10
9.11
Lighting and Small Power Distribution System.
Navigation Aids (Navaids).
9.12
Neutral Earthing Resistors.
9.13
9.14
9.15
Trace Heating Tapes and Circuits.
Earthing/Bonding.
Apparatus for use in Hazardous Areas.
9.16
9.17
9.18
9.19
9.20
Oil Insulation Tests.
Drying of Electrical Rotating Machinery.
Current Transformer Magnetising Curves.
Junction Box Inspection.
Testing of Protection and Meter Circuitry.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 10
Procedure No. 9.1
1.1
Power And Control Cables
1.1.1
General
The following inspection and test procedures are applicable to all cable sizes
and types.
1.1.2
Inspection (Post Installation)
a)
Compare the cable size, type, routing and numbering with the cable
schedule and relevant electrical drawings, paying particular attention
to any special requirements, e.g. toxicity. Ensure that the core
identification agrees with the connection diagrams and phase
sequence.
b)
Ensure that the gland certificates meet the area classification and
specification requirements.
c)
Inspect the cable glands for tightness and good workmanship.
Ensure that the correct type of gland has been used for the size and
type of cable installed, and that, where specified, insulating gland
adapters have been installed.
d)
Ensure that the gland plates for single-core cables have been
manufactured from non-magnetic materials, where this is applicable.
e)
Where conductors have been terminated using crimped connections,
ensure that the correct size and type of crimped connection has been
used.
f)
g)
Inspect the earth connections.
For HV cables, ensure that the cables have been glanded in
accordance with the cable manufacturers' instructions and in
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 11
particular check that any stress relief measures have been
incorporated.
h)
For MICC cable, the additional inspection as listed below should be
carried out:i)
Check
that
the
glanding
is
in
accordance
with
the
manufacturers' instructions and that earth tails have been
terminated at a suitable earthing terminal.
ii)
Check that surge suppression voltage dependent resistors are
correctly fitted where specified and that the correct type has
been fitted.
Ensure the appropriate requirements of Procedures 9.15 and 9.19
are carried out if applicable.
1.1.3
Testing
a)
Before any cables are tested, all cleating, supports, etc. shall be
completed. Intermediate insulation resistance tests shall be carried
out before cleating. Before making any measurements, the inspector
should ensure that one gland of the cable has been de-glanded and
is clear of any metal. After measurements have been taken, a final
test should be made when the gland in question has been reglanded, i.e. core to core, core to screen, and core to earth.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 12
1.1.4
Insulation Resistance Test
a)
Measure the insulation resistance of the cable and record on the
relevant test certificate. The table below gives the test voltages and
minimum acceptable values of insulation resistance.
Where
necessary measure the conductivity of the earth conductor.
For all multicore cables, insulation resistance should be measured
core to core, core to earth, core to screen and screen to armour.
Record only the lowest figure obtained.
Cable
Voltage
(Working
Range)
Test Voltage
(between
Conductor and
to Earth)
Minimum
Insulation
Resistance
Volts
24
240/440
600/1000
1900/3300
3800/6600
6350/11000
8700/15000
12700/22000
19000/33000
Volts
500
500
1000
1000
1000
5000
5000
5000
5000
Meg-Ohms
10
10
10
200
200
200
200
200
200
For low voltage cables - 1000v and below, use the IEE Regs tables.
It is difficult achieving a min IR of 10 Megohms especially when interfacing new and old systems.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 13
TABLE 71A
Minimum Values of Insulation Resistance
Circuit nominal voltage
Test voltage d.c
Min. insulation
(Volts)
Extra-low voltage circuits when
the circuit is supplied from a
safety isolating transformer
(Regulation 411-02-02 item (i))
also fulfils the requirements of
Regulation 411-02-04
Up to and including 500 V with
the exception of the above cases
Above 500 V up to 1000 V
Between SELV circuits and associated
LV circuits with additional withstand test
where required
e.g. Uo240V
(Volts)
(megohms)
250
0.25
500
0.5
1000
500
1.0
5.0
3750 r.m.s. a.c. for 1 minute
Source Institue of Electrical Engineers ‘Regulations for Electrical Installations’ 16th edition.
1.1.5
High Voltage Test (Pressure Test)
a)
Carry out insulation resistance test as above, before high voltage
test.
Apply a DC Test voltage (pressure test) between the conductors of
each high voltage cable and the copper tape screen of each
conductor, also between each conductor and earth. Record test
voltage and duration of test, measure and record any leakage
current.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 14
Witness Authority to Verify
Each cable shall be discharged after the above tests and the
conductors earthed until the cable is put into service.
The test
voltage and duration are as tabulated below:-
Cable
Voltage
(Working
Range)
Volts
1900/3300
3800/6600
6350/11000
19000/33000
DC Test Voltage
Conductor Conductor
to Sheath
to
Conductor
Volts
7000
15000
25000
---
Volts
10000
20000
34000
75000
Duration
Mins.
15
15
15
15
Source BS5467:1989 Table 17, BS6346:1989 Table 20, BS6480:1988 Table 31.
Immediately after the above HV test, the insulation resistance
between each conductor and its earthed copper screen shall be
measured, as detailed in (1) above. The minimum acceptable value
is as tabulated.
1.1.6
Certification
Forms EE1 and EE2 are to be used to record the results of the
testing and require endorsement to confirm that all the requirements
of this procedure, and procedures 9.15 and 9.19 if appropriate, have
been carried out satisfactorily.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 15
Procedure No. 9.2
2.1
Switchboards And Busbars
2.1.1
Inspection
a)
Pre-Installation
i)
Ensure the equipment certificates meet the area classification
and specification requirements.
ii)
Remove any temporary weatherproofing and silica gel drying
agents from switch gear. Inspect the inside of the switch gear
for cleanliness paying particular attention to the insulators.
iii)
Compare the switch gear equipment with the equipment
schedule, paying particular attention to the rating and any circuit
changes.
iv)
Ensure that the equipment meets Specification including
weather, dust and vermin-proofing.
b)
Post-Installation
i)
Inspect the switchboard assembly for alignment, level, tightness
of foundation bolts, and fixing in general.
ii)
Ensure that all panel doors and gland plates are bonded to the
switchboard structure.
iii)
Ensure that all equipment installed in the switchboard is in good,
clean condition.
iv)
Inspect the switchboard earth bar and earth cable for electrical
and mechanical continuity.
Inspect busbar, busbar insulation and bracing for tightness,
ensure joint insulation is in place where specified.
v)
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
vi)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 16
Ensure the appropriate requirements of Procedure 9.15 are
carried out if applicable.
c)
Testing
i)
Prior to securely fitting the busbar covers, measure the
insulation resistance of the busbars and carry out a Continuity
Test (Ductor test) on all busbar joints.
Witness Authority to Verify
ii)
Test the switchboard earth system for electrical and mechanical
continuity. Measure the earth path resistance at the earth bar to
the general earth system.
Witness Authority to Verify
iii)
Ensure that all metering and Protection relays have been tested
in accordance with the requirements of the appropriate test
certificate, suppliers instructions, and procedure 9.20.
Witness Authority to Verify
iv)
Measure the insulation resistance of the busbars and control
wiring, after ensuring any sensitive equipment has been
disconnected and also ensuring control wiring is not subjected
to busbar test voltages. This test should be carried out prior to
the pressure test and before energising the switchboard. The
minimum acceptable resistance together with the relevant test
voltage, is given in the table below.
Witness Authority to Verify
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
Switch gear
Voltage
Test Voltage
KV
33
22
11
6.6
3.3
0.6
0.44
Control Wiring
Volts
5000
5000
5000
1000
1000
1000
1000
500
PAGE: 17
Minimum
Insulation
Resistance
Meg-Ohms
200
200
200
200
100
10
10
10
Source: BS5405 and its predecessor CP1008.
v)
A power frequency voltage test (pressure test) on both the main
and auxiliary circuits shall be carried out between phases and
phase to earth. The following conditions must be adhered to for
the tests:•
All current transformers secondaries will be short-circuited
for the test.
•
All voltage transformers shall be disconnected by removal of
primary and secondary fuses for duration of the test.
•
One pole of the testing supply shall be connected to earth
and to the frame of the assembly, for the phase to earth test.
The minimum acceptable test voltages are given in the table below.
The tests should be carried out at a frequency of 25-100HZ and full
voltage should be applied for one minute.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
Equipment
Voltage
KV
0.66
3.3
6.6
11
15
22
33
PAGE: 18
A.C. Test
Voltage
KV for 1
min
2.2
8.6
15.2
24
32
46
68
Source: BS162, Table 12 and BS5227 Table 6.
vi)
Repeat step (iv)
vii)
Upon the completion of all tests, reconnect all cables and
ensure that shorting links and fuses are replaced.
Witness Authority to Verify
viii)
As an alternative to the power frequency test, a high voltage DC.
test may be applied. BS5227 does not contain any test voltages,
only the comment that they are "under consideration". In the
interim the test levels in BS161 (Table 14) will be used:-
Equipment
Voltage
KV
0.66
3.3
6.6
11
15
22
33
D.C. Test
Voltage
KV for 1
min
1.5
7.5
15
25
32
45
66
Source: BS161Table 14
Witness Authority to Verify
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ix)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 19
Carry out any required testing of protection and/or meter
circuitry in accordance with Procedure 9.20, using primary and
secondary injection methods as appropriate.
Witness Authority to Verify
2.1.1
x)
Measure and record the closing and tripping supply voltages.
Witness Authority to Test
xi)
Energise switchboard and verify correct phase rotation.
Witness Authority to Test
Certification
Form EE3 is to be used for recording the results of the testing and
requires endorsement to confirm that all the requirements of this
procedure, and Procedure 9.15 if appropriate, have been carried out
satisfactorily.
Originals of test certificates generated by implementing Procedure
9.20 must be attached to EE3.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 20
Procedure No. 9.3
3.1
Circuit Breakers
3.1.1
General
The following procedures are applicable to all circuit breakers in
metal clad switch gear.
This procedure should read in conjunction with Procedure 9.2.
3.1.2 Inspection
a)
Pre-Installation
i)
b)
Carry out the Pre-installation checks of Procedure 9.2.
Post-Installation
Carry out mechanical operation checks to ensure:i)
Correct alignment and connection of all busbar connections
between fixed and moving portions of the circuit breaker and
switchboard.
Witness Authority to Verify
Correct alignment and connection of all main and secondary
plug and socket connectors.
Correct operation of busbar shutters and padlocking facilities.
Correct fitting and operation of any special earthing facilities.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ii)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 21
Check operation of circuit breaker close and trip mechanism,
manually and electrically.
Witness Authority to Verify
iii)
Check the operation of all local and remote, mechanical and
electrical interlocks and trip systems.
Witness Authority to Verify
iv)
Ensure the appropriate requirements of Procedure 9.15 have
been carried out if applicable.
Witness Authority to Verify
v)
Check operation of earthing switch where this forms a part of the
circuit breaker housing.
Witness Authority to Verify
c)
Testing
i)
Carry out insulation resistance tests before and after pressure
test with circuit breaker both open and closed.
Witness Authority to Verify
ii)
Carry out pressure tests as detailed in Procedure 9.2.
Witness Authority to Verify
iii)
Test levels of insulation resistance and pressure test as given in
Procedure 9.2.
Witness Authority to Verify
iv)
Carry out any required testing of protection and/or meter circuitry
in accordance with Procedure 9.20, using primary and secondary
injection methods as appropriate.
Witness Authority to Verify
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 22
3.1.3
Certification
a)
Form EE4 is to be used for recording the results of the testing and
requires endorsement to confirm that all the requirements of this
procedure and Procedure 9.15 if appropriate have been carried out
satisfactorily.
Originals of test certificates generated by implementing Procedure
9.20 must be attached to EE4.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 23
Procedure No. 9.4
4.1
Contactor Starters Circuits
4.1.1
Inspection
a)
Post Installation
i)
Remove any transit packing and binding materials from the
relays, contactor etc.
ii)
Inspect the equipment in the compartment for damage during
installation, and that is clean and any silica-gel etc. is removed.
iii)
Compare the unit description with the Company schedules and
Vendor drawing.
iv)
Ensure that the isolator can be padlocked in the off position and
that it is interlocked with the door.
v)
Inspect and check the operation of the isolator and any auxiliary
switches.
vi)
For plug-in starters test the operation of the withdrawal unit and
alignment of main and auxiliary plugs.
vii)
Test the mechanical operation of all contactors and relays and
alignment of contacts.
viii)
Compare the main and control fuse ratings with the schedules.
ix)
Examine the internal wiring for security and ensure that it is not
being caught or damaged by the door or draw-out unit.
x)
xi)
Ensure that the door is earthed.
Ensure the position and operation of control switches, lamps
and push buttons is satisfactory and that the colours are correct.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 24
xii)
Ensure that any ammeters and scales are correct/ suitable.
xiii)
Ensure that the anti-condensation heater, if fitted, is in the
correct position, and that is not too close to any internal cabling
or heat sensitive devices.
xiv)
Examine flash barriers etc.
xv)
Ensure the appropriate requirements of Procedure 9.15 has
been carried out if applicable.
xvi)
b)
Carry out inspection of associated field equipment.
Testing
i)
Test the overload by primary injection; secondary injection shall
only be used for circuits outside the range of primary injection
sets, and record the results on the relevant Test Certificate EE5.
Witness Authority to Verify
This should agree (within tolerance) with the manufacturers
curves. (See Note A)
ii)
Test the overload for single phasing by passing 80% of full load
current through two phases only and record the result on Test
Certificate EE5. (See Note A)
Witness Authority to Verify
iii)
Test the Calibration of any local/remote ammeters by primary
injection: secondary injection shall only be used for circuits
outside the range of primary injection sets. Record on Test
Certificate EE5.
Witness Authority to Verify
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
iv)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 25
Test and record the starter insulation resistance using:•
1000 Volt test for main wiring - minimum value should be 10
megohms.
•
500 Volt test for control wiring - minimum value should be 5
megohms.
Witness Authority to Verify
v)
Function test control circuit control and indications from local
and remote locations.
Witness Authority to Verify
vi)
Carry out any required testing of protection and/or meter
circuitry in accordance with Procedure 9.20.
Witness Authority to Verify
Note A: In most cases the overloads and earth fault relays will
have been tested in the Supplier's Works, and suitably marked
to that effect.
vii)
Where test certificates are available for tests carried out in the
Vendors' Works, these should be attached to the EE5
certificate, or identified as being carried out by stating the test
performed in the comments column of the appropriate ITS
against the EE5 requirement. The original Vendor test certificate
remains in the Vendor dossier. In the cases where Vendor
testing has happened, the following should be carried out:Check the thermal overloads and earth fault relays against the
starter schedule to ensure that the installed relays have correct
setting range and set point.
The setting range and set point should be noted on Form EE5 in
the "overload trip setting" column.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 26
Where changes to the overloads have been made, or the
markings have been lost, a complete re-test will be carried out.
In other cases sample points can be carried out to ensure the
device is still within manufacturers tolerances.
4.1.2
Certification
a)
Form EE5 is to be used for recording the results of the testing and
requires endorsement to confirm the requirements of this procedure,
and Procedure 9.15 if
satisfactorily.
appropriate, have been carried out
Originals of test certificates generated by implementing Procedure
9.20 must be attached to EE5.
Note: Form EE5 verifies that the contactor/starter circuit including
remote field equipment forming part of the circuit is installed and
tested satisfactorily.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 27
Procedure No. 9.5
5.1
Fuse Switches
5.1.1 Inspection
a)
Pre-Installation
i)
Note the nameplate ratings of the fuse switch, and any special
instructions. Compare these ratings with those on the approved
drawings.
ii)
Remove any transit packing materials from the fuse switch
(where fitted).
b)
iii)
Ensure that the fuse switch unit has been labelled correctly.
iv)
Ensure that the interior of the unit has been cleaned and any
silica-gel drying agents have been removed.
Post-Installation (Inspection & Testing)
i)
Inspect the equipment in the fuse switch compartment for
damage during installation.
ii)
Inspect the mechanical operation of the fuse switch and any
interlocks fitted in the fuse switch cubicle or cover. Inspect the
equipment padlocking facility.
iii)
Ensure the contact alignment of the fuse switch and the
mechanical operation of the on-off indication.
iv)
When operating handles are of the retractable type, ensure that
they retract correctly.
v)
Check the ON-OFF operation of the indicator.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
vi)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 28
Measure the insulation resistance through the closed isolator
(phase to phase and all phases to earth).
vii)
Carry out any required testing of protection and/or meter
circuitry in accordance with Procedure 9.20.
viii)
Ensure the appropriate requirements of Procedure 9.15 are
carried out if applicable.
5.1.2
Certification
a)
Form EE6 is to be used for recording the results of the testing and
requires endorsement to confirm that the requirements of this
procedure, and Procedure 9.15 if appropriate, have been carried out
satisfactorily.
Originals of test certificates generated by implementing Procedure
9.20 must be attached to EE6.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 29
Procedure No. 9.6
6.1
Power Transformers
6.1.1 Inspection
a)
Post-Installation
i)
Note the name plate ratings of the transformers, and any special
instructions concerning auxiliary apparatus.
Compare these
ratings with those on the approved drawings.
ii)
Ensure equipment certification meets the area and specification
requirements.
iii)
Inspect the transformer and auxiliary equipment for alignment
and tightness of foundation bolts and fixings in general. Inspect
the boltings and the weatherproofing of the terminal boxes.
iv)
Inspect the padlocking facilities.
v)
Inspect the earthing bolts and the connections to the earthing
grid.
vi)
Inspect the bolting to the neutral connection. If neutral earthing
resistors have been fitted, refer to Electrical Procedure 9.12 for
detailed requirements.
vii)
If oil filled, check level.
viii)
Inspect the transformer breathing device and the condition of
the moisture absorbing capsule (where fitted).
ix)
Inspect the Gas Alarm device (where fitted).
x)
Inspect the pressure relief device (where fitted).
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
xi)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 30
Inspect tightness of bus bar connections plus bracing from
secondary winding to bus bars of switch gear.
xii)
Ensure adequate separation distances on high voltage cable
connection chamber and termination's are as per manufacturers
drawing.
b)
Testing
i)
Test the alarm and trip circuits of the device.
Witness Authority to Verify
ii)
Ensure that all cables have been certified in accordance with the
cable certificate.
iii)
Measure earth continuity, "N" to "E" and chassis to "E".
Witness Authority to Verify
iv)
Measure the phase to phase, and phase to earth insulation
resistance for both the HV and LV windings before and after
pressure test.
The table below gives the tests voltages and
minimum acceptable values of insulation resistance.
Witness Authority to Verify
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 31
Transformer
Winding
Test
Voltage
Minimum
Insulation
Resistance
Voltage
25
110
440
3300
6600
11000
33000
d.c.
250
250
500
1000
1000
1000
5000
Meg-Ohms
10
10
50
150
150
150
200
v) Carry out a power frequency voltage (pressure) test between the
HV and LV windings. The test should be carried out for one
minute between each winding, with the core and tank earthed.
Insulation resistance tests as in (iv), should be carried out
before and after this test.
Witness Authority to Verify
Alternatively a d.c. pressure test maybe applied. Duration of
this test is to be 15 mins. The test voltages to be applied are
given in the table below.
Transformer
Winding
Test
Voltage
Dry Type
Voltage
a.c
d.c
3300
6000
5600
6600
11250
1060
11000
18750
17600
33000
---
---
Source: BS171 Tables 9, 10 and 27.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
vi)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 32
Carry out any required testing of protection and/or meter
circuitry in accordance with Procedure 9.20.
Witness Authority to Verify
vii)
Measure and record the resistance between windings.
Witness Authority to Verify
6.1.2 Certification
Form EE7 is to be used for recording the results of the testing and
requires endorsement to confirm that the requirements of this
procedure have been carried out satisfactorily.
All supplementary procedures should be completed as reference on
the EE12 to EE7, namely neutral earthing resistors Procedure 9.12,
transformer and link box oil testing Procedure 9.16 and certificates
generated by implementing Procedure 9.20.
Witness Authority to Verify
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 33
Procedure No. 9.7
7.1
Motors
7.1.1
Inspection
a)
Post-Installation
i)
Note the nameplate ratings of the motors and compare with
those given in the approved drawing and motor schedule. Note
any special instructions regarding auxiliary equipment.
ii)
Ensure equipment certification meets the area hazardous
classification and specification requirements, as noted on the
certifying authority info plate on the motor
iii)
Ensure that any shaft blocking or transit packing has been
removed and rotate drive by hand prior to energising.
iv)
Without dismantling the motor, inspect as far as possible, oil
rings, oil levels, grease packing and bearings. Inspect for
leakage.
v)
Inspect the paint finish of the motor for damage during
installation. Any damage areas are to be repainted.
vi)
Inspect the weatherproofing and bolting of the connection
boxes. This should not be dependent upon the application of
paint, tape or plastic compounds.
vii)
Inspect the stator winding connection and whether the system
should be for star or delta connection.
viii)
Inspect the earthing stud and the connection to the general
earthing system, including those inside the connection box.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ix)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 34
After tests, ensure that all covers giving access to connections
are fastened down.
x)
Ensure the appropriate requirements of Electrical Procedure
9.15 are carried out if applicable.
b)
Testing
i)
Ensure that all cables have been certified in accordance with the
cable test procedures. Check the phase sequence and polarity
of all connections.
ii)
Measure the phase to frame insulation resistance and phase to
phase if the windings can be separated. A 5000V insulation
tester should be used on HV motors. If the windings require
drying out reference should be made to the guidance notes and
typical drying out curve as detailed in Electrical Procedure No.
9.17.
On HV motors measure the bearing resistance, where
applicable.
Witness Authority to Verify
iii)
If special motor protective devices (e.g. thermo-couples) have
been fitted, test their circuit continuity (insulation resistance tests
should not be carried out across thermistor terminals or
thermistor control units).
iv)
Measure the resistance and Insulation Resistance of the anticondensation heater and circuit (where fitted).
v)
For HV motors measure the Polarisation Index (P.I.) and refer to
the manufacturers' documentation for acceptable levels; in the
absence of the latter a figure of 1.7 should be the minimum
acceptable level.
Witness Authority to Verify
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
vi)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 35
For HV machines rated up to 10MW a high voltage a.c. test may
be carried out at a voltage = 0.8 x (2 x M/c rated voltage + 1KV),
for 1 minute as specified in BS 4999: Part 60.
This test may be replaced with a d.c. test at a voltage to be
agreed with the manufacturer, but which must NOT exceed 1.28
x (2 x m/c rated voltage + 1KV).
Insulation resistance is to be tested before and after HV test.
Note: This test is NOT obligatory. (refer to Manufacturers'
recommendations)
Witness Authority to Verify
vii)
Verify that the starter and associated protection relays have
been tested in accordance with Procedure 9.4.
viii)
Have the coupling broken to separate the motor from the drive
unit or the belts removed from the belt driven equipment.
Ensure that the motor rotates freely and the rotor end play is
within tolerance.
Note: In some cases it may be impractical to run the motor
uncoupled and the motor can be run driving the equipment,
e.g. flange mounted motors, axial fans, etc.
ix)
For EX 'e' machines ensure motor protection is set to trip the
machine within the time limit given in the hazardous area
certificate for the motor.
x)
Start the motor to determine the direction of rotation and
compare this with the required rotation of the driven unit.
Witness Authority to Test
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
xi)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 36
Run the motor for about 4 hours and check the bearings for
undue temperature rise.
Check for vibration/MM's and
acceleration-G and tabulate results at 15 minute intervals until
temperature stabilises and confirm results as acceptable against
the manufacturers acceptance limits.
Witness Authority to Test
xii)
Measure and record the line current of the free running motor.
Readings taken on load to be noted on certificate.
Witness Authority to Test
xiii)
Have the coupling reassembled and the alignment of the
coupling and end play checked (or have the belts put back on if
belt driven) after the 4 hours test.
Witness Authority to Initiate
c)
Variable Speed Drives
For new installations involving VSDs, motors should be tested at the
Manufacturers works in accordance with a testing programme, which
is Project specific.
Apart from tests appropriate to the VSD in the Manufacturers works,
Variable Speed Drives incorporating solid state variable speed
controllers should be tested together with their motors and driven
equipment at either the driven equipment manufacturer's works or
other suitable location, after completion of the individual component
tests.
The additional tests should include: i)
Motor temperature rise test under load, across the speed range.
BP shall, subject to approval of the testing methods by an
Independent Certifying Authority, approve certification of the
motor for variable speed duty in a hazardous area.
Witness Authority to Verify
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ii)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 37
Motor vibration test across the speed range whilst unloaded.
Witness Authority to Verify
iii) Motor noise test across the speed range.
Witness Authority to Verify
Prior to Onsite test runs, the installation checks for the fixed power
supply portion of the VSD should be completed as required by
Procedure 9.4.
Form EE12 to cover additional Vendor checks for Onsite testing of the
motor with the VSD permanent controller.
Note:
Reference to RP 12-12 (Electrical VSD) should be made for additional
information on installation and testing requirements.
7.1.2
Certification
Form EE13 is to be used for recording the results of the testing and
requires endorsement to confirm that the requirements of this
procedure and Procedure 9.15 if appropriate, have been carried out
satisfactorily. If applicable the results of drying out motor windings,
Procedure 9.17, are to be attached to Form EE13, together with any
certificates generated by implementing Procedure 9.20.
For Variable Speed Drives, EE5 for power supply refer to Procedure
9.4, and Form EE12 to cover additional Vendor checks for Onsite
testing of the motor with the VSD permanent controller.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 38
Procedure No. 9.8
8.1
Batteries And Battery Chargers
8.1.1
Inspection
a)
Post-Installation
i)
Note the nameplate rating of the equipment, and number, type
and rating of the batteries supplied and compare with the ratings
stated on the approved drawings for the equipment.
ii)
Ensure that the equipment certificates
classification and specification requirements.
meet
the
area
iii)
Inspect the chargers and battery stands for alignment, level, and
tightness of foundation bolts and fixing.
iv)
Inspect the earthing bolts and the connections to the earth
system.
v)
Ensure that all site installed cables have been tested in
accordance with the cable Test Certificate.
vi)
Check cleanliness, where necessary clean the interiors of all
control panels, chargers etc. Remove any temporary silica-gel
drying agents from the panels.
vii)
Note the type, size and rating of all fuses and protective devices
and compare with the values stated on the approved drawings.
viii)
Inspect all batteries for cracks, damage and tightness and
cleanliness of terminals and connections.
ix)
Remove any transit bungs and store with the cells for possible
future use.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
x)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 39
Inspect all bolted connections between individual cells in a bank
of batteries. Ensure that all battery terminals have been coated
with Vaseline or equivalent.
xi)
Inspect the battery electrolyte level in all cells after filling, where
applicable.
xii)
Where sealed, gas recombination, lead acid cells are used,
check that cells have been trickle charged in accordance with
manufacturers recommendations during storage.
(xiii)
b)
Ensure that Battery spaces are well ventilated.
Testing
i)
Measure the earth path resistance at the main earthing terminal.
Witness Authority to Verify
Note that special care must be taken when making tests on
electronic equipment due to its susceptibility to damage by overvoltages.
ii)
For non sealed cells measure the specific gravity of the
electrolyte in each cell and compare this with the recommended
values. Inspect the closing plugs to ensure the vent holes are
open.
Witness Authority to Verify
iii)
Measure the voltage at the terminal of each cell and compare
with the recommended values. Record the results and ensure
that a copy of the check list remains with the batteries.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
iv)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 40
When all inspection and tests have been carried out, the
batteries may be given their initial charge. This may be carried
out under the supervision of the vendor's representative on site.
The boost and float charge voltage settings should be noted.
Confirm the current limit settings and record values.
Witness Authority to Test
Note: Under NO Circumstances Whatsoever are sealed
cells to be boost charged.
v)
Check the operation of the battery earth fault alarm (where
fitted), and measure the earth current flowing for a zero
impedance earth fault. Ensure that the measured value is below
the drop off current level for all shutdown relays.
Witness Authority to Test
vi)
Check the operation of all alarms and trips including the main
supply and charge failure alarms.
Witness Authority to Test
vii)
Check the operation of the battery charger rectifier failure
alarms and trips (where fitted).
Witness Authority to Test
viii)
Measure the level of output voltage ripple on load and check
from the manufacturer's data that this is within tolerance.
Witness Authority to Test
ix)
Check the operation of the DC over and under voltage alarms
and trips (where fitted).
Witness Authority to Test
x)
Carry out a battery discharge test using a procedure acceptable
to the Vendor and BP or delegated authority. Record the
results, including decay graphs, on vendor test sheets.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 41
Recharge the battery at completion of discharge test, record the
SG of the electrolyte (where applicable), and cell volts. Copies
of these records to remain with the battery.
Witness Authority to Test
8.1.2
Certification
a)
Form EE14 is to be used for recording results of the testing and
require endorsement to signify the inspection requirements of the
procedure have been carried out satisfactorily.
Supplier test sheets are to be attached to Form EE14 for filing in the
HCP or, where a Vendor Data Book is provided, this shall form part
of the Works Dossier.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 42
Procedure No. 9.9
9.1
Uninterruptable Power Supplies
9.1.1
General
This procedure is a preliminary to the inspection and test performed
by the equipment Vendor at site.
9.1.2
Inspection
a)
Post-Installation
i)
Note the nameplate ratings of the equipment and any auxiliary
apparatus and compare with the rating given on the approved
drawings.
ii)
Inspect the installed equipment for alignment, level, tightness of
foundation bolts and fixings.
iii)
Inspect the earthing bolts and the connection to the earthing
system(s).
iv)
Ensure that all onsite installed cables have been tested in
accordance with the Electrical Procedure and Test Certificates
completed.
v)
Note the type, size and rating of all fuses and protective devices
and compare with the values stated on the approved drawings.
vi)
Check the cleanliness and where necessary clean the interiors
of all control panels, inverters etc. Remove any temporary
silica-gel drying agents from the panels.
vii)
Carry out inspection of the battery charger and batteries in
accordance with Procedure 9.8.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
a)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 43
Testing
i)
Carry out testing of Batteries and Battery Charger in accordance
with Procedure 9.8.
Witness Authority to Test
ii)
Carry out all testing required on Form EE15 and sign off
certificate.
Witness Authority to Test
iii)
Ensure that all Supplier site tests have been completed and all
results recorded on supplier test sheets.
Witness Authority to Test
9.1.3
Certification
Form EE15 is to be used for recording the results of the testing and
requires endorsement to signify that the inspection requirements of
the procedure have been carried out satisfactorily.
Certificates for Batteries and Battery Charger Tests, together with
originals of Supplier Test Certificate should be attached to EE15.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 44
Procedure No. 9.10
10.1
Lighting And Small Power Distribution System
10.1.1 Inspection
a)
Post-Installation
i)
Ensure that the equipment meets the area classification and
specification requirements
specification and drawings.
as
laid
down
in
the
design
ii)
Note the siting of the lighting fittings, sockets, etc. and compare
with the approved drawings.
iii)
Note the distribution board circuit numbering and the fuse rating
of the circuits and compare with the approved drawings. Verify
the operation of any safety features such as interlocks, padlocks
and doors switches.
iv)
Ensure that the distribution board and supply cable has been
tested and relevant test certificate completed.
v)
Inspect the earthing busbar and cable earthing connections
inside the distribution boards, and the earthing connections from
individual items of equipment to the earthing grid where detailed
on drawings.
vi)
Inspect lighting fittings, sockets and switches for neatness,
weather-proofing, glanding, internal connections and general
good workmanship.
vii)
As each sub-circuit from a distribution board is inspected,
complete an inspection tag and attach it to the sub-circuit control
switch in a prominent position.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
viii)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 45
All equipment in hazardous areas should be inspected in
accordance with the requirements of Electrical Procedure 9.15.
ix)
Carry out inspection of Junction Boxes in accordance with
Electrical Procedure 9.19.
b)
Testing
i)
Measure each outgoing circuit insulation resistance to earth.
Observe manufacturer's instructions for light fittings that
incorporate electronic systems.
Witness Authority to Verify
ii)
Test the voltage and polarity of each socket outlet and also the
earth continuity.
Carry out earth loop impedance test.
Witness Authority to Test
iii)
Carry out illumination tests. Illumination levels are to comply
with the C.I.B.S. code for interior lighting where no other
statutory or contract illumination levels are specified.
Witness Authority to Test
iv)
Carry out any required testing of protection and/or metering
circuitry in accordance with Procedure 9.20, e.g. MCB's and
RCD protection.
Witness Authority to Verify
v)
Test Operation of Emergency Lighting systems and prove
battery capacity to sustain lighting for the specified period (i.e. 1
hour).
Witness Authority to Verify
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 46
10.1.2 Certification
Results of illumination level checks should be recorded on the
electrical layout drawings and attached to form EE16. Form EE16 is
to be endorsed to signify that the requirements of the procedure, and
Procedures 9.15 and 9.19 if appropriate, have been carried out
satisfactorily.
Witness Authority to Verify
Originals of test certificates generated by implementing Procedure
9.20 must be attached to EE16.
Note: On occasions where additional light fittings are tied into
existing circuits, an EE12 form may be used to record that
procedures 9.10, 9.15 and 9.19 have been completed for the new
installed light fittings. This avoids the need to re-test the whole circuit
as required to complete the EE16 form.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 47
Procedure No. 9.11
11.1
Navigation Aids (Navaids)
11.1.1 General
This procedure is preliminary to the inspection and testing performed
by the equipment supplier at site.
11.1.2 Inspection
a)
Post-Installation
i)
Note the nameplate rating of the supplied equipment and
compare this rating with that on the approved drawings.
ii)
Check that the equipment certification meets the area
classification and specification requirements.
iii)
Inspect the installation of equipment for alignment, level and
tightness of foundation bolts and fixings.
iv)
Ensure that the insides of control panels etc., have been
cleaned out. Remove any temporary weatherproofing and
silica-gel from the equipment.
v)
Remove any transit pieces and binding materials from the
contactors and relays fitted to the equipment.
vi)
Inspect the earthing arrangements
connections inside the connection boxes.
vii)
Note the size, type and rating of all fuses and protective
devices. Compare with the values stated on the approved
including
earthing
drawings
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
viii)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 48
Ensure that all site installed cables have been certified in
accordance with the relevant Electrical procedure and test
certificate completed.
Ensure that the installation is suitable for the location of the
equipment.
ix)
Ensure that the standby power systems have been tested.
x)
Inspect the paint finish, paying particular attention to externally
located equipment. Any damage areas are to be made good.
xi)
Inspect the weatherproofing and bolting of the connection
boxes.
Weatherproofing should not be dependent upon the
application of paint, tape or plastic compounds.
xii)
Ensure the appropriate requirements of Procedure 9.15 are
carried out if applicable.
xiii)
When floating platform/barge moors up to fixed installation,
Nav-aid lights are to be synchronised (Maritime laws refer).
b)
Testing
i)
Carry out all testing required on Form EE17 and sign off
certificate.
Witness Authority to Test
ii)
If applicable carry out testing of batteries and battery chargers in
accordance with Procedure 9.8.
Witness Authority to Test
iii)
Ensure that all supplier site tests have been completed to the
satisfaction of any appropriate statutory Authority and all results
recorded on supplier test sheets.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 49
11.1.3 Certification
Form EE17 is to be used for recording the results of the testing and
requires endorsement to confirm that the requirements of the
procedure, and Procedure 9.15 if appropriate have been carried out
satisfactorily.
Originals of Vendor test sheets and test records for batteries and
battery chargers shall be attached to the EE17, where a Vendor Data
Book has been supplied, this will form part of the Works Dossier.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 50
Procedure No. 9.12
12.1
Neutral Earthing Resistors
12.1.1 Inspection
a)
Post-Installation
i)
Note the nameplate ratings of the neutral earth resistors (NER's)
and compare with the approved drawings.
ii)
Ensure the equipment certificates meet the area classification
and specification requirements.
iii)
Remove any temporary weather-proofing and any drying agents
(e.g. Silica-gel).
iv)
Inspect the neutral earthing resistors for alignment, tightness of
foundation bolts and fixings.
b)
v)
Inspect the connections to the neutral earthing resistor.
vi)
Inspect the frame earthing arrangement.
vii)
Ensure warning labels for sudden high temperature in the event
of operation are in place.
Testing
i)
Measure the insulation resistance of the resistor to earth with
incoming and outgoing connections disconnected. Measure the
value of the neutral earthing resistor.
Witness Authority to Verify
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ii)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 51
Test the anti-condensation heater and circuits where fitted.
Witness Authority to Verify
iii)
If current transformers have been fitted, check that Vendor test
certificates and magnetising curves are available, if not carry out
tests in accordance with Procedure 9.18.
Witness Authority to Verify
iv)
Measure the equipment earth path resistance at the main
earthing terminal to the general earth system.
Witness Authority to Verify
v)
Carry out required testing of protection and/or meter circuitry in
accordance with Procedure 9.20.
Witness Authority to Verify
vi)
Upon completion of tests, reconnect the incoming and outgoing
cables.
Witness Authority to Verify
12.1.2 Certification
Form EE12 must be endorsed to confirm that the requirements of this
procedure have been carried out satisfactorily. Any supporting
Vendor test certificates for the current transformer certificates should
be supplied in the Vendor Data Book which forms part of the Works
Dossier. If they are shipped loose, they should be attached to EE12,
together with originals of test certificates generated by implementing
Procedure 9.20.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 52
Procedure No. 9.13
13.1
Trace Heating Tapes & Circuits
13.1.1 Inspection
a)
Post-Installation
i)
Check that the tape type is correct to the drawing requirements
and BASEEFA certificate for the tape.
ii)
Check that the tape is of the correct length.
iii)
Check that the circuit is correct for the voltage rating of the tape.
iv)
Check that the fuse rating is correct for the total circuit loading.
v)
Check that the tape is installed correctly, especially with regard
to removable items, e.g. valves, etc.
vi)
Check that the mounting and earthing of the junction boxes and
thermostats are correct.
vii)
b)
Carry out inspection and tests detailed in Electrical Procedures
9.1, 9.15 and 9.19, as required.
Testing
i)
There is now no BASEEFA requirement to carry out brine
testing on 'CHEMELEX' type tapes.
However it is
recommended that an end-seal test in brine be carried out on all
inaccessible tapes, e.g. when installed under topsides module
decks.
ii)
Each tape shall be subject to an insulation resistance test when
installation is complete.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
iii)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 53
After all the tapes on a circuit are installed the complete circuit
shall have its insulation resistance tested and recorded.
Witness Authority to Verify
iv)
After completion of the thermal insulation the circuit should have
its insulation resistance re-checked (not recorded) to ensure no
damage has occurred.
Witness Authority to Verify
v)
Commissioning to function test heat trace failure alarm and raise
SC1.
13.1.2 Certification
Form EE8 is to be used for recording the results of the testing,
together with Form E-1 for cable testing accordance with Procedure
9.1. The forms require endorsement to confirm that the requirements
of the procedure, and Procedures 9.1, 9.15 and 9.19 as appropriate,
have been carried out satisfactorily.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 54
Procedure No. 9.14
14.1
Earthing/Bonding
14.1.1 Inspection (Post-Installation)
i)
Compare the earth connection type and size with the schedule,
drawings and specifications.
ii)
Where conductors have been terminated using crimped
connections ensure that the correct size and type of crimped
connection has been used.
iii)
b)
Ensure all connections are tight and greased.
Testing
i)
Each separate earthing point, which may consist of one or more
electrodes, shall be tested with a standard earth test whenever
practical. The resistance of each point must not exceed, the
figures stated below.
Witness Authority to Verify
ii)
The resistance as measured from any part of the system to the
main earth point should not normally exceed the values noted
below and tests shall be carried out to confirm this:•
Electrical Earthing - 1 ohm.
•
•
Lightning Protection - 7 ohms.
Static Bonding - 10 ohms.
•
Earth Loop - Onsite
The impedance of the earth loop for all classes of earth (e.g. power,
instrument, clean etc.) shall be measured and recorded.
Witness Authority to Verify
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 55
14.1.2 Certification
There are no standard forms which make reference to this procedure;
however Form EE12 should be used to record earth point tests.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 56
Procedure No. 9.15
15.1
Apparatus For Use In Hazardous Areas
15.1
Inspection
a)
Post-Installation
The following is a general inspection guide for all types of equipment
used in hazardous areas or specified accordingly and installed in
'safe' areas. The particular requirements for special equipment used
in these locations will be listed individually hereafter and should be
read in conjunction with the following or the appropriate national
standards.
BSEN600079-10 (Area Classification)
BSEN600079-14 (Installation)
BSEN600079-17 (Maintenance)
BSEN600079-14 (Repair in Hazardous Areas)
i)
Ensure that the apparatus is appropriate to the area
classification, the surface temperature class is correct, the
apparatus group is correct and that any special conditions on
the certificate have been followed.
ii)
Ensure that there are no unauthorised modifications and that it
carries correct circuit identification. In accordance with the
certifying authority Ex equipment (e.g. BASEEFA)
iii)
Ensure that all bolts glands and stoppers are tight and that the
condition of the enclosure gaskets is satisfactory.
iv)
Inspect the interior of the equipment for dust or dirt
accumulation and ensure that all electrical connections are tight.
A check should also be made that the electrical protection is
adequate for the equipment rating.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
v)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 57
Ensure, where applicable, that cable and stopper box compound
is correctly applied to avoid ingress of hydrocarbons.
vi)
Inspect the equipment earthing for security and tightness.
vii)
Ensure that there is no damage to any cables and that the
equipment is adequately protected against corrosion, weather,
vibration and other adverse factors.
viii)
ix)
b)
Ensure that the lamp rating and type are correct.
Where guards are used, ensure that they are correctly located
and that motor fans and couplings are not rubbing.
Additional Checks
The following additional checks are required on special equipment as
listed:Ex 'd', Flameproof Enclosure
Ensure that:i)
Obstructions in the vicinity of the equipment do not impair the
efficient operation of the flame path.
ii)
All gaps are correct and free from corrosion, dirt and paint.
The machined surface may be protected with one of the BP
approved greases. The use of non hardening tape is permitted
on Group IIA apparatus only.
iii)
All conduit runs are tight and free from corrosion.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
1
c)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 58
Ex 'e', Increased Safety
i)
Particular care should be taken on any equipment which uses
an
encapsulating
material
to
ensure
that
there
is
no
deterioration due to cracking, etc.
ii)
A seal must be provided between the gland and the enclosure
by means of a sealing washer.
iii)
Unused cable entries should be closed with plugs to maintain a
minimum of IP54 and require the use of a tool for insertion and
removal.
1
1
d)
e)
Ex 'N':
i)
Any hermetically-sealed or enclosed break devices should be
examined for damage.
ii)
Any unused cable entries shall be closed with plugs that
maintain the degree of protection of the enclosure.
Ex 'i', Intrinsically Safe:
i)
All installations should be inspected to ensure that any cable
screens are earthed in accordance with the relevant standard
drawing.
ii)
All diode safety barrier installations should be inspected to
ensure that the correct type of barriers have been fitted and that
they remain firmly fixed to the barrier earth bar.
iii)
Boxes containing diode safety barriers and junction boxes
should be inspected to ensure that they do not contain wiring
other than that specified in the documentation for the
intrinsically safe system and is correctly segregated.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
iv)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 59
All installations should be inspected to ensure that relays and
similar devices which act as safety barriers between circuits
have not become damaged by repeated operation or vibration in
a way which reduces the segregation afforded.
v)
1
f)
The earth path resistance must be measured.
Ex `P' - Pressurised or Purged
i)
The purge medium is from an uncontaminated source.
ii)
Any filters are clean and accessible.
iii)
The purge system should be thoroughly checked to ensure that
the purge pressure, cycle times, interlocks, lock out sequence
etc. are correct.
1
g)
General
The particular earthing requirements of any of the above equipment
must be clarified with reference to the specific code of practice for the
equipment. And it is also recommended that where there is any
ambiguity in the interpretation of the requirements, reference should
be made to the relevant code of practice.
1
h)
Testing
The diversity of equipment and special components which are
contained in a particular type of apparatus does not permit a
generalisation of the testing required to demonstrate suitability for
service in a hazardous area. Special requirements for testing may be
contained in the standard or specific code of practice for the
equipment and this should be complied, prior to final energisation of
the circuit.
Supplier manuals shall be examined to ensure that electrical
components and equipment have been certified in compliance with
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 60
BS5501 or any other appropriate national standards and that relevant
certificates are available, e.g. BASEEFA. Such certificates must also
be examined to determine whether the validity of the certificate is
subject to specific installation instructions and further testing after
installation, e.g. testing of cables for intrinsically safe apparatus.
15.1.2 Certification
There is no specific standard form for recording that the requirements
of the procedure have been implemented; Form EE12 should be
used to record the results of any testing required by the standard,
code of practice or BASEEFA certificate to demonstrate suitability for
use in a hazardous area.
The following forms however make reference to this procedure and
require endorsement to signify that the equipment and the standard
of installation is suitable for use in hazardous areas, namely:
Forms EE1, EE2, EE5, EE6, EE8, EE3, EE13, EE16, EE17.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 61
Procedure No. 9.16
16.1
Oil Insulation Tests
1.1.1
General
a)
A separate procedure for oil-filled electrical equipment will be
produced, if any new Projects have oil-filled electrical equipment in
their Scope of Works.
Any project that interfaces with existing oil filled equipment, then local
platform/field procedures will be used.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 62
Procedure No. 9.17
17.1
Drying Of Electrical Rotating Machinery
17.1.1 Drying Of Windings In Rotating Electrical Machinery
The application of heat to the winding must be carefully controlled.
The use of high intensity heat sources must be avoided at all times
due to possible damage caused by local hot spots. Heat is to be
applied gradually. The rate of temperature increase should not
exceed 5 Deg.C/HR. Fresh clean air circulation shall be provided to
remove humid air produced by the drying process.
It is useful to construct a graph of the insulation resistance varying as
a function of time. This gives a clear picture of the drying process
and an indication of the likely drying time. As a guide, readings
should be taken every 30 minutes until the rate of change of
insulation resistance dictates otherwise (see typical drying curve).
The safest and most effective means of drying the winding of
electrical drives is by utilising the anti-condensation heater circuits of
the motor. If the motor is not equipped with anti-condensation heaters
then one of the methods described below must be adopted.
Witness Authority to Verify
17.1.2 Drying Of Motors Using Internal Heating
a)
Internal heating is obtained by circulating a low voltage AC or DC
current through windings. The circulating current should not exceed
25% of the rated full load current and the allowable voltage is about
2-5% of the rated phase to phase voltage.
Note: Care should be taken in the selection of switch gear due to
possible high inductive currents.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 63
If AC is used for drying larger squirrel cage induction motors, the
rotor temperature shall be carefully monitored and it may be
advisable to remove the rotor from the assembly if the temperature
rise is too rapid.
Wound rotors need not be removed, but the
bandages of the windings shall be monitored for undue temperature
increase.
When using the current circulated method of drying winding, initial
measurement of temperature shall be taken every 15 minutes during
the first 3-5 hours to detect any undue temperature rises before
damage occurs.
For wound motors which are dried by current circulation, the drying
current shall not be applied via the brushes as this would cause hot
spots at the contact areas between the brushes and slip-rings or
commutator.
Witness Authority to Verify
17.1.3 Drying Of Motors Using External Heating
a)
When drying motors using external heaters, the machinery should be
covered with tarpaulin or similarly enclosed to promote a good heat
distribution.
The size of the heater used is dependent upon the machine frame,
surrounding ambient conditions etc. As an approximate guide, the
following relationship may be used:Heater Size (KW) =
Weight of Machine (Kg)
1000
Witness Authority to Verify
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
17.1.4
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 64
Typical Drying Curve
R3
Insulation
Resistance
(MEG
------------------
R1
R2
Time (Hours)
R1 =
Resistance of Windings at start of drying out process.
R2 =
Minimum Resistance of Windings (due to vaporisation, etc)
R3 =
Final Resistance of Windings.
17.1.5 Certification
a)
There are no specific forms to be used for this procedure, but Form
EE12 is to be used to record results. All results are to be recorded,
retained with the graphs and attached to the motor test certificate,
Form EE13.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 65
Procedure No. 9.18
18.1
Current Transformer Magnetising Curve
18.1.1 Inspection
a)
Check the current transformers are the correct class, type and ratio
for the duty called for on the Project and Vendor drawings, this will be
given on the nameplate/label affixed to the current transformer.
Inspect the fixing arrangements for the c.t.'s ensuring that they are
securely fixed and have not been damaged during transportation. It
should also be noted that adequate protection is given to the c.t.'s
from moving parts of switch gear and from likely damage during
installation of cables into the switch gear.
b)
Testing
Testing to determine the magnetising characteristics of current
transformers is carried out at the Supplier's Works after assembly
and supplier test certification should be checked for completeness
and accuracy.
It should not be necessary to carry out such testing onsite unless
doubt exists regarding the adequacy of Vendor testing or modification
after initial assembly has invalidated the original supplier tests.
If testing is considered necessary onsite it is to be carried out in
accordance with the procedure detailed below in 18.3.
Witness Authority to Verify
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
c)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 66
Test Procedure
Before any testing commences ensure primary circuit is open
circuited, in most cases this can be achieved by disconnecting the
outgoing/incoming cables and opening the breaker or switch.
Protection must be put around any exposed primaries since
dangerously high voltages will be produced during the testing period.
The protective relay coils must then be disconnected from the c.t.,
this can be achieved in most cases by the removal of the unit from its
plug in housing and the insertion of a test plug or by inserting
insulated plugs between the c.t. and relay coil sliding contacts or
simply by disconnection of wiring.
Voltage is applied to the secondary of the c.t. by means of a variable
voltage transformer or auto-transformer (primary at local mains
voltage), it may be necessary in testing current transformers of
ratings less than or equal to 1 ampere to have a step up transformer
in the test circuit to provide voltage above the local mains supply. An
ammeter is connected in the test circuit, since the magnetising
current will not be sinusoidal a moving iron ammeter should be used.
The scale of the ammeter being graduated accordingly up to the
secondary rating of the c.t.
The voltage applied should be slowly raised until the magnetising
current can be seen to rise very rapidly for a small increase in
voltage. This indicates the " knee point" or "saturation level" of the
current transformer.
The magnetising current should then be
recorded for several levels of applied secondary voltage as the
voltage is reduced to zero. In general the "knee-point" level of the c.t.
should be reached when the secondary voltage is raised until the
magnetising current is equal to the rated secondary current.
Witness Authority to Verify
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 67
18.1.2 Certification
Form EE9 is to be used for recording the results of the testing, if
carried
out,
and
requires
endorsement
to
confirm
that
all
requirements of the procedure have been carried out satisfactorily.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 68
Procedure No. 9.19
19.1
Junction Box Inspection
19.1
Inspection
a)
Post-Installation
i)
Ensure that the Junction Box location is correct to drawing.
ii)
Check that the classification and I.P. rating are to specification.
iii)
Ensure that the Junction Box is adequately supported and
identified.
iv)
Ensure that the terminal type, size, fixing and identification are
correct and as per relevant BASEEFA cert. (or equivalent).
v)
Ensure that the earthing, internal and external, is correct.
vi)
Ensure that the glands and accessories are correctly fitted and
unused cable entries are plugged.
vii)
Ensure that grease and gaskets are correctly installed, as
required.
viii)
Ensure that the box is correctly sealed.
ix)
For hazardous area installations, procedure 9.15 must be
followed.
x)
IEC 79-17 applied as per table 1/2/3 (abstracted from IEC 79-17).
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 69
Table 1 - Inspection schedule for Ex "d", Ex "e" and Ex "n" installations
(D = Detailed, C = Close, V = Visual)
Ex "d" Ex "e" Ex "n"
Grade of Inspection
D C V D C V D C V
Check that:
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
APPARATUS
Apparatus is appropriate to area classification
Apparatus group is correct
Apparatus temperature class is correct
Apparatus circuit identification is correct
Apparatus circuit identification is available
Enclosure, glasses & glass to metal sealing gaskets and/or
compounds are satisfactory
7 There are no unauthorised modifications
8 There are no visible unauthorised modifications
9 Bolts, cable entry devices (direct & indirect) & blanking
elements are of the correct type & are complete & tight
- physical check
- visual check
10 Flange faces are clean & undamaged & gaskets, if any, are
satisfactory
11 Flange gap dimensions are within permitted maxima
12 Lamp rating, type and position are correct
13 Electrical connections are tight
14 Conditions of enclosure gaskets is satisfactory
15 Enclosed - break & hermetically sealed devices are undamaged
16 Restricted breathing enclosure is satisfactory
17 Motor fans have sufficient clearance to enclosure &/or covers
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X
X
X X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X
X
X X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X
X
X X
X X
X
X
X
X
X X
X X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X
X
X
B INSTALLATION
1 Type of cable is appropriate
2 There is no obvious damage to cables
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
3 Sealing of trunking, ducts, pipes &/or conduits is satisfactory
X
X
X
X
X
X
4 Stopper boxes & cable boxes are correctly filled
5 Integrity of conduit system & interface with mixed system is
maintained
6 Earthing connections, including any supplementary earthing
bonding connections are satisfactory (e.g. connections are tight
& conductors are of sufficient cross section)
- physical check
- visual check
X
X
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Euro Revision 03
X
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 70
Table 1 - Inspection schedule for Ex "d", Ex "e" and Ex "n" installations
(D = Detailed, C = Close, V = Visual)
(Cont'd)
Ex "d" Ex "e" Ex "n"
Grade of Inspection
D C V D C V D C V
Check that:
7 Fault loop impedance (TN systems) or earthing resistance (IT
systems) is satisfactory
8 Insulation resistance is satisfactory
9 Automatic electrical protective devices operate within
permitted limits
10 Automatic electrical protective devices are set correctly (autoreset not possible in zone 1)
11 Special conditions of use (if applicable) are complied with
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C ENVIRONMENT
1 Apparatus is adequately protected against corrosion, weather,
vibration & other adverse factors
X
X
X
X
X
X
2 No undue accumulation of dust & dirt
X
X
X
X
X
X
3 Electrical insulation is clean & dry
X
Note: General: The checks used for apparatus using both types of
protection "e" and "d" should be a combination of both columns.
Items B7 and B8: Account should be taken of the possibility of an
explosive atmosphere in the vicinity of the apparatus when using
electrical test equipment.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
X
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 71
Table 2 - Inspection schedule for Ex "i" installations
Grade of Inspection
Detailed Close
Visual
Check that:
A APPARATUS
1 Circuit &/or apparatus documentation is appropriate to area
classification
2 Apparatus installed is that specified in the documentation Fixed apparatus only
3 Circuit &/or apparatus category & group correct
4 Apparatus temperature class is correct
5 Installation is clearly labelled
6 There are no unauthorised modifications
7 There are no visible unauthorised modifications
8 Safety barrier units, relays & other energy limiting devices are
of the approved type, installed in accordance with the
certification requirements & securely earthed where required
9 Electrical connections are tight
10 Printed circuit boards are clean & undamaged
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
INSTALLATION
Cables are installed in accordance with the documentation
Cable screens are earthed in accordance with the documentation
There is no obvious damage to cables
Sealing of trunking, ducts, pipes &/or conduits is satisfactory
Point-to-point connections are all correct
Earth continuity is satisfactory (e.g. connections are tight &
conductors are of sufficient cross-section)
7 Earth connections maintain the integrity of the type of
protections
8 The intrinsically safe circuit is isolated from earth or earthed at
one point only (refer to documentation)
9 Separation is maintained between intrinsically safe & nonintrinsically safe circuits in common distribution boxes or
relay cubicles
10 As applicable, short-circuit protection of the power supply is
accordance with the documentation
11 Special conditions of use (if applicable) are complied with
C ENVIRONMENT
1 Apparatus is adequately protected against corrosion, weather,
vibration & other adverse factors
2 No undue external accumulation of dust & dirt
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 72
Table 3 - Inspection schedule for Ex "p" installations
(pressurisation or continuous dilution)
Grade of Inspection
Detailed Close
Visual
Check that:
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
APPARATUS
Apparatus is appropriate to area classification
Apparatus group is correct
Apparatus temperature class is correct
Apparatus circuit identification is correct
Apparatus circuit identification is available
Enclosure, glasses & glass to metal sealing gaskets and/or
compounds are satisfactory
7 There are no unauthorised modifications
8 There are no visible unauthorised modifications
9 Lamp rating, type & position are correct
B
1
2
3
INSTALLATION
Type of cable is appropriate
There is no obvious damage to cables
Earthing connections, including any supplementary earthing
bonding connections are satisfactory (e.g. connections are tight
& conductors are of sufficient cross section)
- physical check
- visual check
4 Fault loop impedance (TN systems) or earthing resistance (IT
systems) is satisfactory
5 Automatic electrical protective devices operate within
permitted limits
6 Automatic electrical protective devices are set correctly
7 Protective gas inlet temperature is below maximum specified
8 Ducts, pipes & enclosures are in good condition
9 Protective gas is substantially free from contaminants
10 Protective gas pressure &/or flow is adequate
11 Pressure &/or flow indicators, alarms & interlocks function
correctly
12 Pre-energising purge period is adequate
13 Special conditions of use (if applicable) are complied with
C ENVIRONMENT
1 Apparatus is adequately protected against corrosion, weather,
vibration & other adverse factors
2 No undue accumulation of dust & dirt
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
b)
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 73
Testing
No testing of Junction Boxes is required, with the exception that an
earth continuity test is carried out.
19.1.2 Certification
There is no specific standard form for recording that the requirements
of the procedure have been implemented.
The following forms however, make reference to this procedure and
require endorsement to confirm that the junction boxes and the
standard of installation is suitable for the intended service, namely:Forms EE1, EE2, EE8, EE16.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 74
Procedure No. 9.20
20.1
Testing Of Protection And Meter Circuitry
20.1.1 General
a)
The equipment covered by the following procedures may require
testing of protection and/or meter circuitry by means of primary
and/or secondary injection, namely:Procedure 9.2
- Switchboards and Busbars.
9.3
9.4
9.5
- Circuit Breakers.
- Contactor Starters.
- Fuse Switches.
9.6
- Power Transformers.
9.7
9.10
- Motors.
- Lighting and Small Power Distribution.
9.12
- Neutral Earthing Resistors.
Owing to both the variety of schemes and the diverse types of relay
in use, no attempt has been made to produce a standard testing
procedure.
Witness Authority to Verify
b)
For each type of relay or meter tested, a test certificate is to be
completed which shows clearly the portion of the scheme and the
specific part of the circuit tested, and records accurately the results of
the testing carried out.
Witness Authority to Verify
20.1.2 Certification
Forms EE10 (Primary Injection Test Certificate), EE11 (Secondary
Injection Test Certificate), are to be used as appropriate, with E12
(General Test Certificate) used as a continuation sheet if required.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
•
•
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 75
Functional Certification Flowchart.
Discipline: Electrical Equipment & Cables (includes Control Cables)
POWER DOWN
POWER UP
EE1
EE2
EE3
EE13
EE4
EE14
EE5
EE6
EE7
EE8
MC1
EE15
SC1
SH1
EE16
EE17
EE9
EE10
EE11
EE12
EE1 LV CABLE TEST
EE2 HV CABLE TEST
EE3 SWITCH BOARD & BUS BAR TEST
EE4 CIRCUIT BREAKER TEST
EE5 CONTACTOR STARTER TEST
EE6 FUSE SWITCH TEST
EE7 POWER TRANSFORMER TEST
EE8 TRACE HEATING TEST
EE9 CURRENT TRANSFORMER MAGNETISING CURVE
GOC ©
EE10 PRIMARY INJECTION TEST
EE11 SECONDARY INJECTION TEST
EE12 GENERAL TEST CERTIIFICATE
EE13 ELECTRIC MOTOR / GENERATOR TEST
EE14 BATTERIES / BATTERY CHARGER TEST
EE15 U.P.S. TEST
EE16 LIGHTING & SMALL POWER
EE17 NAV - AIDS TEST
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 76
EXHIBIT 1
STANDARD FORMS
Form No.
Form Title
EE1
LV Cable Test Certificate
EE2
High Voltage Cable Test Certificate
EE3
Switchboard and Busbars Test Certificate
EE4
Circuit Breaker Test Certificate
EE5
Contactor Starter Test Certificate
EE6
Fuse Switch Test Certificate
EE7
Power Transformer Test Certificate
EE8
Trace Heating Circuit Test Certificate
EE9
Current Transformer Magnetising Curve
EE10
Primary Injection Test Certificate
EE11
Secondary Injection Test Certificate
EE12
General Test Certificate
EE13
A.C. Motor Test Certificate
EE14
Batteries and Battery Charger Test Certificates (Sheets 1 & 2)
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
SECTION 9.0
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
REVISION: 3
SUBJECT:
ELECTRICAL
PAGE: 77
EE15
UPS. Test Certificate
EE16
Lighting and Small Power Distribution Test Certificate
EE17
Navigation Aids Test Certificate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
D.I.S. 06
SHEET
HANDOVER No :- _______________
DATA INPUT SHEET 06
PROJECT :- ___________ LOCATION :- ___________
J.P
NO.
CABLE No
EE1
EE2
RAISED BY:- _____________________________
NOTE:- JP No FOR TESTING CABLE
EE12
FROM
DATE :- _______________________________
GOC ©
WORKSCOPE ID :- ______________________
SECTION 9 ELECTRICAL CABLES
TO
OF
DRG No
MAINTENANCE ID No :- ______________________
COMMENTS
DATA ENTERED BY :- ____________________
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DRGS TO BE AS-BUILT
(LAD)
DATE :- ___________
Euro Revision 03
D.I.S. 07
SHEET
LOCATION :- __________________
DATA INPUT SHEET 07
PROJECT :- ____________________
J.P
NO.
HANDOVER ID
EQUIPMENT No
EE3
RAISED BY:- ___________________________________
NOTE:- JP No FOR TESTING
EE4
EE5
EE6
WORKSCOPE ID :- ______________________
SECTION 9 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
EE7
EE8
EE9
EE10
DATE :-_________________
GOC ©
EE11
EE12
EE13
OF
EE14
MAINTENANCE ID No :- ______________________
EE15
EE16
EE17
SC1
SC1 REF.
DATA ENTERED BY :- __________________________
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Drawing No
AS-BUILT
REQ'D
Comments
DATE :- ____________________
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
SH1 No:
Maintenance No:
MC1 No:
Work Pack No:
Package No:
FORM EE1
(SIDE 1)
SITE
Source/Equipment No:
LV CABLE TEST CERTIFICATE
SHT
IR TEST
CABLE No.
DRAWING REFERENCE(s)
CABLE SCHEDULE
INFORMATION
CORES
SIZE
CONTINUITY
CORE
TO
CORE
CORE TO
ARMOUR
SCREEN
MOHMS
MOHMS
CORE
OHMS
SCREEN
ARMOUR
OHMS
SCREEN ARMOUR
CONTINUITY
TO EARTH
OHMS
OF
PROCEDURE COMPLETE
(DELETE AS APPROPRIATE)
COMPLETED BY
9.1
9.15
9.19
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
DATE
APPROVED BY
DATE
USUALLY INDIVIDUAL CONDUCTORS IN A CABLE WILL HAVE SIMILAR VALUES OF INSULATION RESISTANCE. HOWEVER, WHERE THEY DIFFER, THE VALUE STATED ABOVE SHOULD BE THE LOWEST.
IF THEY DIFFER BY A SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT, THIS COULD BE AN INDICATION OF DAMAGE OR POOR WORKMANSHIP AND SHOULD BE INVESTIGATED.
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
IR TEST
CABLE No.
DRAWING REFERENCE(s)
CABLE SCHEDULE
INFORMATION
CORES
SIZE
CONTINUITY
CORE
CORE TO
CORE
SCREEN
TO
CORE
ARMOUR
SCREEN
OHMS
ARMOUR
OHMS
MOHMS
MOHMS
SCREEN ARMOUR
CONTINUITY
TO EARTH
OHMS
PROCEDURE COMPLETE
(DELETE AS APPROPRIATE)
COMPLETED BY
9.1
9.15
9.19
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
*YES/NA
DATE
APPROVED BY
DATE
USUALLY INDIVIDUAL CONDUCTORS IN A CABLE WILL HAVE SIMILAR VALUES OF INSULATION RESISTANCE. HOWEVER, WHERE THEY DIFFER, THE VALUE STATED ABOVE SHOULD BE THE LOWEST.
IF THEY DIFFER BY A SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT, THIS COULD BE AN INDICATION OF DAMAGE OR POOR WORKMANSHIP AND SHOULD BE INVESTIGATED.
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
DOUBLE SIDED FORM
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM EE2
SITE:
HIGH VOLTAGE CABLE
TEST CERTIFICATE
SHT
SLD No:
CABLE NO.
LOCATION
MANUFACTURER
SYSTEM
CABLE TYPE
DATA SHEET
OF
SUB-SYSTEM
SIZE
GRADE
FROM
TO
PROCEDURE 9.1 COMPLETED SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
PROCEDURE 9.15 COMPLETED SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
PROCEDURE 9.19 COMPLETED SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
INSULATION RESISTANCE (BEFORE PRESSURE TEST)
TEST VOLTAGE
L1 L2 -L3
MEGOHMS
L1 L3 -L2
MEGOHMS
L1 L2 -L3
-E
MEGOHMS
PRESSURE TEST
TEST VOLTAGE
Ø-Ø
KV Ø - E
KV
TEST DURATION
L1 L2 -L3
MEGOHMS
L1 L3 -L2
MEGOHMS
L1 L2 -L3
-E
MEGOHMS
INSULATION RESISTANCE (AFTER PRESSURE TEST)
TEST VOLTAGE
L1 L2 -L3
MEGOHMS
L1 L3 -L2
MEGOHMS
L1 L2 -L3
-E
MEGOHMS
CABLE RECONNECTED AFTER TEST
PRESSURE TEST INSTRUMENT TYPE
SERIAL No.
COMMENTS
ONE TEST CERTIFICATE TO BE COMPLETED FOR EACH H.V. CABLE (SINGLE CORES GROUPED)
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM EE3
SITE:
SWITCHBOARD & BUSBARS
TEST CERTIFICATE
SHT
SLD No:
SWITCHBOARD NO.
LOCATION
WIN.
SYSTEM
OF
SUB-SYSTEM
OPERATING VOLTAGE
VOLTS
DATA SHEET
RATING
M.V.A.
MANUFACTURER
TYPE NO.
PROCEDURE 9.2 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
PROCEDURE 9.15 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
MANUFACTURER TEST CERT. AVAILABLE
YES/NO
BUSBAR INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST RESULTS
BETWEEN
L1 -L2
L1 -L3
L2 -L3
BEFORE PRESS
TEST
AFTER PRESS TEST
BUSBAR PRESSURE TEST RESULTS
BETWEEN
L1L2 -L3
VOLTS * AC/DC
LEAKAGE AMPS
DURATION AMPS
L1L3 -L2
L1 -N
L2 -N
L1L2L3 -E
L1L2L3-E
L3 -N
L1L2L3 -N
VOLTS
N-E
N-E
* DELETE AS NECESSARY
BUSBAR RESISTANCE MEASURED WITH A DUCTOR (MILLIOHMS PANEL/PANEL OR SPOUT/SPOUT)
PANEL/SPOUT
to
PANEL/SPOUT
LINE 1
LINE 2
LINE 3
NEUTRAL
EARTH PATH RESISTANCE
MILLOHMS
CLOSING SUPPLY VOLTAGE
**
BUSBAR PHASE ROTATION
**
VOLTS
TRIPPING SUPPLY VOLTAGE
VOLTS
LIST OF TEST EQUIPMENT WITH SERIAL NO. USED
COMMENTS
ONE TEST CERTIFICATE TO BE COMPLETED FOR EACH SWITCHBOARD
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM EE4
SITE:
CIRCUIT BREAKER
TEST CERTIFICATE
SHT
SLD No:
SWITCHBOARD NO.
LOCATION
CIRCUIT TITLE
SYSTEM
COMPARTMENT NO.
RATING
WIN.
MANUFACTURER
SCHEMATIC DRWG NO.
FUSE RATING (IF APPLICABLE)
OF
SUB-SYSTEM
M.V.A.
AMPS
TYPE AIR/OIL/VACUUM
PROCEDURE 9.3 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
PROCEDURE 9.15 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
DUCTOR TEST ACROSS CONTACTS (SPOUT TO SPOUT)
R ......................................Y ......................................B......................................N............................
INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST
TEST VOLTAGE
L1 -L2
L1 -L3
L2 -L3
L1 -N
kV
L2 -N
L3 -E
L1L2L3NE
N-E
BEFORE PRESS
TEST
AFTER PRESS TEST
PRESSURE TEST
TEST VOLTAGE
kV a.c./d.c. * FOR
MINUTES
* DELETE AS NECESSARY
LEAKAGE CURRENT MA
CIRCUIT BREAKER
CLOSED
L1L2-L3N
L1L3-L2N
L1L2L3N-E
CIRCUIT BREAKER
OPEN
L1L2L3N BUSBAR SIDE
L1L2L3N CIRCUIT SIDE
COMMENTS
ONE TEST CERTIFICATE TO BE COMPLETED FOR EACH CIRCUIT BREAKER
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM EE4
SITE:
CIRCUIT BREAKER
TEST CERTIFICATE
SHT
SLD No:
SWITCHBOARD NO.
LOCATION
CIRCUIT TITLE
SYSTEM
COMPARTMENT NO.
RATING
WIN.
MANUFACTURER
SCHEMATIC DRWG NO.
FUSE RATING (IF APPLICABLE)
OF
SUB-SYSTEM
M.V.A.
AMPS
TYPE AIR/OIL/VACUUM
PROCEDURE 9.3 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
PROCEDURE 9.15 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
DUCTOR TEST ACROSS CONTACTS (SPOUT TO SPOUT)
R ......................................Y ......................................B......................................N............................
INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST
TEST VOLTAGE
L1 -L2
L1 -L3
L2 -L3
L1 -N
kV
L2 -N
L3 -E
L1L2L3NE
N-E
BEFORE PRESS
TEST
AFTER PRESS TEST
PRESSURE TEST
TEST VOLTAGE
kV a.c./d.c. * FOR
MINUTES
* DELETE AS NECESSARY
LEAKAGE CURRENT MA
CIRCUIT BREAKER
CLOSED
L1L2-L3N
L1L3-L2N
L1L2L3N-E
CIRCUIT BREAKER
OPEN
L1L2L3N BUSBAR SIDE
L1L2L3N CIRCUIT SIDE
COMMENTS
ONE TEST CERTIFICATE TO BE COMPLETED FOR EACH CIRCUIT BREAKER
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM EE5
SITE:
CONTACTOR STARTER
TEST CERTIFICATE
SHT
SLD No:
OF
SWITCHBOARD NO.
LOCATION
CIRCUIT TITLE
SYSTEM
COMPARTMENT NO.
MANUFACTURER
WIN.
OVERCURRENT TRIP SETTING
AMPS
SECS
DRIVE FULL LOAD CURRENT
AMPS
CONTROL FUSE SIZE
AMPS
MOTOR FUSE SIZE
AMPS
CONTROL VOLTAGE
VOLTS
SYSTEM VOLTAGE
VOLTS
TIMER T.
SETTING
SUB-SYSTEM
PROCEDURE 9.4 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
PROCEDURE 9.15 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
INSULATION RESISTANCE
MEGOHMS
TEST VOLTS
VOLTS
CONTROL CIRCUITS CORRECT TO SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM NO.
REMOTE CONTROL AND ANNUNCIATION TESTED AND CORRECT *
*
ANTI-CONDENSATION HEATER CIRCUIT TESTED
THERMAL OVERLOAD TEST RESULTS
REMARKS
SINGLE PHASING TEST RESULTS (80% F.L.C.)
CIRCUIT
L1-L2
L1-L3
L2-L3
AMPS
115
NO TRIPS
TRIP TIME (SECS)
200
HOT/COLD
600
HOT/COLD
CURRENT
%FLC
AMP
TRIP TIME (SECS)
L1
L2
L3
EARTH FAULT TEST RESULTS
PHASE
L1
L2
L3
MIN. AMPS TO
OPERATE
CT RATIO
PROTECTION_______________________
AMMETER TEST RESULTS
CT RATIO METERING_______________________
LOCATION
AMPS
TEST
READING
READING
READING
COMMENTS
COMMENTS
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM EE6
SITE:
FUSE SWITCH TEST CERTIFICATE
SLD No:
SWITCHBOARD NO.
LOCATION
CIRCUIT TITLE
SYSTEM
COMPARTMENT NO.
MANUFACTURER
WIN
RATING
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
FUSE RATING
VOLTAGE
VOLTS
T/TPN/DP/SP (DELETE)
SHT
OF
SUB-SYSTEM
DRG NO.
AREA CLASSIFICATION
PROCEDURE 9.5 COMPLETED SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
PROCEDURE 9.15 COMPLETED SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
FUSE RATING CORRECT TO WIRING DIAGRAM NO.
REV
INSULATION RESISTANCE PHASE - PHASE - NEUTRAL
MEGOHMS
INSULATION RESISTANCE PHASE(S) & NEUTRAL - EARTH
MEGOHMS
REMARKS
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM EE7
SITE:
POWER TRANSFORMER
TEST CERTIFICATE
SHT
SLD No:
OF
EQUIPMENT NO.
LOCATION
WIN.
SYSTEM
SERIAL NO.
DATA SHEET
PRIMARY VOLTS
MANUFACTURER
SECONDARY VOLTS
RATING
K.V.A.
COOLING
IMPEDANCE
%
VECTOR GROUP
FREQUENCY
HZ
SUB-SYSTEM
PROCEDURE 9.6 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
WINDING RESISTANCE TEST RESULTS
BETWEEN
RESISTANCE
HV(L1-L2)
HV(L2-L3)
HV(L3-L1)
LV(L1-L2)
LV(L2-L3)
LV(L3-L1)
WINDING INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST RESULTS
BEFORE PRESSURE TEST
BETWEEN
TEST VOLTS
RESISTANCE
HV-EARTH
AFTER PRESSURE TEST
LV-EARTH
HV-LV
HV-EARTH
LV-EARTH
HV-LV
WINDING PRESSURE TEST RESULTS
PRIMARY TEST VOLTAGE (KV)
SECONDARY TEST VOLTAGE (KV)
DURATION (MINS)
DURATION (MINS)
MEASURE EARTH CONTINUITY WITH A DUCTOR
LEAKAGE (MA)
LEAKAGE (MA)
N-E
CHASSIS-E
MANUFACTURER TEST CERTIFICATE AVAILABLE
YES/NO
RATIO AND MAGNETISING TEST CERT. AVAILABLE
YES/NO
FEEDER CIRCUIT BREAKER TEST CERT. AVAILABLE
YES/NO
H.V. AND L.V. CABLE TEST CERT. AVAILABLE
YES/NO
POLARITY AND PHASE ROTATION
* *
TEMPERATURE INDICATOR ALARM OPERATIONAL
SETTING
TEMPERATURE INDICATOR TRIP OPERATIONAL
SETTING
COMMENTS
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM EE8
SITE:
TRACE HEATING CIRCUIT
TEST CERTIFICATE
SLD No:
SHT
OF
HEAT TRACE DISTRIBUTION BOARD NO.
LOCATION
CIRCUIT NO.
SYSTEM
DRG. NO.
VOLTAGE
VOLTS
AREA CLASSIFICATION
RATING
WATTS
FUSE/M.C.B. RATING
AMPS
SUB-SYSTEM
PROCEDURE 9.1 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
PROCEDURE 9.13 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
PROCEDURE 9.15 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
PROCEDURE 9.19 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
ELEMENTS
TOTAL NO.
No.
TYPE
MANUFACTURER
TOTAL LOAD (CALC.)
LENGTH
CALC.
WATTS
L.R.
LINE No.
INSTRUMENT NO.
TEST READING AT 500V TO EARTH FROM CONSOLE TO INCLUDE ALL FEEDER CABLES AND HEATING
ELEMENTS
MΩ
Ω
ADDITIONAL COMMENTS
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM EE9
SITE:
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
MAGNETISING CURVE
SWITCHBOARD NO.
LOCATION
WIN.
SYSTEM
CIRCUIT TITLE
DATA SHEET
COMPARTMENT NO.
PROTECTION TYPE
RATIO
SERIAL NOS. LINE 1
LINE1.
CLASS
LINE 3
DATE
LINE 2
AMPS
VOLTS
COMPLETED BY
OF
SUB-SYSTEM
LINE 2
PROCEDURE 9.18 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
VOLTS
SHT
SLD No:
/
/20
LINE 3
AMPS
VOLTS
AMPS
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM EE10
SITE:
PRIMARY INJECTION
TEST CERTIFICATE
SLD No:
SWITCHBOARD NO.
SYSTEM
CIRCUIT TITLE
DATA SHEET
COMPARTMENT NO.
MANUFACTURER
SERIAL NO.
RELAY TYPE
LOCATION
PROTECTION TYPE
SHT
OF
SUB-SYSTEM
C.T. RATIOS
C.T. RATIOS
C.T. SERIAL NOS.
C.T. TEST CERTS. AVAILABLE : YES/NO
DATE
/
/20
SIGNATURE
PRIMARY INJECTION TEST
PHASE
INJECTED
PRIMARY
CURRENT &
PHASE
SECONDARY
CURRENT
& PHASE
SPILL
CURRENT
& PHASE
COMMENTS
CIRCUIT INJECTED (SKETCH: USE EXTRA SHEET IF NECESSARY)
COMMENTS
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM EE11
SITE:
SECONDARY INJECTION
TEST CERTIFICATE
SLD No:
SWITCHBOARD NO.
LOCATION
WIN.
SYSTEM
CIRCUIT TITLE
DATA SHEET
COMPARTMENT NO.
MANUFACTURER
SERIAL NO.
RELAY TYPE
SHT
OF
SUB-SYSTEM
PROTECTION TYPE
%
ELEMENT
P.U.
D.O.
SETTING
PERMANENT AUX. SUPPLY
TIME
INJ. SEC.
CURVE
ACTUAL
SET
CURRENT
TIME
TIME
VOLTS.
SIGN:
RELAY SETTING
CURRENT
TIME
DATE:
CIRCUIT INJECTED (SKETCH USE EXTRA SHEET IF NECESSARY)
COMMENTS
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM EE12
SITE:
GENERAL TEST CERTIFICATE
SYSTEM
SUB-SYSTEM
SLD No:
SHT
OF
LOCATION
GENERAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION OF TESTS CARRIED OUT
TEST CERTIFICATE Nos.
REMARKS
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM EE13
SITE:
ELECTRIC MOTOR TEST CERTIFICATE
SHT
SLD No:
MOTOR NO.
LOCATION
WIN.
SYSTEM
SERIAL NO.
DATA SHEET
FRAME SIZE
MANUFACTURER
LUBRICATION
CONNECTION
SUB-SYSTEM
STAR
ROT. VIEWED FROM D.E.
VOLTAGE
SPEED
RATING
KW
R.PM.
FREQUENCY
FED FROM
OF
HZ
DELTA
C.W.
C.C.W.
CURRENT F.L.C.
AMPS
O/L SETTING
AMPS
SCHEMATIC NO.
PROCEDURE 9.7 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
PROCEDURE 9.15 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
WINDING RESISTANCE
OHMS
INSULATION RESISTANCE
MEGOHMS
POLARISATION INDEX†
TEST VOLTS
MEGOHMS AFTER 1 MIN
MEGOHMS AFTER 10 MINS
BEARING INSULATION RESISTANCE†
MOTOR RUN FOR 4 HRS. (LOG TEMPS EVERY 15 MINS)
* *
ALL INSTRUMENTATION INCLUDING T/C AND R.T.D's CALIBRATED
ALL ALARM CIRCUITS TESTED
ALL TRIP CIRCUITS TESTED
REMOTE CONTROL CIRCUITS TESTED
ANTI-CONDENSATION HEATER CIRCUIT TESTED
CIRCUIT BREAKER/CONTACTOR TEST CERTS. AVAILABLE
CABLES TESTS CERTS. AVAILABLE
TEST DURING AND AFTER MOTOR TEST RUN (4 HR UNCOUPLED)
* *
ANNUNCIATION
CONTROL CCTS
NO LOAD L1 ________________________ AMPS
BEARING TEMP. (DESIGN/ACTUAL)-
CURRENT L2 ________________________ AMPS
WARNINGS TRIP
L3 ________________________ AMPS
VIBRATION
* NOTE: RECORD EVERY 15 MINS. AND TABULATE. ATTACH RESULTS TO THIS FORM.
† NOT REQUIRED FOR L.V. MOTORS
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM EE14
SITE:
BATTERIES & BATTERY CHARGER
TEST CERTIFICATE
CHARGER NO.
LOCATION
BATTERY NO.
SYSTEM
WIN
DATA SHEET
BATTERY CHARGER TYPE
BATTERIES TYPE
MANUFACTURER
MANUFACTURER
MODEL/TYPE NO.
NOMINAL VOLTAGE
EQUIPMENT RATING
SHT
SLD No:
KVA
SERIAL NO.
OF
NUMBER OF CELLS
CAPACITY
AH
PROCEDURE 9.8 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE:
EARTH PATH RESISTANCE
MEGOHMS
INCOMING SUPPLY VOLTAGE MEASURED
BATTERY CHARGER VOLT METER
* * L1
VOLTS
VOLTS
L3
VOLTS
L1
VOLTS
VOLTS
L3
VOLTS
ELECTROLYTE SPECIFIC GRAVITY MEASURED AND RECORDED ON SHEET 2
FLOAT CHARGE RATE
AMPS
VOLTS
BOOST CHARGE RATE
AMPS
VOLTS
EARTH FAULT RELAY TESTED
ALARM SETTING
TRIP SETTING
D.C. OVER VOLTAGE RELAY TESTED
ALARM SETTING
TRIP SETTING
D.C. UNDER VOLTAGE RELAY TESTED
ALARM SETTING
TRIP SETTING
MAINS FAILURE ALARM TESTED
CHARGER FAILURE ALARM TESTED
RECTIFIER FAILURE ALARM TESTED
COMMON ALARM RELAY TESTED
OUTPUT VOLTAGE RIPPLE
WITHIN TOLERANCE
VENDORS TEST SHEETS COMPLETED:
SIGNED:
BATTERY DISCHARGE TEST COMPLETED YES/NO
CELL
NO.
CELL
VOLTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
CELL
SG
CELL
NO.
CELL
VOLTS
CELL
SG
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
CELL
NO.
LOWEST CELL END VOLTAGE
CELL
VOLTS
CELL
SG
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
COMPLETED BY
DATE:
CELL
NO.
CELL
VOLTS
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
CELL
SG
CELL
NO.
CELL
VOLTS
CELL
SG
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM EE15
SITE:
U.P.S. TEST CERTIFICATE
EQUIPMENT NO.
LOCATION
WIN.
SYSTEM
RATING
SHT
SLD No:
K.V.A.
OF
SUB-SYSTEM
DATA SHEET
SERIAL NO.
VOLTAGE IN
D.C. VOLTS
INVERTER NO.
VOLTAGE OUT
A.C. VOLTS
BATTERY CHARGER TYPE
MANUFACTURER
STATIC SWITCH TYPE
PROCEDURE 9.9 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
PROCEDURE 9.8 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
EARTH PATH RESISTANCE
OHMS
MINIMUM I.R.
INVERTER TEST CERTIFICATE
D.C. VOLTS
IN
D.C. AMPS IN
A.C. VOLTS
OUT
A.C. AMPS
OUT
STATIC SWITCH TEST RESULT
/
/
/ 20
/ 20
MEGOHMS
**
H2
OUTPUT
AMPS LIMIT
DISTORTION
%
* *
MAXIMUM LOAD TRANSFERRED TO MAINS
AMPS
MAXIMUM LOAD TRANSFERRED MAINS TO INVERTER
AMPS
MAXIMUM LOAD TRANSFERRED TO BY PASS SUPPLY
AMPS
CONTROL SYSTEM FUNCTION TESTED TO DRG. NO.
REV.
ALARMS COMPLETED AND FUNCTION TESTED TO DRG. NO.
REV.
LIST ALARMS TESTED
VENDORS TEST SHEET COMPLETED.
SIGNED:
DATE:
COMMENTS
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM EE16
SITE:
LIGHTING & SMALL POWER DISTRIBUTION
TEST CERTIFICATE
SHT
SLD No:
EQUIPMENT/BOARD NO.
LOCATION
WIN.
SYSTEM
VOLTAGE
DATA SHEET
RATING
AREA CLASSIFICATION
D/B MANUFACTURER
INCOMING SUPPLY TYPE
NUMBER OF CIRCUITS
INCOMING SUPPLY RATING
OF
SUB-SYSTEM
DRG. NO.
PROCEDURE 9.10 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
PROCEDURE 9.15 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
PROCEDURE 9.19 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
D/B POLARITY TESTED
D/B FEEDER I.R.
MEGOHMS
VOLTAGE
I.R. (MEGOHMS)
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
MCB/
FUSE
RATING
POL
CORRECT
EARTH
CONT.
* *
* *
ILLUMINATION CHECK**
PHASE/E
NEUTRAL/E
DROP AT
FURTHEST
POINT OF
CIRCUIT
VOLTS
NO. OF FITTINGS
FLU GR
MBF U
TUNGS
NO. OF
SOCKET
OUTLETS
**
NORMAL LIGHTING
LUX
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
LUX
COMMENTS
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM EE17
SITE:
NAVIGATION AIDS TEST CERTIFICATE
SHT
SLD No:
EQUIPMENT NO.
LOCATION
WIN.
SYSTEM
SERIAL NO.
DATA SHEET
MODEL/TYPE NO.
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
OF
SUB-SYSTEM
VOLTS
MANUFACTURER
PROCEDURE 9.11 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
PROCEDURE 9.15 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
EARTH PATH RESISTANCE
OHMS
MINIMUM I.R.
CONTROL CIRCUITS TESTED TO DRG. NO.
REV.
ALARM CIRCUITS TESTED TO DRG. NO.
REV.
MEGOHMS
PROCEDURE 9.8 COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
VENDORS TEST SHEETS COMPLETED: SIGNATURE
DATE
/
/20
REMARKS
COMPLETED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 10
REVISION: 03
PAGE: 1
SECTION 10
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SECTION 10
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
REVISION: 03
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
10.1
PAGE: 2
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
ACTION
10.1.1 General
The scope of the Civil Construction covers civil and buildings
(architecture) activities in general and as such may not be applicable
to all project activities, however the applicable requirements of this
procedure shall be included within any procedure for civil or
architectural
inspection
and
acceptance
produced
by
the
Construction Authority.
All on and off site activities and operations shall be planned and
performed in accordance with agreed procedures.
The agreed procedures shall define the sequence, methods,
controls, criteria for acceptance, inspection and testing, recording of
test results, and their evaluation.
The frequency of tests should take into account the consistency of
test results and changes in characteristics.
10.2
CIVIL WORK
10.2.1 Scope
The civil work scope, as defined by the contract drawings, shall be
divided into discrete civil construction work packages.
Each work package shall cover all civil works within a specified area
of the site and be clearly identified on the applicable drawings.
For convenience of site inspection and testing the work package may
be further sub-divided.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 10
REVISION: 03
PAGE: 3
The Construction Authority shall be responsible for raising and
documenting requests for inspection, certificates, with all necessary
supporting documentation, prior to submitting to BP for acceptance.
10.2.2 General
Construction Management responsibilities and associated Quality
Planning for civil activities, is normally categorized and managed, but
not limited to the following:a)
On-Site:
The Construction Authority is responsible for the
Inspection and Test activities and management of the
construction Contractor who provides labor and equipment only;
b)
Off-Site: The Construction Authority monitors the performance of
the Management Contractor who is directly responsible for the
fabrication and Inspection and Test activities.
c)
For on-site, those Inspection and Test activities that require to
be performed and recorded to fulfill the minimum quality control
requirements, are clearly defined on the specified Inspection
and Test Schedule (ITS) for the work.
d)
For off-site, those Inspection and Test activities performed by
the Managing Contractor that are deemed by BP or their
delegated authority to be at critical stages in the fabrication
process and require to be witnessed before the Contractor can
proceed, will be clearly defined within the Managing Contractor's
quality plan (QP), and/or the supplied ITS.
e)
The acceptance of structural works is a composite function of
Fabrication, and Inspection (Section 2). Input by the relevant
discipline engineer is required in quality planning and
subsequent development of an ITS for both off-site and on-site
work.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 10
REVISION: 03
PAGE: 4
f)
Flow charts give guidelines on handover of on-site work.
g)
All reporting and recording of inspection and acceptance of civil
work shall be on the GOC standard forms or alternatives where
agreed by BP or their delegated authority.
h)
The Construction Authority shall exercise sufficient dimensional
control over the civil work and shall monitor or conduct surveys
throughout pre-fabrication, fabrication, construction and
installation stages of the work to ensure that the specified
design tolerances are achieved. Reference marks and levels
shall be established by the contractor prior to installation.
i)
The Construction Authority shall prepare, maintain and issue
reports which describe the extent, and contain the results, of all
dimensional surveys carried out on-site and shall monitor reports
produced.
j)
The construction authority shall ensure that all applicable
permits, local and statutory are obtained and approved.
10.2.3 Soils and Earthwork
The control of soils and earthwork operations shall ensure that the
site sub-grade is prepared suitably free of extraneous materials,
voids, excess moisture, etc. and that fill operations are not carried out
in inclement weather.
Soil compaction activities should be carried out such that the fill
material will not separate when applied and spread in accordance
with specified lift thickness and appropriate watering and compaction
is carried out.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 10
REVISION: 03
PAGE: 5
Appropriate tests for compaction, grain size, plasticity, field density,
etc. shall be carried out during the course of construction. The
Construction Authoritys Civil Engineer should ensure that the
frequency of the tests is dependent upon consistency of results and
changes in material characteristics.
10.2.4 Piling Operations
Piling operations shall be subject to controls and inspections that
ensure that the type, location and position of the piles are verified,
and pile hammer, cushion material, and driving procedure and
sequence are adequately described and recorded.
The Construction Authorities Civil Engineer shall ensure that a
suitable record of the number of pile driving strokes for each pile is
maintained.
Cast in piles shall be checked to confirm the alignment is correct.
10.2.5 Concrete
Site control procedures shall ensure that adequate inspection and
testing for all aspects of concrete construction are performed.
The extent of control will be dependent upon the structural function of
the concrete structure.
The controls employed for the material storage and handling
techniques should ensure the cement storage facilities are suitably
weather tight, and the type and age of cement is verified.
Aggregates stockpiles should be inspected to ensure temperature
and moisture controls are in operation and that storage and handling
techniques prevent contamination. The admix storage and handling
facilities should be inspected to verify that deterioration and
contamination are prevented.
These inspections should include water quality and concrete
temperatures.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SECTION 10
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
REVISION: 03
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 6
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
Measuring and mixing operations should be monitored to ensure
cement, water, and aggregate proportions are checked and recorded.
Aggregate moisture compensation measures, mixing time, and
temperature controls should also be verified.
Placement
operations
should
be
monitored
to
ensure
the
preparations are checked to confirm that specified material has been
used and the condition of the material, gradation, and compaction
are correct.
Inspections should be carried out prior to concrete placement to
confirm the location and configuration of form-work, and size,
orientation and installation of reinforcing steel is correct.
Concrete placement inspection should confirm that specified testing
of concrete is performed and adequate concrete consolidation
equipment and techniques are used.
Appropriate cube testing should be carried out and results recorded.
Finished construction. should be inspected to check for any voids or
contamination. Where the Construction Authorities Civil Engineer
considers it necessary physical removal of concrete may he
necessary to determine the extent.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
10.3
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 10
REVISION: 03
PAGE: 7
STEEL CONSTRUCTION
10.3.1 General
Steel construction, including related items, such as anchor bolts and
base plates, forming part of a supporting structure should be
inspected at appropriate stages of construction.
Anchor bolts and base plates should be checked for correct type,
location, orientation, and bolt hole alignment prior to erection.
10.4
PIPING
10.4.1 General
Piping activities associated with civil work shall be subject to controls
and inspections that ensure the location and construction methods
adopted are verified.
Pipe testing (metallic) to be in accordance with Section 3 Pipe
Testing.
Work shall be performed in accordance with procedures that
adequately take account of the complexity, uniqueness, or novelty of
the item, and the need for any special controls or surveillance over
processes, methods, or equipment
Particular attention shall be made to ensure laying, jointing and
backfill operations do not jeopardise the integrity of non metallic
piping.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
10.5
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 10
REVISION: 03
PAGE: 8
Use of Forms
a)
Off-Site Civil Acceptance
The CW6 will certify that all off-site fabrication activities for a
discrete structure or its component parts, complies with the
design requirements and all specified inspection and testing is
completed and accepted.
As a minimum, all sub-assemblies will require an CW6 Civil
Completion Certificate before they can be installed in to an
assembly.
All assemblies will require an CW6 Civil Completion Certificate
before they can be installed into the discrete structure.
All discrete structures will require an CW6 Civil Completion
Certificate before they can be released for shipment onsite for
installation.
b)
On-Site Civil Acceptance
The CW6 Civil Completion Certificate will certify that all on-site
activities relating to the onsite fabrication and installation of civil
work have been completed and comply with the approved
design, fabrication and installation specifications and that all
specified inspection and testing is completed and accepted.
c)
Concealed / Covered Work
Where subsequent works will prohibit further access, all items of
work concealed in finished work, either underground or by
closure or as a result of gravel installation, covering filler fabric,
drainage structures or other work, shall be inspected
immediately prior to being covered/concealed.
The inspection and testing shall be recorded on the CW6 Civil
Completion Certificate, which must identify clearly the area that
was inspected prior to filling and back-filling.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 10
REVISION: 03
PAGE: 9
As built drawing data will also be recorded and relevant coordinates confirmed.
d)
Protective Coatings
Painting, coating of items or surfaces for which the coating is
essential to the preservation of the item quality, including its
safety e.g. fire proofing, shall be performed and inspected in
accordance with approved procedures. Refer to the AS2 Final
Coating / Insulation Certificate as detailed in Section 7.0 Architectural Services (Painting, Coating and Insulation)
e)
Civil Work
Civil work shall be accepted by using the forms listed below.
Piling activities will be recorded by the Construction Authority
using his own suite of forms. The Construction Authorities Civil
Engineer will record acceptance on these forms which will form
part of the permanent Record Dossier.
Guidance on the
application of civil standard forms is given over.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
i)
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 10
REVISION: 03
PAGE: 10
CW1 - CW4
For Civil Work CW1 to CW4 Inspection Certificates are
available;
CW1 - Reinforced Concrete Works
CW2 - Underground Services / Drainage
CW3 - Earthworks, Roads, Flexible Paving
CW4 - Transportation / Placement of Concrete
ii)
CW5 - Concrete Test Cube Summary
CW5 is available for use as a summary record sheet for all
concrete testing results.
iii)
CW6 - Civil Construction Completion Certificate
CW6 certificate to be used for the acceptance of on-site and offsite work, assemblies, sub-assemblies or discrete structures
and/or the acceptance of areas or sub-areas that are required to
be handed over and made available to another contractor. The
CW6 certificate shall only be accepted when all relevant
supporting documentation is available and accepted.
Acceptance of the CW6 by the Construction Authority,
Commissioning Authority and/or the Operating Authority, only
confirms that the area or collective areas are ready for SH1 System Handover, (refer to Flowchart 1).
The acceptance of the CW6 certificate on its own does not
constitute system handover or acceptance by the operator.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
10.6
10.6.1
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 10
REVISION: 03
PAGE: 11
Buildings, Fittings and Furnishings (Architectural)
General
The requirements of this procedure should apply to the architectural
acceptance of areas used as permanent offices, control rooms,
laboratories, or rest rooms. These requirements should be included
within any procedure for inspection and acceptance of architectural
works produced by the Construction Authority.
The acceptance of associated services, e.g. fire and gas detection,
electrical power and lighting, and HVAC is contained within the
relevant sections of the GOC.
The inspection of the areas should be carried out after installation of
all items and the completion of testing of services and utilities to the
area by the appropriate disciplines.
It should be noted that within control rooms, completion activities will
normally continue until final handover to the operator, and a
handover programme should be agreed between the Construction
Authority, Commissioning Authority and Operations.
The overall standard of workmanship of the areas should be
considered in addition to the minimum inspection points contained
within this section.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SECTION 10
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
REVISION: 03
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 12
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
10.6.2 Inspection Requirements
The Construction Authority shall ensure the following inspections
and/or test have been completed prior to submitting the building, for
approval to the Commissioning Authority.
All inspection and testing
to be carried in accordance with design requirements, specifications,
approved drawings and to national and/or state statutory regulations
and codes of the country or state the facility is subject.
10.6.3 Surface Finish
Surface Finish to be checked to ensure;
a)
The surface finish is as per the design and specification
requirements. e.g. Tiled, screeded, aluminium, Formica, wood,
painted, etc.
b)
The surface coating is correct for quality and colour of finish,
and has no scratches, blemishes, or defects. Attention should
be paid to recessed items such as light switches, socket outlets,
louvers, or where tiles are fitted.
c)
All access hatches to concealed areas are correctly fixed,
accessible, labelled, including warning notices where necessary.
d)
All mouldings on skirting boards, ceiling, and wall joints are
correctly fitted.
e)
All ceiling tiles are in place and undamaged and for suspended
ceilings, all suspension ties and supports are correctly installed.
f)
Where applicable the floor slope or camber to drains is correct.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 10
REVISION: 03
PAGE: 13
10.6.4 Windows and Doors
All Windows and Doors are to be checked to ensure;
a)
The correct fire rated items have been fitted.
b)
The finish around door and window frames is correct and
complete.
c)
All doors and opening windows function correctly and when
closed are correctly sealed.
d)
All hinges, locks, handles etc. are fitted and function correctly.
e)
The glazing is not damaged in any way.
10.6.5 Fittings
All permanent fittings, other than control panels, are to be checked to
ensure;
a)
Sanitary ware is undamaged.
b)
Sealant, plugs, covers, taps, handles, etc. are correctly fitted
and operational
c)
Mirrors are correctly installed and undamaged.
d)
Wardrobe units, cupboards, and working surfaces are correctly
aligned and doors function correctly. All locks, where fitted, have
keys and function correctly.
e)
Edges around wardrobe units, cupboards, and working surfaces
are correctly sealed and undamaged.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 10
REVISION: 03
PAGE: 14
10.6.6 Safety Items
All Safety Items are to be checked to ensure;
a)
Fire extinguisher brackets are installed in agreed locations with
unrestricted access at all times, are of the correct type and size,
and correctly marked. It should be noted that the installation of
the extinguisher may be carried out by the operator.
b)
Deluge, fire water and sprinkler systems will be inspected and
tested in accordance with Section 3 - Pipe Testing.
c)
Hose reels are and associated valves are correctly installed and
operate freely, and correctly tagged. Hoses are to be run out to
ensure they are undamaged. Ensure they are correctly re-rolled
after checking.
d)
All doors, covers etc. associated with the hose reels freely
operate.
e)
All emergency exit signs are of the correct type and correctly
located.
f)
All escape routes are clearly marked and maps installed.
g)
Muster point cabinet locations are installed in agreed locations.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 10
REVISION: 03
PAGE: 15
10.6.7 Soft Furnishings
All Soft Furnishings are to be checked to ensure;
a)
All curtain rods, hooks, curtains, blinds are installed and operate
correctly, and are of the correct colour.
b)
All carpeting is of the correct colour and installed correctly.
c)
Loose furniture, chairs etc. is as per the requirements.
10.6.8 Buildings, Fittings and Furnishings Certificate (Architectural)
BF1 - Building Area Acceptance Certificate - for modules, buildings,
permanent offices, control rooms, rest rooms, medical rooms and
associated facilities shall be used to record the results of inspections
and surveys.
The acceptance of the BF1 by the Construction Authority,
Commissioning Authority and/or the Operating Authority, only
confirms that the area or collective areas are ready for SH1 - System
Handover, (refer to Flowchart 2).
The acceptance of the BF1 certificate on its own does not constitute
system handover or acceptance by the operator.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SECTION 10
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
REVISION: 03
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
PAGE: 16
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
FLOWCHART 1
•
•
Functional Certification Flowchart.
Discipline: Civil Construction
CW1
CW2
CW4
CW5
CW6
SH1
CW3
CW1
CW2
CW3
CW4
CW5
CW6
SH1
: Reinforced Concrete Work.
: Underground Services/Drainage.
: Earthwork/Roads/Flexible Paving .
: Transportation/Placing of Concrete.
: Concrete Test Cube Summary.
: Civil Completion Certificate.
: System Handover Certificate.
Note! Electrical, Control and Mechanical disciplines will be handed over on system
basis. Refer to the appropriate section for relevant procedures and certificates
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
SUBJECT:
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 10
REVISION: 03
PAGE: 17
FLOWCHART 2
•
•
Functional Certification Flowchart.
Discipline: Civil - Buildings, Fittings and Furnishings (Architectural)
BF1
BF1
SH1
SH1
: Building Area Acceptance Certificate.
: System Handover Certificate.
Note! Electrical, Control and Mechanical disciplines will be handed over on system
basis. Refer to the appropriate section for relevant procedures and certificates
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
GUIDANCE ON CERTIFICATION
GOC © EUROPEAN EDITION
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
SUBJECT:
SECTION 10
REVISION: 03
PAGE: 18
EXHIBIT 1
STANDARD FORMS
Form No.
Form Title
CW1
CW2
Reinforced Concrete Work
Underground Services / Drainage
CW3
Earthwork, Roads, Flexible Paving
CW4
CW5
Transportation / Placement of Concrete
Concrete Test Cube Summary
CW6
Civil Completion Certificate
BF1
Buildings Area Acceptance Certificate
Note:Final acceptance of the CW6 - Civil Completion Certificate will be by the Civil
Engineer authorised by BP or their Delegated Authority.
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
SHEET
LOCATION :- __________________
PROJECT :- ____________________
J.P
NO.
RAISED BY:-
HANDOVER ID
DESCRIPTION
____________________________________
NOTE:- JP No FOR INSTALLATION
DATA INPUT SHEET 08
WORKSCOPE ID :- ______________________
SECTION 10 CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
DRAWING No
DATE :- __________________
GOC ©
OF
CW1
MAINTENANCE ID No :- ______________________
CW2
CW3
Civil
CW4
CW5
CW6
BF1
DATA ENTERED BY :- ____________________
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
COMMENTS
DATE :- ___________
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM CW1
SITE
SHT
REINFORCED CONCRETE WORK
INSPECTION REPORT
DATE:
JOB NO.
LOCATION
of
CONTRACTOR
Description:
The works referenced have been inspected in accordance with Contract requirements and are in accordance with the
Project design criteria, drawings and specifications. All outstanding work to be detailed on the agreed joint Punch List.
INITIALS/DATE
INSPECTION STAGE *
1. Excavation
1
2. Formation
2
3. Blinding
3
4. Impermeable membrane
4
5. Reinforcement
5
6. HD Bolts
6
7. Built-in Items (Details)
7
8. Form work
8
9. Line and level
9
10. Cleanliness
10
11. Manholes sealed
11
12. Curing (requirements)
12
13. Water Proofing
13
14. Backfilling
14
15. Testing (Type & Results)
15
16. Piling
16
17. Survey layout
17
COMPLETED BY
WITNESSED BY
ACCEPTED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM CW2
SITE
UNDERGROUND SERVICES/DRAINAGE
INSPECTION REPORT
DATE:
SHT
OF
JOB NO.
LOCATION
CONTRACTOR
Pipe/Drain: (Size & Type)
Jointing/Fittings:
Manhole/Gully: (Chamber No & Type)
Description:
Service Function:
The works referenced have been inspected in accordance with Contract requirements and are in accordance with the
Project design criteria, drawings and specifications. All outstanding work to be detailed on the agreed joint Punch List.
INITIALS/DATE
INSPECTION STAGE *
1. Excavation
1
2. Formation
2
3. Bedding
3
4. Invert Levels
4
5. Test calculations
5
6. Protective Coatings
6
7. Testing (Type of tests and results)
7
8. Backfill/Surround
8
9. Flushing
9
10. Visual Inspection (Obstructions)
10
11. Manholes sealed
11
12. Gratings fitted
REMARKS
12
COMPLETED BY
WITNESSED BY
ACCEPTED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM CW3
SITE
EARTHWORK/ROADS/FLEXIBLE PAVING
INSPECTION REPORT
DATE:
JOB NO.
SHT
LOCATION
OF
CONTRACTOR
Description:
The works referenced have been inspected in accordance with Contract requirements and are in accordance with
the Project design criteria, drawings and specifications. All outstanding work to be detailed on the agreed joint
Punch List.
INSPECTION STAGES *
INITIALS/DATE
1.
Set-out/Grid Reference/ Bench marks
1
2. Excavation/Formation level
2
3. Fill/Formation level
3
4. Impermeable membrane
4
5. Sub-base/Graded fill
5
6. Asphalt/Macadam
6
7. Testing (summary of test results)
7
8. Kerbing
8
9. Finish level
9
10. Landscaping
Note!
10
Where additional excavation/fill is required because of unsuitable material/soft spots, these areas to be
clearly identified on the drawing and entered on the Punch List proforma.
Drawing Nos.
Drawing Nos.
Drawing Nos.
REMARKS
COMPLETED BY
WITNESSED BY
ACCEPTED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM CW4
SITE
TRANSPORTATION/PLACING OF CONCRETE
INSPECTION REPORT
DATE:
SHT
OF
JOB NO.
LOCATION
CONTRACTOR
Central Batching Plant:
In-Situ Batching:
Ticket No/Truck No:
Time of loading:
Time of Arrival: (at Location)
Description:
Ready Mix: (name depot)
Concrete:(Grade & Description): Quantity:
INITIALS/DATE
INSPECTION STAGE *
1. Check delivery details
1
2. Check stage inspection form CW1
2
3. Permission to commence (time and date)
3
4. Testing (type of test)
4
5. Number of cubes taken
5
6. Protective Coatings
6
7. Cubes Reference No ( tests results)
7
8. Time of Completion
REMARKS
8
COMPLETED BY
WITNESSED BY
ACCEPTED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM CW5
SITE
CONCRETE TEST CUBE
SUMMARY
DATE:
JOB NO.
SHT
LOCATION
OF
CONTRACTOR
Description:
Cylinder No.
Location / Identification
COMPLETED BY
Date
Cast
Date
Test
WITNESSED BY
No. of
Days
2
N/mm
Design
ACCEPTED BY
2
N/mm
Actual
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM CW6
SITE
CIVIL COMPLETION
CERTIFICATE
DATE:
SHT
JOB NO.
LOCATION
OF
MODULE
Description:
The works referenced have been inspected in accordance with Contract requirements and are in accordance with
the Project design requirements, drawings and specifications. All outstanding work to be detailed on an agreed joint
Punch List
Yes No N/A
INSPECTION STAGES *
INITIALS/DATE
1. Site preparation complete, buried utilities located and documented.
1
2. Geotechnical liners/filter/drainage fabrics installed.
2
3. Drainage culverts/structures installed
3
4. Trenching completed to specified grades.
4
5. Backfill installed and compacted
5
6. Structural fills installed and compacted.
6
7. Guard rails, fences, gates and bollards installed
7
8. Finish grading complete to plan
8
9. Erosion control and re-seeding complete.
10. Piles (USM) installed as per design location and in accordance with
specification
11. Excess materials returned to warehouse, construction debris properly
desposed and work/site area cleaned up.
9
10
11
12. Roads and kerbing complete
12
13. Road markings and road signs complete
13
14. Landscaping complete
Drawing Nos
14
Drawing Nos
Drawing Nos
REMARKS
COMPLETED BY
WITNESSED BY
ACCEPTED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03
Project Title:
Maintenance No:
Work Pack No:
SH1 No:
MC1 No:
FORM BF1
SITE
BUILDINGS - AREA ACCEPTANCE
CERTIFICATE
DATE:
SHT
JOB NO.
LOCATION
OF
CONTRACTOR
Description:
Boundary Wall
Disciplines
North
South
East
West
(Initial & Date)
(Initial & Date)
(Initial & Date)
(Initial & Date)
1. Electrical Services
2. HVAC Services
3. Fire & Gas
4. Finish - Walls
5. Finish - Floor
6. Finish - Ceiling
7. Doors & Windows
Complete
Yes
No
Room No:_______
1. Electrical Services
2. HVAC Services
3. Fire & Gas
4. Finish - Walls
5. Finish - Floor
6. Finish - Ceiling
7. Doors & Windows
Yes
No
Yes
No
1.2 Light Fittings
No
Outstanding Work
INSPECTION POINTS *
1.1 Power Points
Yes
(Ring Item Number)
1.3 Ariel Sockets
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.5
1.6
1.4 Trunking
1.5 Telecoms
1.6 Network Sockets
1.4
2.1 H/C Water System
2.2 LTHW System
2.3 Louvers/Vents
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4 A/C System
2.5 CHW System
2.6 Ducting
2.4
2.5
2.6
3.1 Detectors
3.2 Extinguish System
3.6 Sprinkler System
3.1
3.2
3.6
3.4 Dampers
3.5 Fire
3.4
3.5
3.7
4.1 Paint
4.2
Curtain Rails
4.6 Picture Rails
4.1
4.2
4.6
4.4 Wall Covering
4.5
Coat Hooks
4.7 Skirting
4.4
4.5
4.7
5.1 Paint
5.2 Carpet
5.6 Boards
5.1
5.2
5.6
5.4 Screed/Concrete
5.5 Tiles
5.7 Floor Covering
5.4
5.5
5.7
6.1 Paint
6.2 Suspended
6.6 Hessian Covering
6.1
6.2
6.6
6.4 Tiles
6.5 Boards
6.7 Hatches
6.4
6.5
6.7
7.1 Fittings
7.2 Fastening (Windows) 7.6 Locks (Doors)
7.1
7.2
7.6
7.4 Glazing
7.5 Finish
7.4
7.5
7.7
Water
Hose 3.7 Alarms
7.7 Handles (Doors)
REMARKS
COMPLETED BY
WITNESSED BY
ACCEPTED BY
APPROVED BY
COMPANY
SIGNATURE
PRINT NAME
DATE
* Delete as appropriate
GOC ©
BP Exploration 1989 - 2001 All Rights Reserved
Euro Revision 03